The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando

Transcription

The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
The Project Gutenberg eBook, The Petticoat Commando, by
Johanna Brandt
This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
Title: The Petticoat Commando
Boer Women in Secret Service
Author: Johanna Brandt
Release Date: December 26, 2006 [eBook #20194]
Language: English
Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
***START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE PETTICOAT COMMANDO***
E-text prepared by Jeannie Howse, Jonathan Ingram,
and the Project Gutenberg Online Distributed Proofreading Team
(http://www.pgdp.net/c/)
Transcriber's Note:
Inconsistent hyphenation in the original document has been preserved.
Obvious typographical errors have been corrected in this text.
For a complete list, please see the end of this document.
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (1 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
ToList
THE WRITER
THE PETTICOAT
COMMANDO
OR
BOER WOMEN IN SECRET SERVICE
By
JOHANNA BRANDT
WITH TEN ILLUSTRATIONS
MILLS & BOON, LIMITED
49 RUPERT STREET
LONDON, W.
Colonial Edition
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (2 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[vii]
ToC
[viii]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
Published 1913
To
HANSIE'S MOTHER
AS A PEACE-OFFERING
FOR HAVING BROUGHT HER INTO PUBLICITY
IN DIRECT OPPOSITION
TO HER WISHES
FOREWORD
In introducing the English version of this book I venture to bespeak a welcome for it, not only for the light which it
throws on some little-known incidents of the South African war, but also because of the keen personal interest of the
events recorded. It is more than a history. It is a dramatic picture of the hopes and fears, the devotion and bitterness
with which some patriotic women in Pretoria watched and, as far as they could, took part in the war which was slowly
drawing to its conclusion on the veld outside.
I do not associate myself with the opinions expressed by the writer as to the causes of the war or the methods adopted
to bring it to an end, or as to the policy which led to the Concentration Camps, and the causes of the terrible mortality
which prevailed during the first months of their existence. On these matters many readers will hold different opinions
from the writer, or will prefer to let judgment be in suspense and to look to the historian of the future for a final
verdict. We are still too near the events to be impartial. But this book does not challenge or invite controversy.
Fortunately for South Africa, most of us on both sides can now discuss the events of the war without bitterness and
understand and respect the feelings of those who were most sharply divided by these events from ourselves.
The greater part of the narrative comes from a diary kept during the war with unusual fullness and vividness. The
difficulty experienced by the writer of the diary in communicating to friends outside Pretoria information about what
was passing inside, and in unburdening herself of the feelings roused in her by the events of the war, made the diary
more than usually intimate. To understand fully many of the narratives which have been transferred from it to this
book, it must be remembered that one is reading, not something written from memory years after the event, but rather
the record of a conversation at the time, in which the diarist is describing the events as if to a friend who shares to the
full all her own feelings and to whom she can speak without reserve.
Much has happened in the ten years which have passed since the end of the war. The country which was distracted by
the conflicting ideals and interests of its different Governments and peoples has become the Union of South Africa. It
is now one State. It remains that it should call forth a spirit of patriotism and nationality which will unite and not
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (3 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
divide its people.
Patrick Duncan.
Johannesburg, 1912.
[ix]
INTRODUCTION
ToC
[x]
[xi]
If, by inspiring feelings of patriotism in the hearts of some of my readers, especially those members of the rising
generation to whom this story of adventure may appeal, I succeed in raising the standard of national life, this book
will have achieved the purpose for which it was written, and I shall feel more than compensated for having set aside
the reluctance with which I faced the thought of the publicity when first I began the work.
I have tried to give the public some idea of what was done by Boer women, during the great Anglo-Boer war, to keep
their men in the field and to support them in what proved to be a hopeless struggle for independence and liberty.
As far as I was able I have also described the perils and hardships connected with the Secret Service of the Boers and
the heroism and resource displayed by the men.
Although it is with the knowledge and consent of the Boer leaders that I give publicity to what is known to me of the
methods employed in the Secret Service of the Boers, I do not wish to convey the impression that these events of the
war at any time bore an official character.
It is a purely personal narrative and has only been written at the repeated request, during the last ten years, of the
many friends associated with the experiences of the diarist and of the principal characters appearing in this book.
In order to preserve the historical value of the book no fictitious names have been employed.
There are, as far as we know, very few records of this nature in existence, owing to the dangers connected with
keeping a diary under martial law, and it seemed a pity, therefore, to withhold from the public materials which may
be of use to those who are interested in studying or writing the history of those critical years.
I cannot vouch for the truth of every war rumour related here, nor for the accuracy of the information which I have
obtained from other people, but the experiences of the diarist, as they were recorded from day to day, are correct in
every detail.
My Dutch edition of this book, Die Kappie Kommando, is now appearing in the Dutch South African bi-monthly
journal, Die Brandwag, and will, when completed, be published in book form in Holland.
In conclusion, I should like to take this opportunity of expressing my thanks to the Honourable Sir Richard Solomon,
G.C.M.G., etc., for the help and assistance which he has so kindly given me in connection with the publication of my
book.
The Writer.
Johannesburg, 1912.
CONTENTS
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (4 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[xii]
[xiii]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
PAGE
Foreword by Patrick Duncan, C.M.G., M.L.A.
vii
Introduction
ix
CHAPTER
I. The Scene of Action
II. How the Mines were Saved
1
15
III. The Surrender of the Golden City
24
IV. Martial Law under the Enemy
32
V. Only a Bit of Ribbon Gay!
42
VI. Passes and Permits
46
VII. Postage by Strategy
56
VIII. Outwitting The Censor
IX. Jan Celliers, Poet and Patriot
X. A Little Adventure with the British Soldier
XI. Prisoner of War
XII. The Concentration Camps
64
72
82
92
106
XIII. A Consular Visit to Irene Camp
124
XIV. New Developments
135
XV. The Formation of the National Scouts Corps
XVI. A Consignment of Explosives
XVII. The First Interview with Spies, introducing Two Heroes
XVIII. The Case of Spoelstra
XIX. Diamond Cut Diamond!
XX. Thanksgiving and Humiliation
XXI. Flippie and Co.
XXII. The Secret Railway Time-table
146
153
157
166
179
187
194
204
XXIII. The System employed by the Secret Committee
213
XXIV. The Death of Adolph Krause
222
XXV. The Shoemaker at Work
229
XXVI. Bitten by Our Own Dogs
234
XXVII. The Betrayal of the Secret Committee. A Memorable
Day of Trouble
XXVIII. Hansie earning the Vote
XXIX. A War-baby and a Curious Christening
XXX. Forming a New Committee
XXXI. "Tea for Two"
XXXII. Kidnapping Mauser the Kitten
240
252
262
272
279
283
XXXIII. The First Spies at Harmony
291
XXXIV. The Captain's Visit
301
XXXV. Memories Bitter-Sweet
XXXVI. A Silent Departure. "Fare Thee Well"
XXXVII. Betrayed
XXXVIII. The Raid on Harmony
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (5 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
312
316
324
333
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
XXXIX. The Watchword. Oiling the Hinges
XL. Peace, Peace—and there is no Peace
ToC
[2]
356
Conclusion
[xv]
[1]
343
375
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
The Writer
Frontispiece
FACING PAGE
Mrs. van Warmelo
4
The Surrender of the Golden City
30
Letter from Head of Secret Service to President
70
The Six Willows, Harmony
83
Captain Naudé
136
W.J. Botha
158
Gentleman Jim's Room
178
Adolph Krause
225
The Apiary, Harmony
289
THE PETTICOAT COMMANDO
CHAPTER I
THE SCENE OF ACTION
When, on October 11th, 1899, shortly before 5 o'clock in the afternoon, martial law was proclaimed throughout the
Transvaal and Orange Free State, South Africa, and after the great exodus of British subjects had taken place, there
remained in Pretoria, where the principal events recorded here took place, a harmonious community of Boers and
sympathisers, who for eight months enjoyed the novel advantage of Boer freedom under Boer martial law.
The remaining English residents were few in number, and kept, to all appearance, "strictly neutral," until the morning
of June 5th, 1900, when the British troops poured into the capital.
The two people chiefly concerned in this story, mother and daughter, lived in Sunnyside, a south-eastern suburb of
Pretoria, on a large and beautiful old property, appropriately called Harmony, one of the oldest estates in the capital.
This historical place consisted of a simple, comfortable farm-house, with a rambling garden—a romantic spot, and an
ideal setting for the adventures and enterprises here recorded.
At the time our story opens, the owner, Mrs. van Warmelo, was living alone on it with her daughter, Hansie, a girl of
twenty-two, the diarist referred to in the Introduction.
The other members of the family, though they took no part in those events of the war which took place within the
capital, were so closely connected with the principal figures in this book that their introduction will be necessary here.
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (6 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[3]
[4]
[5]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
The family consisted of five, two daughters and three sons. The elder daughter was married and was living at
Wynberg near Cape Town, the younger, as we have seen, was with her mother in Pretoria during the war, while of the
sons, two, the eldest and the youngest, Dietlof and Fritz, were on commando, having left the capital with the first
contingent of volunteers on September 28th.
The third brother, Willem, who had been studying in Holland when the war broke out, had, with his mother's
knowledge and permission, given up his nearly completed studies and had come to South Africa, to take part in the
deadly struggle in which his fellow-countrymen were engaged.
In order to achieve his purpose, he had taken the only route open to him, the eastern route through Delagoa Bay, and
had joined his brothers in the field, after a brief sojourn with his mother and sister at Harmony.
Considering the circumstances under which he had joined the Boer forces and the sacrifice he had made for love of
fatherland, it was particularly sad that he should have been made a prisoner at the last great fight at the Tugela, the
battle of Pieter's Height in Natal, on February 27th, after a very short experience of commando life.
He was lodged in the Maritzburg jail at this time, where things would have gone hard with him, but for the lovingkindness of his cousin, Miss Berning, now Lady Bale, who frequently visited him with her sister, and provided him
with baskets of fruit and other delicacies, which helped greatly to brighten the long months of his imprisonment.
Later on, through the influence of his brother-in-law, Mr. Henry Cloete, of "Alphen," Wynberg, he was released on
parole, and allowed to return to Holland to complete his studies. His name therefore will no more appear in these
pages.
He was "out of action" once and for all, and could not be made use of, even when, later on, through the development
of the events with which this book deals, his services were most required by his mother and sister.
The other two brothers, as we have said, had left Pretoria with the first volunteers.
It is strange that the first blood shed in that terrible war should have been that of a young Boer accidentally shot by a
comrade.
As a train, laden with its burden of brave and hopeful burghers, steamed slowly through the cutting on the southeastern side of Pretoria, volleys of farewell shots were fired.
It is customary to extract the bullets from the cartridges on such occasions, but one of the burghers must have omitted
to do this, with the result that the bullet, rebounding from the rocks, penetrated a carriage window, and seriously
wounded one of the occupants.
Was this event prophetic of a later development of the war, when, as we shall see, Boer shed the blood of brother
Boer in the formation of the National Scouts Corps?
Mrs. van Warmelo was a "voor-trekker," a pioneer, in every sense of the word. As a girl of fourteen she had left Natal
with her parents and had "trekked," with other families, through the wild waste of country, into the unknown and
barbaric regions in which she was destined to spend her youth.
She had watched the growth of a new country, the building up of a new race. She had known all the hardships and
dangers of life in an unsettled and uncivilised land, had been through a number of Kaffir wars and could speak,
through personal experience, of many adventures with savage foes and wild beasts. Her children knew her stories by
heart, and it is not to be wondered at that they grew up with the love of adventure strong in them. And above all
things, they grew up with a strong love for the strange, rich, wild country for which their forefathers had fought and
suffered.
Mrs. van Warmelo was the eldest daughter of a family of sixteen. Her father, Dietlof Siegfried Maré, for many years
Landdrost of Zoutpansberg, that northern territory of the Transvaal, was a direct descendant of the Huguenot
fugitives, and was a typical Frenchman, short of stature, dark, vivacious, and exceedingly humorous, a man
remembered by all who knew him for his great hospitality and for the shrewd, quaint humour of his sayings.
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (7 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
ToList
[6]
MRS. VAN WARMELO.
Some years after their arrival in Zoutpansberg, Mrs. van Warmelo had married a Hollander, a young minister of the
Dutch Reformed Church. Of him it is not necessary to speak in this book.
He had taken his part in the first Anglo-Boer war and had passed away in Heidelberg, Transvaal, leaving to the
people of his adopted fatherland and to his children a rich inheritance in the memory of a life spent in doing noble
deeds—a life of rare self-sacrifice.
His family had left Heidelberg a few years after his death, and had taken up their abode in the capital in order to be
near Mrs. van Warmelo's married daughter, Mrs. Cloete, who then lived close to Harmony, in Sunnyside.
It was a wild, romantic suburb in those days, being still almost entirely in its natural state. Grass-covered hills, clumps
of mimosa, and other wild trees, with here and there an old homestead picturesquely situated in isolated spots, were
all there was to be seen.
Of all the private properties in this suburb, Harmony was the most overgrown and neglected when Mrs. van Warmelo
first took possession of it.
It was bounded at the lower, the western end, by the Aapies River, a harmless rivulet in its normal state—almost dry,
in fact, during the winter season—but in flood a most dangerous and destructive element, overflowing its banks and
sweeping away every obstruction in its wild course.
The property was overgrown with rank vegetation and reminded one of the impenetrable forest abode of the
"Sleeping Beauty" of fairy-tale fame.
Friends wondered that Mrs. van Warmelo had the courage to live alone with her daughter Hansie in such a wild and
desolate spot, and they wondered still more when they heard of the alarming experience the two ladies had the very
first night they spent in their new home.
On their arrival, there were still workmen busy repairing the house, and Mrs. van Warmelo pointed out to one of them
that the skylight above the bathroom door had not yet been put in. The man nailed a piece of canvas over it, with the
remark that that would do for the night, and that he would put in the skylight on his return the next day. Mrs. van
Warmelo was only half satisfied, but left the matter there.
During the night one of her own servants, a sullen, treacherous-looking native, recently in her employment, entered
the bathroom by putting a ladder against the door and tearing away the canvas from the skylight.
He must then have unlocked the door on the inside, striking about a dozen matches while he was in the room, and
carried various portmanteaux out into the garden, where he slashed them open at the sides and overhauled their
contents for money and valuables.
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (8 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[7]
[8]
[9]
[10]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
Early the next morning Mrs. van Warmelo was roused by old Anne Merriman, the only woman servant on the place,
who came in from the garden with articles of wearing apparel which she had picked up under the trees, and which she
held up to the astonished gaze of her mistress. On investigating further, they found the garden littered with articles of
clothing, valuable documents, and title-deeds, which the thief had thrown aside as worthless, in his search for money.
The only things of value which he had taken with him were a set of pearl ear-rings and brooch, and a beautiful lined
"kaross," or rug, made of the skins of wild South African animals. Nothing was seen of him again, but Mrs. van
Warmelo immediately got a revolver and kept watch for him, hoping, yet fearing, that he would return for more
plunder.
This was a sad beginning, and old Anne added to their fears by predicting every imaginable calamity to the
inhabitants of Harmony. She was gifted with second-sight, so she said, and often saw a man in grey about the place;
his presence "boded no good," and old Anne soon after left the place, with many warnings to her mistress to follow
her example, before she could be overtaken by disaster.
All this had taken place long before the war broke out. Harmony had in the meantime been vastly improved, the
dense undergrowth having been cut away, and the row of enormous willow trees, with which the house was
overshadowed, having been removed, while large flower and vegetable gardens had been laid out, where once a
jungle-like growth of shrubs and rank grass had abounded.
Much of the natural beauty still remained, however, and Harmony was a favourite resort for many people in Pretoria.
Young and old visited the place, especially during the summer months when the garden was laden with its wealth of
fruit and flowers; and of these friends of the family many figure in these pages, while some do not appear at all,
having had no part in the stirring events with which this book deals.
Amongst the most frequent visitors at Harmony were the Consul-General for the Netherlands, Mr. DomelaNieuwenhuis and his wife, and other members of the Diplomatic Corps with their families.
These friendships had been formed before the war, and it was only natural that they should have been strengthened
and deepened by the trying circumstances of the years during which the country was convulsed by such unspeakable
tragedies.
Although the position held by these men debarred them from taking any part whatsoever in the events of the war,
their sympathies were undoubtedly with the people of South Africa. They suffered with and for their friends, and they
must frequently have been weighed down by a sense of their powerlessness to alleviate the distress around them,
which they were forced to witness; but they were, without exception, men of high integrity, and observed with strict
honour the obligations laid upon them by their position of trust.
Needless to say, they were not aware of the conspiracies which were carried on at Harmony; to this day they are
ignorant of the dangers to which the van Warmelos were exposed and the hazardous nature of many of the enterprises
in which mother and daughter were engaged, and I look forward with delight to the privilege of presenting each of
these gentlemen with a copy of this book, in which they will find so many revelations of an unexpected and startling
nature.
It is not my intention to go into the details of the first encounters with the enemy, nor to describe the siege-comedy of
Mafeking, where Baden-Powell, as principal actor, maintained a humorous correspondence with the Boers; nor of
Kimberley, where Cecil Rhodes said he felt as safe as in Piccadilly; nor of Dundee, where the Boers were said to have
found a large number of brand-new side-saddles, originally destined to be used by British officers on arrival at the
capital, where they hoped to take the ladies of Pretoria riding, but ultimately consigned to the flames by the indignant
brothers and lovers of those very ladies; nor of the fine linen, silver, cut-glass, and fingerbowls found and destroyed
by the Boers in the luxurious British camp at Dundee. I shall not dwell upon the glorious victories of the first months,
the capture of armoured trains, the blowing up of bridges, the besieging of towns, the arrival in Pretoria of the first
British prisoners and the long sojourn of British officers in captivity in the Model School—from where, incidentally,
Winston Churchill escaped in an ingenious way—and the crushing news of the first Boer reverses at Dundee and
Elandslaagte.
Are these historical events not fully recorded in other books, by other writers more competent than myself?
A three-volume book would hardly contain the experiences Hansie had, first in the Volks Hospital in Pretoria and
later in the State Girls' School, as volunteer nurse, but I shall pass over the events of the first eight months of war
under Boer martial law and introduce my reader to that period in May 1900 shortly before the British took possession
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (9 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[11]
[12]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
of the capital.
The two remaining brothers van Warmelo were at this time retreating with the now completely demoralised Boer
forces, before the terrific onslaughts made upon them by the enemy.
Blow after blow was delivered by the English in quiet succession on their forced march from Bloemfontein to
Pretoria, and it was on May 25th that the roar of Boer cannon reached the capital for the first time.
Looking south-east from Harmony, Mrs. and Miss van Warmelo were able to watch the Boer commandos pouring
into the town—straggling would be a better word, for there was no one in command, and the weary men on their
jaded horses passed in groups of twos and threes, and in small contingents of from fifty to a hundred.
Mrs. van Warmelo fully expected to see her sons among the number and made preparations to welcome them, for
under the roar of cannon the fatted turkey had been killed and roasted and a large plum-pudding made.
Suddenly two men on horseback turned out of the wayside and rode straight up to the gate.
"Perhaps these men are bringing us news of our boys," Mrs. van Warmelo said to her daughter, who was watching
them with anxiety at her heart.
The men dismounted at the gate and walked up to the two women, leading their horses slowly over the grass.
No one spoke until the men were a few yards off, when Hansie exclaimed, with unbounded joy and relief, "Why, they
are our boys!"
With unkempt hair and long beards, covered with dust, tattered and weary, no wonder mother and sister failed to
recognise them at first!
When the first greetings were over, the young men gave what news they could—stupefying news of the advance of
the enemy in overwhelming numbers, and of the flight and confusion of what remained of the Boer forces.
"What are you going to do?" their mother asked.
"Rest and feed our horses first of all, mother," Dietlof, the elder, replied. "They are worn out and unfit for use. And
when we have equipped ourselves for whatever may be in store for us, we must join some small commando and
escape from the town. Little or no resistance is being offered by our men, and it is evident that Pretoria will not be
defended. All we can do is to escape before the English take possession."
Mrs. van Warmelo then told her sons of the retreat of the President from the capital, with the entire Government, by
the eastern railway route.
The greatest consternation had been caused by this flight at first, but subsequent events went to prove that this was the
wisest course which could have been pursued.
In this decision the President had been urged by his wife, and Mrs. van Warmelo went on to tell how the brave old
lady had said to her in an expressive way, on the occasion of her last visit at the President's house:
"My dear friend, do not fear. No Englishman will ever lay his hand on the coat-tails of the President."
It is quite impossible to describe the confusion that ensued during the next few days.
No one knew what to do; there were no organised Boer forces to join, there was no one in command, and, after long
deliberation, the two young men, urged by mother and sister, came to the conclusion that, whatever other men might
be doing, their duty was to get out of Pretoria and join whatever band of fighting burghers there might still be in the
field.
The same spirit of determination not to fall into the hands of the enemy while the Boer Government was free, and
could continue organising the war, prevailed amongst most of the men in Pretoria, and daily small parties could be
seen leaving the town, in carts, on horseback, on bicycles, and even on foot. Where they were going and when they
would return no one knew.
On the morning of June 4th, the necessary preparations for the departure of the young men having been made, as they
were sitting at what proved to be their last meal together for such long and terrible years, they were suddenly startled
by the sound of cannon-firing and the whistling of a shell through the air.
They listened, speechless, as the shell burst on Schanskop Fort, on the Sunnyside hill, just beyond Harmony, with an
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (10 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[13]
[14]
[15]
ToC
[16]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
explosion that shook the house.
It was followed by another and yet another.
So little were the inhabitants of Pretoria prepared for this that everyone at first thought that the shells were being
fired, for some unaccountable reason, by the Boers, from the Pretoria Forts, until a few of them burst so close to the
houses that the fragments of rock and shell fell like hail on the iron roofs. The other members of the family followed
Mrs. van Warmelo into the garden: and when it became evident that the enemy was bombarding the Pretoria Forts,
the two young men immediately saddled their horses and rode out in the direction in which they thought it most likely
that some resistance would be offered, after having advised their mother and sister to flee to some place of refuge in
the centre of the town.
There was no doubt that Harmony was directly in the line of fire, and as the great shells went shrieking and hurtling
through the air, the very earth seemed to shake with the force of each explosion.
Mrs. van Warmelo hastily packed a few valuables into a hand-bag, and fled into town with her daughter, leaving their
dinner standing almost untouched on the table. On their way to town, they found many terrified women and children
huddled under bridges for safety.
The bombardment continued all the afternoon, and ceased only when darkness fell.
That night, when the van Warmelos returned to their deserted home, they found the house still standing and no trace
of the bombardment except pieces of shell lying in the garden.
They were much surprised a few hours later, by the return of their two warriors, weary and desperate after a hopeless
attempt to keep back the English with a handful of burghers, and the news they brought was to the effect that Pretoria
was to be surrendered to the enemy the next morning. Once more they expressed their determination to escape to the
Boer lines, wherever they might be.
Only a few hours' rest for them that night and then they rode away at dawn, in the Middelburg direction, on that dark
and dreadful June 5th.
It was Fritz's twenty-second birthday on that cruel mid-winter's morn, and when Hansie saw him again he was a man
of twenty-six, with the experiences and suffering of a lifetime resting on his shoulders.
The fate of the two young men remained a mystery to their dear ones for many months of agonising suspense, and
they pass out of these pages for a time while we turn our attention to the relation of events within the capital.
CHAPTER II
HOW THE MINES WERE SAVED
Before we begin relating the events with which this book is actually concerned, and which took place, as we have
said in the previous chapter, exclusively in and around the capital, I must ask my reader to turn his attention for a few
moments to that great mining centre, Johannesburg, "The Golden City" of South Africa.
If it was hated by the Boers before the war as the cause of all the unrest in their beloved country, the unwelcome
revolution in the calm simplicity of their hitherto peaceful life, it is not to be wondered at that their hatred and
resentment had been intensified by the way in which the war was brought about.
This feeling had risen to its height of concentrated fury when it became known to the burghers that the sweeping
advance of the British forces in overwhelming numbers would soon make it possible for the English to take full
possession of those coveted mines.
At the time of the Republican successes there had been no suggestion that it would be politic to destroy the mines, but
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (11 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[17]
[18]
[19]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
as reverses became more frequent, and it became evident beyond a doubt that the British troops were about to cross
the Vaal, a strong section of the Government, supported by popular feeling, openly advocated the destruction of the
mines as well as the town of Johannesburg. The precedent quoted for such a course was the burning of Moscow by
the Russians, in order to retard the victorious advance of Napoleon.
Very soon it became apparent that the members of the Government who were advocating this policy were gaining the
upper hand, as instructions were actually given to certain officials of the Mines Department to make the necessary
arrangements for blowing up the mines. Another section of the Government, among whom were General Louis Botha
and Dr. F.E.T. Krause, strenuously opposed the carrying out of this policy.
This section eventually gained the upper hand at the time when Commandant Schutte was compelled to relinquish the
position of Special Commandant for the Rand, and Dr. Krause was appointed in his stead, although the circumstances
leading to this change had at first in some measure strengthened those who advocated destroying the mines. The
change was brought about in consequence of the terrible explosion at Begbie's Engineering Works, which had been
converted into a bomb factory by the Government, and where several persons were killed and many injured.
The cause of this explosion after investigation was alleged to have been the work of British spies, and it was only
natural that those persons advocating the destruction of the mines should avail themselves of this circumstance to
further their scheme, but the bold and determined opposition of Dr. Krause, supported as he was by the mines police,
a special body of men organised for the purpose of protecting the mines, had the effect of inducing the "Destroyers"
to mature their scheme in secret.
The probable fate of the mines was openly and freely discussed in the capital, and I have a faint recollection of a
debating society having taken for its subject, at this time, the question, "Would the result of blowing up the mines be
beneficial or detrimental to the Boer cause?" Many were the pros and cons, and what conclusion was arrived at I do
not know.
At Harmony, mother and daughter followed the subject with the keenest interest and anxiety, realising the important
effect which the destruction of the mines would have on the later development of the war.
There were several weighty considerations which the "Destroyers," in their thirst for revenge, seemed to have
overlooked entirely.
In the first place, the blowing up of the mines would have failed in its object of punishing the mining magnates
against whom the resentment of the Republicans was specially directed, and the chief sufferers would be innocent
shareholders in every part of the world, members of the middle-classes who had invested their little all in the
fabulously rich gold mines of the Rand. Another very important consideration which was discussed by the more
thoughtful section of the community was the probable destruction of the farms by the British forces by way of
retaliation for the fate of the mines. Could the burghers have foreseen that the entire country would be laid waste in
any case as the war proceeded, nothing could have saved the mines. But the devastation of Boer homesteads was not
to begin until a much later period, and to this fact the "Destroyers" no doubt owed the frustration of their schemes.
I have to thank friends who were principally concerned in the matter for the following account of how the mines were
saved and for the interesting description of the surrender of the Golden City, appearing in Chapter III.
At this time the British troops were advancing rapidly. The Boers were panic-stricken, and had it not been for the
determined efforts of the administration in Johannesburg, chaos would have resulted.
About ten days before the surrender of the town, the scheme of the "Destroyers" was unwittingly disclosed through
the foolishness of the man who had been apparently chosen to carry it out. Judge Kock, who was a friend of Dr.
Krause's, came over to Johannesburg for the purpose of making a last and determined effort to destroy the mines.
Being a great friend of the Krauses, he was invited to stay at their house. In a burst of confidence he produced a letter
signed by a very high-placed official of the Executive Council, whereby he was empowered, in indefinite terms, to
call for the co-operation of any military official whom he pleased. He showed Dr. Krause this letter and requested
him to instruct the mine police and certain other mine officials to assist him. He was met with a blank refusal, and a
threat that if he persisted in this undertaking he would be arrested. Judge Kock, or, as he then styled himself,
"General" Kock, had gathered together a cosmopolitan force of about 100 men.
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (12 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
About this time events were rapidly changing. The determined advance of the British forces and the panic-stricken
retreat of the Boers had the effect of encouraging "General" Kock and his men. Dr. Krause's hands were full in
attending to the military necessities of the situation. Urgent messages from Botha and the President were hourly
passing over the wires. General French, who was advancing on Johannesburg from the east, had pressed forward to
such an extent that the Boers retreating from Vereeniging were practically hemmed in by the British columns.
Commandant Krause on the Sunday afternoon hastily gathered as many fighting men as he could muster, and with
them occupied the hills surrounding Van Wyk's Rust, in order to check the advance of French and give the Boers an
opportunity of retreating safely. On the Monday, while fighting was going on, he was obliged to leave his men—who
by that time had been reinforced by the retreating Boers—for Johannesburg, on receiving an urgent message that
chaos was reigning in town, and that the goods sheds at the station, where Government provisions and food-stuffs
were stored, were being looted. On his return order was speedily restored.
Tuesday, May 29th, was the eventful day in the history of the saving of the mines, as on this date Dr. Krause
personally arrested "General" Kock and dispersed his band of followers. It happened in this way.
[21]
[20]
During the progress of the war the Government had been working some of the mines, and, at the time of the rapid
advance of the British from Bloemfontein, instructions were given that all the gold should be conveyed to Pretoria.
The week before the surrender of Johannesburg, Dr. Krause had given the necessary instructions for doing this, and
had received a report that all gold had been transported. Now, it appears that Kock had taken advantage of the
Commandant's absence from Johannesburg to further his scheme of destruction, and the first mine he went to with
that purpose in view was the Robinson. On arriving there he accidentally discovered that about 120,000 ounces of
gold, valued at about £400,000, were still stored on the mine. He was evidently so perturbed about this that he
momentarily forgot his purpose, and galloped post-haste with the greater number of his men to the Commandant's
office. His men were drawn up outside; he dismounted and found Dr. Krause in consultation with Commandant L.E.
van Diggelen, the energetic officer in command of the Mines Police. Kock adopted a threatening and bullying
attitude, and demanded the reason why so much gold had been left on the mine, and where the treachery lay. During
the course of his angry outburst he disclosed the fact that he had proceeded to the mine for the purpose of destroying
it, and had discovered the presence of the gold. It may be mentioned here that Dr. Krause, in the course of the
morning, had been in telegraphic communication with General Botha, who was then in the vicinity of Eagles' Nest,
and had informed him that it would probably be necessary to take violent measures against Kock, which might lead to
bloodshed. General Botha's reply was: "I hold you responsible for the safety of the mines and the town of
Johannesburg, and I leave everything in your hands."
[22]
When, therefore, "General" Kock disclosed his purpose, Dr. Krause jumped up, closed the door, confronted him, and,
before he could realise his position, had him under arrest, calling upon van Diggelen to disarm him. Kock made an
attempt to escape, but he was powerless in the hands of two determined men. Some time elapsed before he realised
the hopelessness of the situation, as his last attempt to induce Commandant van Diggelen to deliver a note to his men
outside was met with a blank refusal. The next thing to be done was to get rid of these men, who evidently had been
instructed by their "General" not to leave without him, he probably fearing that something unforeseen might happen
to him. How now to get rid of these men? The following ruse was adopted: Dr. Krause took up some telegrams, and,
waving these in the air, rushed out to where they were stationed, demanding to know who the officer in charge was.
He was met by a confusion of voices calling out, "Where is our General?" "Oh!" was the reply, "your General is still
in my office, consulting on military matters, and I have just received information that the British are advancing on the
town from the direction of the Gueldenhuis. Your General commands you to proceed in that direction to reinforce the
Boers, who are trying to stop the advance. We will follow immediately with the rest of the men. Now! who is in
command?" "I am, sir—Captain McCullum." "Now, Captain," the Doctor said, "ride for your life and do your duty."
The ruse was successful, and in a few minutes not a single man of the band was in sight. The next question was, what
was to be done with Kock. The following plan was adopted: The arrest took place shortly before the luncheon hour,
and as the offices were generally closed from one till two, Kock was detained in the Commandant's office until one.
All officials were then ordered to leave. Van Diggelen ordered his dog-cart to be brought round, Kock was told to
step in, and was quietly driven to the fort, where he was detained by the officer in charge.
During the afternoon General Botha and his staff passed through Johannesburg, and came to see Dr. Krause, who
reported what had happened. General Botha approved of and confirmed his action in every respect. The conference
between the two officers did not last long, and resulted in Dr. Krause being definitely instructed to remain in
Johannesburg in order to protect the town and its inhabitants, and to see that all fighting burghers immediately left for
their respective commandos. The same evening Kock was sent to Pretoria, escorted by several police, and handed
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (13 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[23]
[24]
ToC
[25]
[26]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
over to the authorities there.
The great danger which had threatened the safety of the mines was in this way averted.
Before closing this chapter, mention should be made of the excellent work done by the Mines Police in the protection
of the mines, and in this connection especially to name Commandant L.E. van Diggelen and Lt. W. Vogts, the
energetic Secretary of the Force.
The gold found on the Robinson Mine was on the same Tuesday sent by Dr. Krause to Pretoria in charge of Captain
Arendt Burkhardt and several members of the Field Police, and was duly delivered by them to the authorities there.
Note.—The subsequent career of Kock was an eventful one. He lost his father, J.H. Kock, at the battle of
Elandslaagte. This and other matters so preyed upon his mind that eventually he became subject to delusions, and is at
present confined in the lunatic asylum at Pretoria.
CHAPTER III
THE SURRENDER OF THE GOLDEN CITY
In attempting to chronicle the events which surround the surrender of Johannesburg, the mind involuntarily pauses,
and a picture, which reminds one of the fairy-tales of one's childhood, is called up in imagination.
In 1886 Johannesburg could only boast of a few tin shanties—the beginnings of a mining camp; fourteen years later
the British troops marched through the streets of a modern city. And what has been the history of these fourteen years?
In the history of the older European nations development and progress are slow, and social and economic cause and
effect can be traced with almost scientific accuracy. In Johannesburg, however, ordinary human agencies do not seem
to have been at work. The man who has the leisure at his disposal to ascertain the true facts of that period before the
war, would present to the world a history so interesting and fascinating that he would be accused of having indulged
in fiction in his narrative of events. It would be out of place in this book, however, to enter into these historical
events, and we must confine ourselves to the details of the period with which this story deals.
Ever since the beginning of the war it was the intention of the Republican Government to defend both Pretoria and
Johannesburg, and had the outbreak of the war not been precipitated, and the necessary cannon ordered from France
arrived in time, this would have been done. Even after the fall of Bloemfontein the idea was not entirely abandoned,
and Commandant Krause was instructed to provision the Johannesburg Fort and make other necessary preparations.
A promise was made that several cannon would be left at Johannesburg by the Boers during their retreat. It was hoped
that such defence would retard the British advance and enable the Boers to recover from the panic which had seized
them ever since the surrender of Cronjé at Paardeberg.
When, however, General Botha on Tuesday, May 29th, 1900, passed through Johannesburg, Commandant Krause
was ordered to abandon the defence of the town, to distribute all provisions collected amongst the families of the men
on commando, and to get rid of all men capable of fighting. These orders were promptly carried out.
On the following day, Wednesday, May 30th, between ten and eleven in the morning, Major Francis Davis appeared
with a flag of truce and requested to see Dr. Krause.
At the time the Commandant was at the fort attending to General Grobelaar and about 500 men who were retreating
in the direction of Pretoria. During the day bodies of armed burghers were continually passing through the town.
On arrival at his office Dr. Krause found Major Davis in the company of two old Johannesburg residents. The latter
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (14 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[27]
[28]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
were dressed in mufti. Both these men had taken an active part in the agitation which preceded the war.
Major Davis in soldierly manner addressed Dr. Krause by saying that he was commanded by Lord Roberts to demand
the immediate and unconditional surrender of the town, in the name of Her Majesty Queen Victoria.
Dr. Krause's reply was very short: "No, sir, not immediately and not unconditionally."
Major Davis thereupon said that Lord Roberts had also expressed a desire that the Commandant should grant him an
interview, at which the matter could be discussed. Dr. Krause assented to this proposition.
What the Boers wanted was delay—and if Commandant Krause could delay the forward advance of the British troops
a great advantage would be gained.
Lord Roberts was encamped just above the Victoria Lake, close to Germiston. On arrival at the camp Dr. Krause was
met by Lord Roberts on the verandah of the house occupied by him and his staff.
A private interview then took place between the two officers, at which the terms of surrender of Johannesburg were
agreed upon, and which will be found in the letter set out hereunder.
The chief reason for an armistice advanced by the Boer Commandant was that if the British were at once to enter the
town, street-fighting would undoubtedly take place, as the many armed burghers passing through the town would
only obey the orders of their own respective Commandants and Field-cornets. Such street-fighting would be a serious
menace to the women and children and to the other peaceful citizens of the town. Lord Roberts agreed to this, adding
that he had once, in Afghanistan, experienced street-fighting and would not like to see it again.
Another incident of this interview is worth recording, viz. the protest made by Dr. Krause at the presence of the two
civilians who accompanied Major Davis. Lord Roberts asked for the reason of this protest, and was informed that,
according to the view of the people in Johannesburg, these men, through the part they played in the mendacious
political agitation which was carried on prior to the war, were partly responsible for the war, and further that he (Dr.
Krause) had in his possession a warrant for the arrest of one of these men for high treason, issued prior to the
commencement of hostilities, and consequently their presence in the town was looked upon with a great deal of
disfavour and resentment.
Lord Roberts expressed his regret, and said that these men had accompanied his officer only because he was told that
they would be excellent guides, knowing the locality and the officials.
The terms of surrender were agreed to, including an armistice of twenty-four hours. This delay undoubtedly helped to
save the Republican forces from utter destruction and certainly enabled General Botha and the other Boer officers to
retreat with their men beyond Pretoria and to collect their scattered forces.
Dr. Krause returned to Johannesburg after this interview and immediately set about making the necessary
arrangements to carry out his part of the bargain. A Proclamation was issued, calling upon all armed burghers and
other capable men to leave the town; all officials were ordered to be in readiness the next day at the respective
offices, for the purpose of handing over their administration to their successors.
Early the next morning Mr. William Shawe, the Deputy Sheriff, was dispatched to Lord Roberts, with a formal letter,
confirming the terms of surrender agreed to at the above interview. This historical document is, I believe, here printed
for the first time and reads as follows:
"Johannesburg,
"May 30th, 1900.
"Lord Roberts,
"Commander-in-Chief of Her
"Majesty's troops in South Africa.
"Your Lordship,
"Referring to the verbal interview I had with Your Lordship this morning, with reference to the surrender
of the town, Johannesburg, I now wish to confirm the following in writing:
"(a) That all officials and other Government employees will be treated with the necessary respect and
consideration. On their behalf I can give Your Lordship the assurance, that until the surrender is
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (15 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[29]
[30]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
complete, everything will be done by them to facilitate Your Lordship's work, in so far as their honour
allows.
"(b) With reference to the protection of women and children (including the women and children of
Burghers on Commando),—that these persons will not be molested by the troops,—Your Lordship having
already given the necessary instructions in this connection.
"(c) That property will be protected, also forage, except in so far as military requirements necessitate it.
"(d) That as regards the 13,000 Kaffirs still on the mines, the necessary precautions will be taken by Your
Lordship:—in this respect the Special Mine Police corps, till now under my command, will render Your
Lordship all assistance.
"(e) Enclosed I send Your Lordship a copy of a notice distributed by me, which speaks for itself, and from
which Your Lordship will learn that all fighting and armed burghers have been ordered to leave the town
at once.
"(f) It grieves me to have to inform Your Lordship, that notwithstanding our arrangement, that no armed
men would enter the town till to-morrow at 10 o'clock, several armed persons entered the town (evidently
without Your Lordship's knowledge, and contrary to instructions), and several of whom are under arrest;
one who attempted to disarm a burgher was wounded, and is at present in the hospital here.
"Finally, I must request Your Lordship not to enter the town with too great a force (for reasons already
communicated to Your Lordship). I shall send some one who will conduct Your Lordship personally (or
the officer in command) to the Government offices to there carry out and complete the necessary
formalities of handing over the town. All chief and other officials have been notified by me of this
arrangement, and they have been ordered to hold themselves in readiness to hand over their offices to the
persons appointed thereto.
"I have the honour to be,
"Respectfully yours,
"(Signed) F.E.T. Krause.
"Acting Special Commandant."
On the morning of May 31st, 1900, the sun rose in his bright winter splendour—the sky was blue, and not a cloud
appeared upon the horizon. Mother Nature seemed to emphasise the darkness and bitterness in the hearts of the
staunch and free Republicans by her dazzling brightness. The new era had dawned, heralding the victory of the
invading forces and giving practical proof of the old adage, "Might is right."
At about 10 o'clock Commandant Krause received a message from Lord Roberts announcing his presence on the
outskirts of the town (at Denver) and expressing a desire that the Commandant should personally come and meet and
conduct him to the Government offices, there to hand over the "keys" of the city. This request was complied with.
The British were then seen entering the town, headed by Lord Roberts, Lord Kitchener, and Commandant Krause. On
arrival at the Government offices the different officials were presented to Lord Roberts, who requested them to
remain in office until they were relieved of their duties by an English officer.
The surrender of the Golden City was an accomplished fact!
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (16 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
ToList
[31]
[32]
ToC
THE SURRENDER OF THE GOLDEN CITY
In conclusion, and as a contrast to this terrible period for the Republicans, I may here be permitted to publish a letter
written by Lord Roberts to Dr. Krause, which will show in what manner the Golden City was previously
administrated and afterwards handed over to the British troops on May 31st, 1900.
"Army Head-quarters,
"Johannesburg,
"June 2nd, 1900.
"Dear Dr. Krause,
"I desire to express to you how fully I appreciate the valuable assistance you have afforded me in
connection with the entry into this town of the force under my command.
"I recognise that you have had DIFFICULTIES OF NO ORDINARY NATURE TO CONTEND WITH OF LATE, and
any weakness in the administration of the town and suburbs at such a juncture would doubtless have been
taken full advantage of by the disorderly element which necessarily exists in an important mining
community. Thanks to your energy and vigilance, order and tranquillity have been preserved, and I
congratulate you heartily on the result of your labours.
"Permit me also to tender to you my personal thanks for the great courtesy you have shown me since I
first had the pleasure of meeting you.
"Believe me to be,
"Yours truly,
"Roberts, F.M."
CHAPTER IV
MARTIAL LAW UNDER THE ENEMY
After her brothers' departure, described in Chapter I, Hansie fastened her "Vierkleur," a broad band of the Transvaal
colours, round her hat, and announced her intention of going into town to see the British troops come in.
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (17 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[33]
[34]
[35]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
Her mother thought it a most unseemly proceeding, and declined to accompany her wilful daughter, but the latter did
not wish to miss what she knew would become an historical event of great importance, and rode away on her bicycle,
accompanied by her faithful retriever, Carlo.
The thought of the conspicuous band of ribbon round her hat, in green, red, white, and blue, gave her a certain feeling
of comfort and satisfaction.
At least none of the friends she might chance to meet that day could suspect her of being in town to welcome the
enemy.
The air was charged with the electricity of an excitement so tense, so suppressed, that it struck her like some living
force as she rode through the thronged, though silent streets.
In the heart of the town, as she neared Government Square, a change was noticeable—a change that she could not
define until it was borne in upon her that it originated in the attitude of the black and coloured part of the community.
They had come out in their thousands—the streets literally seethed with them, the remarkable part of this being that
they were all on the pavements, while their "white brothers" walked in the middle of the road.
For the sake of the uninitiated I must explain that under the Boer regime no black or coloured person was allowed on
the pavements, nor to be out at night, nor to walk about without a registered pass. There was no "black peril" then.
This noisy, unlawful demonstration was an expression of joy on their part at the prospect of that day being set free
from Boer restrictions, a short-lived joy, however, for they became so lawless and overbearing that it was found
necessary, within a very few days, to re-enforce the Boer laws and regulations.
In perfect order, but weary unto death, the British troops marched in. Thousands and thousands of soldiers in khaki,
travel-stained, footsore, and famished, sank to the ground, at a given command, in the open square facing
Government Buildings.
Some of them tried to eat of the rations they had with them, others, too exhausted to eat, fell into a deep sleep almost
at once, and one old warrior, looking up into the face of the girl standing above him, said, in a broken voice, "Thank
God, the war is over."
Hansie bent towards him and answered, in a voice vibrating with passionate feeling, "Tommy Atkins, the war has just
begun."
He looked at her in puzzled surprise, and sighing heavily, closed his eyes.
Ah, unknown soldier, did you in after years, I wonder, remember the prophetic words spoken by the lips of a girl that
day?
At three o'clock that afternoon the Union Jack was hoisted on Government Buildings!
Those of my readers whose love of home, kindred, traditions, ideals—patriotism—belong to other countries can draw
a mental picture of what a similar experience would mean to them. One day to be full of hope that a beloved country
and independence would be restored to its people, the next with those hopes laid low in the dust, shattered, destroyed
for ever, by the sight of a small, unfamiliar flag standing out against the blue sky.
In time of great shock or crisis, merciful Providence numbs our keenest sensibilities and the brain acts and thinks
mechanically. The inevitable comes, however, and we wonder at finding ourselves still breathing, after passing
through that fire of mental agony.
Our young patriot's heart was torn and bleeding, but her sufferings then were as nothing compared to those she
endured in later months and years, when the incidents of that winter's day would pass in review across her brain,
haunting her sleeping and waking thoughts like some hideous nightmare.
It is not for me to describe the scene: the cheering of the multitude, the parade of haggard troops—the soul-sickening
display of imperial patriotism.
As if ashamed of having witnessed it, the sun, suddenly grown old and grey, hid himself behind a passing cloud, and
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (18 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[36]
[38]
[37]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
in the shadows which enveloped her the girl seemed to feel the hand of Nature, groping for hers, to convey its silent
message of sympathy.
The crowds dispersed and the troops withdrew to the outskirts of the town to pitch their tents for the night.
When Hansie arrived at Harmony she found all the open space around it occupied by troops, and camps erected at the
very gates, while, all along the roads and railway lines, fires were burning and soldiers were engaged in tending their
horses and preparing their rations.
The air was so heavy with smoke and dust that it seemed as if a dense fog were resting on the town, but an order and
discipline prevailed which could not be surpassed.
Mrs. van Warmelo was standing at the gate with a loaded revolver in her hands, keeping the entire British army at bay
with a pair of blazing eyes.
She had already spoken to the officer in command, who, on hearing that two unprotected ladies were living alone on
the property, had immediately issued orders that no man was to enter Harmony on any pretext whatever. Somewhat
reassured, mother and daughter retired into their stronghold, barricading doors and windows and ordering Carlo, the
good watch-dog, to preserve an extra vigilance that night.
Brave old Carlo! from that moment he seemed to understand that his duty was to protect his beloved mistresses from
their mortal foe, and nothing could equal his dislike and distrust of anything connected with the unwelcome visitors
around his hitherto peaceful abode. For a long time, he valiantly withstood temptation in the form of titbits offered
him by soldiers, not at any time responding to the many advances made by them, and my reader will agree with me,
as this story unfolds itself, that no dog could have developed more useful qualities.
The first few weeks after the occupation of Pretoria were spent in settling down and finding accommodation for the
thousands of British officers and men, and it soon became evident to the inhabitants of Harmony that Sunnyside had
been chosen as a suitable suburb for the more important members of the military forces.
To give the reader some idea of how Harmony was hemmed in by troops on every side, I have drawn the annexed
chart, and, though some alterations were made as the months went by, this was practically the position of our heroines
during the greater part of the war.
On the eastern side were encamped the Military Mounted Police; on the west, on the banks of the Aapies River and
adjoining the Berea Park, lay Kitchener's bodyguard; on the south were established the Montmorency Scouts; and on
the north, commanding the principal entrance to Harmony, the Provost-Marshal, Major Poore, had taken up his abode
in the comfortable residence of the ex-Mayor of Pretoria, Sir Johannes van Boeschoten, who was knighted on the
occasion of the recent visit to South Africa of the Duke of Connaught.
Opposite the Provost-Marshal, in a house belonging to Mr. B.T. Bourke, the War Office, as we called it, was
established; and still a little farther north, in the British Agency, vacated by Sir Conyngham and Lady Lily Greene
when martial law was proclaimed, Lord Roberts and his staff were installed, until better quarters could be found for
them. The Military Governor, General Sir John Maxwell, then took possession of the British Agency and remained
there, as far as I know, until the end of the war.
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (19 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[39]
[40]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
During the first half-year after the British entry into Pretoria Harmony's front gate was blocked by the tent of the
military post office, the ropes of which had been fastened to the posts of the gate. Although the inhabitants of
Harmony found it inconvenient to squeeze through the small opening at the side of the gate, Mrs. van Warmelo made
no objection to the arrangement, because it safeguarded the property to some extent from possible intruders.
Other houses in the immediate neighbourhood of Harmony were occupied at different times by Lord Kitchener of
Khartoum, the Duke of Westminster, and many other distinguished personages, with their staffs. From this it will
readily be understood that in the whole of Pretoria no spot could have been more completely hemmed in by the
vigilant military than Harmony.
How this vigilance was evaded by two Boer women, and how Harmony became the centre of Boer espionage as time
went on, will be the theme of this story; but I wish my reader clearly to understand that from beginning to end there
was no treachery, no broken promises of peace and good behaviour.
It was simply taken for granted that the two women in question were hopelessly cut off from all communication with
their friends in the field, and utterly helpless and incapable of assisting their fellow-countrymen.
There were no conditions attached to the privilege of remaining undisturbed in their home, and, though it was well
known that their menfolk were among the fighting burghers and that they themselves entertained the strongest
feelings of antagonism towards the British, they were quietly left in peace.
Whether the fact that Mrs. van Warmelo's elder daughter was married to Mr. Henry Cloete, of Alphen, Wynberg, had
anything to do with this unexpected and altogether undeserved leniency, I do not know. It certainly could not be put
down to the credit of our heroines that Mr. Cloete had at one time been Acting British Agent at Pretoria, nor that he
had shown the British Government such services as earned for him the distinction of having the Order of Companion
of St. Michael and St. George conferred upon him.
All I can say is that if the van Warmelos owed their security to these facts, we can only look upon that as one of the
fortunate circumstances of war over which we had no control. Other Boer residents in Pretoria fared less fortunately.
A great many "undesirable" families were put over the border at once; and of the remaining burghers, some took the
oath of allegiance for purposes of their own, on which I am not in a position to pass judgment, others, the greater
majority, took the oath of neutrality, and a few, in some mysterious way or other, avoided both these oaths, and
remained in the capital, without pass, without permit, until time and occasion presented themselves for a sudden and
unaccountable disappearance. In another chapter I shall endeavour to describe the dangers and difficulties under
which one of these men escaped from British martial law to the free life of the Boer commandos.
Although houses were "commandeered" right and left, and officers quartered on private families, as is the custom in
every well-conducted war, Harmony was left in peace, only one mild attempt being made a few days after the
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (20 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[41]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
occupation of Pretoria, by the officer in command of the Montmorency Scouts, to obtain entrance for himself and
fellow officers at Harmony's inhospitable door.
"Only three officers," he said—"no men; and we shall give no trouble."
It was Hansie's duty to refuse, and refuse she did, firmly, patiently, without betraying her inmost fear that he could,
and probably would—like the American darkie preacher, who announced to his flock that a certain meeting would
take place "on Friday next, de Lord willin', an' if not, den on Sat'dy, whedder or no"—take possession of her home,
"whedder or no" she gave her consent.
It is still a source of surprise that he did not, that, instead, he descended to argument, to beseechings.
"Our tents are bitterly cold at night," he said at last. "Let us at least sleep in the house."
"My brothers in the field have no tents," Hansie answered, "they sleep under the open sky. Do you think that we are
going to allow British officers to sleep in their beds? Allow me to tell you that we are red-hot Republicans."
He departed, and, though Mrs. van Warmelo and Hansie lived in some trepidation for the next few days, no second
attempt was made to commandeer Harmony.
The incident of the large number of side-saddles found in the British camp at Dundee had given Hansie food for
much thought, and had caused her to plan her own future line of action long before the British officers entered
Pretoria.
"They will want to enjoy themselves with our girls," she told her mother.
"They will be found at tennis-parties, at social evenings, and at concerts. They will want us to go out riding and
driving with them, but, mother, I vow I shall never be seen with a khaki officer as long as our men are in the field."
And, as far as she was able, she kept her word until the war was over.
This was not always easy, for many temptations were brought in her way, and she soon found it necessary to give up
riding and tennis altogether in order to keep to her resolution.
[42]
CHAPTER V
ToC
[43]
ONLY A BIT OF RIBBON GAY!
The conspicuously bright hues of the "Vierkleur" round Hansie's hat attracted the attention of the new-comers in
Pretoria, and she was often asked what they represented. In course of time other girls donned their colours, flaunting
them in the face of the enemy on every possible occasion.
Now perhaps this was indiscreet, but, after all, what harm could it do?
It was a certain comfort to them, and there could be no objection to their taking a public stand for their own, under
British martial law. At least, we thought so. Not so the enemy!
About three weeks after the British entry into the capital, the van Warmelos were told that orders had been issued that
no Transvaal burgher in Pretoria would in future be permitted to wear the "Vierkleur."
"Impossible! I do not believe it," Hansie exclaimed.
"What are you going to do?" her mother inquired.
"Go out as usual with my 'Vierkleur' on, and see what happens," she said.
She went out and nothing happened, so she went out again next day, and the next.
In the meantime she heard that dozens of women and girls had been stopped in the streets and marched off to the
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (21 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[44]
[45]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
various Charge Offices, where their colours were forcibly removed and detained as contraband articles of war.
Her mother warned her not to run the risk of losing her precious ribbon, and advised her to put it away, but Hansie
was determined to wear it until compelled to submit. For a few days she rode about as usual, accompanied by Carlo,
without being molested in any way, and she was just beginning to feel reassured, when, one day, a petty officer rode
up to her in the street and ordered her to take off her Transvaal colours. She was on her way to Consul Cinatti's house,
and was walking, for the Portuguese Consulate was quite close to Harmony.
With the horse prancing before her, she could not very well proceed on her way. She stopped and looked up at the
soldier. She did not like his face at all, and changed her mind about what she meant to say to him.
"Why don't you do as I tell you? Take off that ribbon at once," he commanded.
"Why don't you go and conquer the Transvaal?" she asked.
"I have my orders," he said, with a black look, "and if you don't remove those colours from your hat immediately, I
shall send some one to take them off by force."
"Take the Transvaal first," she said persuasively, "then you will be quite welcome to my bit of ribbon."
He wheeled round suddenly and tore off to the Sunnyside Charge Office, lashing his poor horse savagely and looking
round at her with a watchful eye every few yards.
Hansie walked faster, and had nearly reached the side gate of the Consulate, when she saw him returning with two
other mounted soldiers.
She dived through the gate, and running through the garden, unceremoniously entered the house at a side door.
"Oh, Celeste!" she said to the astonished Miss Cinatti, "there are three men after me!"
"Three men after you! What do you mean?"
"They want my precious 'Vierkleur.' What shall I do?"
"Take it off!"
"Never!"
Here they were joined by Mr. Cinatti, who waved his arms and stamped his feet when he heard the story, and got so
excited and indignant that he spluttered even more than usual in his broken English.
"What meant it all? What impudent impertinence was dis? It was nothing but one big mean trick, a prying trap," etc.,
etc.
When the storm was over (and his storms were usually of brief duration) he asked Hansie, with a gesture of comical
despair:
"What are we going to do now?"
"I don't know."
"Will you take off dat ribbon?"
"I will not."
Hugely delighted, he clasped his hands in well-assumed agony of mind.
"Stay here and go home in de dark?"
"No," Hansie laughed.
"I'll tell you. Celeste will give you anudder ribbon to put over dat one."
"Thank you very much," Hansie said. "Yes, that is a good idea."
Miss Cinatti fastened a broad white ribbon over the "Vierkleur," and Hansie bade her an affectionate farewell. The
Consul escorted her to the gate, where they found one of the mounted soldiers guarding the entrance, while the
second had been stationed at the side gate into which Hansie had been seen to disappear. The man who had addressed
her first was nowhere to be seen. Mr. Cinatti glared at the soldier, who backed away from the entrance, and allowed
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (22 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[46]
ToC
[47]
[48]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
the girl to pass. He did not look triumphant—on the contrary he saluted respectfully; but the other Tommy at the side
gate laughed when he saw the white ribbon on her hat, and I am afraid that Hansie felt very much inclined to say,
"I've got my 'Vierkleur' on still!" But she wisely refrained, walking on stiffly without so much as a glance at the man.
That night she slowly and sadly took off her 'bit of ribbon gay,' replacing it by a black band in token of mourning and
bereavement.
There was too much at stake, and she felt it would be better to keep the ribbon in safety at home than to run the risk of
being deprived of it by force.
A sympathetic friend afterwards painted two crossed flags, the flags of the Transvaal and the Free State, on her band
of black, and this she wore unmolested until the end of the war.
CHAPTER VI
PASSES AND PERMITS
At this time the procuring of passes and permits became the order of the day, and it is inconceivable the amount of
red-tape that had to be gone through in the process.
For women living alone and having no menfolk to send to the offices, this was especially annoying.
Hours were spent in waiting, and applicants were frequently sent from one official to another, and from one
department to another, on unimportant matters.
This brought Hansie into touch with the very men whose society she had resolved to avoid.
It took her three or four hours to get a permit for her bicycle and as many days to get permission to retain her Colt's
pocket-pistol, for the officers in charge of the rifle department refused to let her keep it and she eventually decided to
go straight to head-quarters, viz. the Military Governor, General Maxwell.
Orders had very rightly been issued that all firearms should be delivered to the military authorities, but in this case
Mrs. van Warmelo thought an exception should be made, because two unprotected women, living in an isolated
homestead, could hardly be considered safe in times of such great danger unless sufficiently armed and able to defend
themselves.
Other matters, of minor importance, could be overlooked, but it was to this question of retaining weapons that she and
her daughter owed their acquaintance with the charming and affable Military Governor.
The two women were received with great courtesy, and when they had explained that they had a Mauser rifle in their
possession, a revolver, and a pistol, begging to be allowed to keep them for self-defence, General Maxwell instantly
granted them permits for the revolver and pistol, but asked them to give up their rifle. He gave them a written
promise, signed by himself, that the rifle would be returned to them after the war—which promise, I may add, was
faithfully kept. General Maxwell asked many questions about their fighting relatives, and, when they were departing,
said he hoped they would come straight to him if at any time they got into trouble.
This kindness opened the way to many subsequent visits, and brought about a friendly understanding between the
officials in the Governor's Department and Mrs. and Miss van Warmelo.
The latter, upon whom naturally devolved the task of procuring the necessary passes and permits, was always well
received, and never kept waiting, although she made no secret of her feelings towards the British, and frankly gave
vent to her opinions on every subject connected with the war. This state of affairs was brought about all the more
easily by the fact that General Maxwell and his A.D.C., Major Hoskins, invited her opinions on every possible
occasion.
Mutual respect, and a sincere desire to alleviate the suffering caused by the war, formed the basis of the somewhat
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (23 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[49]
[50]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
incongruous friendship between the high British official and the Republican girl, especially as time went on and the
appalling problem of the concentration camps presented itself. Then it was that General Maxwell, pacing up and
down in his office, his brow drawn with care, and every movement betraying his distress, frankly discussed the
situation with Hansie and invited her confidence. As she had no secrets of importance at this time, these interviews
were marked by a spirit of mutual understanding, and she learnt more and more to admire and respect the Governor
for his humanity and nobility of character; but the time was soon to come when the demands of her land and people
called her to more dangerous fields of labour, and then it became difficult, well-nigh impossible, to meet the
searching eye of the Military Governor.
Her visits became less frequent, of her own free will, and in time ceased altogether.
Soon after the rifle incident Hansie had to call on General Maxwell, as Secretary of the Pretoria Ladies' Vocal
Society, for a permit to hold rehearsals. She found him alone and disengaged, for a wonder, and so evidently pleased
to see her again that she entered into conversation with him unhesitatingly.
After she had explained the object of her visit and apologised for troubling him about such a trifle, she told him that
she had been informed in other Departments that as there was no institution for granting permits to hold rehearsals,
she would have to get a special permit from the Military Governor.
"Why," he exclaimed in surprise, "can you not rehearse without a permit?"
"No," Hansie answered laughingly. "Do you not know that two or three may not gather together except in the name of
the Governor under the new regulations and since the execution of Cordua? Why, we may be conspiring against your
life instead of rehearsing our songs, and at the present moment we can hardly put our noses out-of-doors without
being asked whether we have permits for them."
"You are right," he answered; "I did not think of this. Well, you may have your permit on condition that you promise
to talk no politics and to be in your own homes before 7 p.m."
Hansie gave the promise on behalf of the vocal society, and yet another war-permit was added to her curious
collection! With all the friendliness existing between the Governor and herself, I do not for a moment think that they
ever trusted one another completely. Were they not both good patriots? Hansie knew by the questions he asked her
that he was trying to extract information from her, and the Governor only told her as much as he thought she could
use to his own advantage.
On this particular occasion, when he parted from her, he asked in a fatherly, I-take-such-an-interest-in-you way
whether she ever heard from her brothers.
"No," she exclaimed in innocent surprise. "How can I?" (and at the time she spoke truth). Whereupon he
sympathetically murmured something about "a very trying time for you."
Permits everywhere and for everything!
Men were stopped in the streets to show their residential passes, private carriages were held up and the occupants
requested to produce their permits for vehicle and horses, and cyclists had to dismount a dozen times a day at the sign
of some khaki-clothed figure patrolling the streets.
The first British officers to cross Harmony's threshold as visitors and equals were a colonel and a young captain, who
both came from Wynberg with letters of introduction from Mrs. van Warmelo's daughter, Mrs. Henry Cloete.
After the long months of irregular correspondence, always severely censored, it was such a relief to get news direct
that the bearers were welcomed gratefully.
They called again, and the dignified presence of the Colonel soon became a familiar sight at Harmony. With him it
was quite possible to converse, for he avoided every painful topic with the utmost tact and good-breeding, but the
Captain was a veritable firebrand, and many were the heated arguments carried on during his visits.
As the weary, weary months dragged on, and the most sanguine could not see the end of the terrible war, it seemed as
if feeling grew stronger and the power of endurance lessened.
Even the occasional visits of the British officers became trying to the van Warmelos, and one day her mother asked
Hansie to request the Captain not to come again, valiantly retreating to the garden when next he called, and leaving
her daughter to fight it out with him alone.
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (24 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[51]
[52]
[53]
[54]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
"I am very sorry," he said, "but what have I done?"
"Nothing," Hansie answered, "but you see it is against our principles, and we would like you to wait until the war is
over——" The hateful task was over, and the Captain took his departure, not to return again.
Hansie refused obstinately to go over the same ground with the Colonel. He came so seldom, and he was such a kind
and courteous old gentleman, that it seemed unnecessary to put an end to his visits, and in time his own good feeling
told him to discontinue them.
It was in the summer of 1901, when the days at Harmony were spent in the fruit-laden garden and great jars of apples,
pears, peaches, and figs were being canned and preserved for winter use, that thoughts strayed most lovingly and
persistently to the two hungry brothers in the field.
"Where are they, I wonder?" was a frequent exclamation. "Did they ever reach the Boer commandos, and oh, when
shall we hear from them?"
Great were the rejoicings when Dr. Mulder, who was on his way to Holland, and had got permission from the British
to pass through Pretoria from the Boer lines, arrived at Harmony with the news that he had seen the two van
Warmelos in the English camp at Nooitgedacht, after its capture by the Boers under General Beyers. They were well
and in good spirits then, and the delight their mother and sister experienced at seeing some one direct from the Boer
lines can only be appreciated by those who know what it means to a Boer to be a captive under British martial law.
At this time Pretoria was almost completely surrounded by the Boers, and every precaution was being taken against a
possible attack. Deep trenches were dug all round the town, electric wires put up, while the hills bristled with cannon
and searchlights played from the forts incessantly at night.
The realities of war were forced upon one by the increased activity on the Eastern Railway line to Delagoa Bay,
plainly visible from the side verandah at Harmony, and, daily, train loads passed of armed soldiers, or Boer women
and children being brought in from the devastated farms.
Armoured trains and Red Cross carriages steamed in and out, horses, cattle, provision loads—everything that could
remind one of the fierce strife raging throughout the land.
At this time it became evident that a thief or thieves were helping themselves at night to thoroughbred fowls and fruit
at Harmony, and Mrs. van Warmelo asked the sergeant-major of the Military Mounted Police to consult with her
about catching the miscreants.
She suspected Kaffirs—certainly not the troops encamped about the place, for a more orderly set of soldiers it would
have been hard to find. Their behaviour was always so exemplary that they were now and then rewarded with baskets
of fruit and vegetables from Harmony's overflowing abundance.
It was therefore perfectly natural that the sergeant-major should hurry over to the house, indignant and sympathetic,
to listen to Mrs. van Warmelo's grievances and to lay plans for the capture of the cunning thief.
That he came at dawn seemed evident, for though the police watched every night, they never caught sight of him, and
yet there were fowls missing every morning. Things were beginning to look rather suspicious when, in spite of the
vigilant watch kept by the police, there were only nineteen fowls left of the sixty. Mrs. van Warmelo made up her
mind to watch for herself.
Early next morning, when a fine white cock had disappeared, she set out with one of the native servants, and,
following the track made by the white feathers the bird had lost in its struggles, she came upon the thieves' den. An
ideal spot in a little hollow by the riverside, surrounded by trees and shrubs! A small fireplace, a few old sacks and
tins and a mass of feathers and bones told their own tale, and Mrs. van Warmelo went home well satisfied.
The sergeant-major, when he heard her story, said he thought it would be better to catch the thief red-handed in the
fowl-run than to surprise him in his den, and the police were set to watch again that night.
In the morning two fine hens were missing! The remarks then made at Harmony on the vigilance of British soldiers in
general and Military Mounted Police in particular were complimentary in the extreme.
Then Mrs. van Warmelo sent the boy to reconnoitre, and he soon came running back in great excitement, with the
news that the thief, a young Kaffir, was sitting beside a fire, eating fowls.
Armed to the teeth, the police set forth to capture him, and soon returned with the miscreant. Such a sight he was!
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (25 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[55]
[56]
ToC
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
Glistening with fat and covered with feathers, and, as one of the soldiers remarked, "with a corporation like the Lord
Mayor." He was handcuffed and taken to the police camp, while the men had their breakfast before escorting him to
the Charge Office.
Suddenly there was a fearful commotion.
The culprit had slipped off one of his handcuffs, crept through the wire fence unobserved, and was flying like the
wind through the garden towards the river.
After him, in wild confusion, jumping over shrubs and furrows, followed half a dozen soldiers, a couple of natives,
Carlo, and I don't know how many other dogs.
He was captured by the brave corporal as he was dashing up the bank on the other side of the river, and brought back
to the camp, with his hands tied securely behind.
One month's imprisonment only and a change of diet were prescribed for him at the Charge Office that day.
This incident, though exciting at the time, would not have been worth recording here were it not for its connection
with what happened afterwards.
Whatever suspicions the military may have had of intrigues at Harmony, these must have been removed by the fact of
their having been requested by the inmates themselves to keep a watch over the property.
So the way was being unconsciously prepared for subsequent events.
As fruit was also being stolen from time to time, the soldiers maintained their watch over the garden, well knowing
that their vigilance would be rewarded by a full share of the good things, while they would be the losers if the
pilfering were allowed to continue.
When it became evident, a few months later, that another thief was helping himself to her fowls, Mrs. van Warmelo
made up her mind to catch him red-handed, without the assistance of the Military Police.
She decided that he would not come back at once, and gave him two days to digest his spoil, and on the third day she
got up very early in the hopes of being on the scenes before him, ready to receive him when he came.
She had only been in the garden a few moments when she saw some one, in a stooping posture, running swiftly
towards the fowl-run. A moment later and he had seen her. He turned and ran in the opposite direction, Mrs. van
Warmelo following closely on his heels, loading her revolver as she ran and calling out, "Stand, or I fire." On being
warned a second time he stopped and turned round. Mrs. van Warmelo demanded what he was doing on her property,
and he answered in good English that he had lost his way, upon which Mrs. van Warmelo offered to show him the
way, and ordered him to march on ahead. With the loaded revolver between his shoulders, the culprit was forced to
obey, and Mrs. van Warmelo had the satisfaction of handing him over to the sergeant-major "all by herself."
To save himself, the wily thief turned Queen's evidence and offered to conduct the police to a place where drink for
natives was brewed and sold, but the soldiers, not relishing the idea of his escaping scot-free, first gave him a good
thrashing before handing him over to be further dealt with by the Provost-Marshal.
CHAPTER VII
POSTAGE BY STRATEGY
Life at Pretoria was at this time far from pleasant for the Boers who remained loyal to their cause.
Most people who had the means, or were not bound to the country by the closest ties, let their houses and went to
Europe until the war was over. Many of those who did not leave of their own free will were sent away to the coast,
where they were considered safe from plotting against the British, and the few remaining Boer families were
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (26 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[57]
[58]
[59]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
apparently on their best behaviour, above all dreading the fate of their fellow-countrymen.
The inmates of Harmony, perhaps more than any other Boers, feared being sent away, because they knew that
watching events from afar would be a thousand times worse than enduring the restrictions of English martial law, and
that banishment would make it impossible for them to render their fighting men any services. But they found the time
of inactivity terribly trying, so much so that they began to cast about in their minds for work, for mischief—for
anything, in fact, to relieve the daily, deadening suspense and the dread, of what they knew not, with which they were
consumed.
Very galling was the severe censorship of their letters. Mrs. van Warmelo's high spirit rebelled against the continued
surveillance of her correspondence and she determined to outwit the censor.
Then began an exciting period of smuggling and contriving, which led to the most complete independence on their
part of the services of Mr. Censor, and ended in a well-organised and exceedingly clever system of communication
with friends in every part of the world.
On one occasion a sympathiser, leaving the country for good, offered to smuggle through to Mrs. Cloete any
document Mrs. van Warmelo might wish to send.
There was nothing ready at the time, but Mrs. van Warmelo decided to make use of this opportunity for some future
occasion, and wrote to her daughter on a tiny piece of tissue-paper, "Whatever you may receive in future, marked
with a small blue cross, examine closely."
This was smuggled through in some way unknown to the sender and safely delivered to Mrs. Cloete, for people were
leaving Pretoria daily, and it was not difficult to find suitable envoys.
Hansie had—and has to this day in her possession as a priceless memento of the war—a small morocco case with a
maroon velvet lining, which travelled backwards and forwards between Harmony and Alphen until some better way
of communication was contrived. With a sharp instrument Mrs. van Warmelo had removed the entire tray-like bottom
of the case, packed two or three closely-written sheets of tissue paper in the opening, and pressed the little tray firmly
down in its place again. A tiny blue cross carelessly pasted on the bottom of the case carried its own message to the
conspirator at Alphen.
A few weeks later the case came back to Harmony with an antique gold bracelet for Hansie and a long uncensored
letter, in the snug hiding-place, for Mrs. van Warmelo.
The next adventure was with a charming lady, whom we shall call "the English lady," she was so very English. (If the
truth were known, she was not really English, but Cape Colonial, and, as is often the case, more English than the
English themselves, and more loyal than the Queen.)
She unwisely said to a friend of Hansie's, who naturally repeated her words to Hansie, that she would take good care
not to convey letters or parcels for the van Warmelos when she left for England, as she shortly intended doing,
because she was quite sure they "smuggled," or, if she did consent to take anything, she would examine it thoroughly
and destroy whatever it contained of a doubtful character.
When this reached Hansie's ears she made up her mind that "the English lady," and no other, would be her next
messenger to Alphen. She dismissed the morocco case from her mind as unsuitable for the occasion, and deliberated
long with her mother. At last she was sent to town to buy three medium-sized dolls.
It did not matter much what kind of dolls they were, but they had to have hollow porcelain heads, and they were to be
bought from one man only, an indispensable fellow-conspirator in one of the principal stores in Church Street.
When she came home with the dolls her mother seemed pretty well satisfied with the heads; they looked fairly roomy
from the outside, and so they were found to be when one of them had been carefully steamed until the glue melted
and the head dropped off.
Hansie had been writing, without lifting her head, while her mother prepared the doll. The sheets of paper, rolled up
into pellets, were then forced through the slender neck, and the dolls weighed to see if the difference in weight were
noticeable. It was not. The head was glued on again, a blue cross was marked on the body, and the dolls were neatly
wrapped in a brown-paper parcel.
"The English lady" soon after came to pay her farewell call. After the usual formalities had been exchanged she
remarked that she hoped to visit Alphen soon after her arrival in Cape Town.
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (27 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[60]
[61]
[62]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
Mrs. van Warmelo was charmed and delighted, and asked whether she would be good enough to take a parcel of three
dolls for Mrs. Cloete's little daughters.
There was just one moment's hesitation, then "the English lady rapidly made up her mind." "Yes, with pleasure, but I
must have the parcel to-morrow, because my trunks have to be closed and sent on ahead."
Mrs. van Warmelo turned to her daughter in grave consultation. "Let me see, it is too late now, the shops will be
closed, but you can perhaps go to town on your bicycle early to-morrow morning to buy the dolls and have them sent
straight to Mrs. ——'s house."
"Yes, mother, I'll do that with pleasure, but I won't have them sent. I'll take them to her myself to be quite sure that
she will have them before twelve o'clock."
The next morning Hansie took the dolls to her fellow-conspirator behind the counter and had them made up into an
unmistakably professional-looking parcel, tied and sealed with the label of the shop.
Thus were the suspicions of "the English lady" lulled to rest. For her comfort, should this ever reach her eye, I may
say that there were no dangerous communications in the doll's head, and should she feel resentful at having been
outwitted, she should have known better than to dare one of her country-women under martial law.
On other occasions sympathetic friends were willingly made use of, and the methods of smuggling were so carefully
planned in every case that none of the bearers ever got into trouble, with one exception.
A foreign gentleman of high position, through his own carelessness, found himself in a difficult and unpleasant
situation. He was leaving for Europe and expressed his willingness to take letters or documents, provided they were
packed so carefully that there would be no danger of their being discovered.
Mrs. van Warmelo asked him if he could let her have any little article in daily use and which he was in the habit of
carrying about in his pockets. He said that he would think about it, and sent her, next day, a silver cigarette-case with
a watered-silk lining. It did not take long to remove the lining and to pack the letters under it. When the lining was
replaced and the cigarettes lay in neat rows against it, the most careful observer could not detect anything unusual.
These letters were destined for Mr. W.T. Stead and contained a full account of the condition of the Irene
Concentration Camp.
In addition to this, Hansie gave her friend a photo of herself in a sturdy frame, containing a hidden letter for Mrs.
Cloete, whilst instructing him to destroy the epistle if he could not hand it over to Mrs. Cloete personally, moreover,
not to remove the letter from the cigarette-case until he arrived in London.
At Cape Town he met at the hotel a man who professed to be a great pro-Boer and with whom he soon became so
friendly that he, finding it impossible to go out to Alphen himself, indiscreetly entrusted Mrs. Cloete's letter into the
hands of this stranger, with the result that it was taken direct to the military authorities.
Our friend was arrested the next day as he was boarding the ocean liner, and was kept under strict surveillance while
his luggage was being overhauled.
We were told afterwards by friends who witnessed the scene that, during the process, he sat on deck with the utmost
unconcern, smoking cigarettes and toying with a silver case! No further evidence having been found against him, he
was allowed to sail away in peace, and Mrs. Cloete too escaped without so much as a warning, perhaps because the
contents of the letter were not considered sufficiently incriminating.
Mr. Stead received the documents hidden in the cigarette-case in due time and made full use of their contents in his
monthly magazine, The Review of Reviews.
Although, surprising to relate, no steps were taken against the conspirators at Harmony, they soon noticed an
extraordinary increase in the vigilance of the censor, so much so, that the most harmless communications failed to
reach their destination, and when by chance anything was allowed to pass through it was mutilated beyond
recognition, whole sentences being smirched with printer's ink or pages cut away by the ruthless hand of the censor.
It may seem a small thing now, but this state of affairs, when letters and papers were the only consolation one had,
became a source of such keen annoyance and distress that Hansie decided to approach the censor and ask him the
reason for such petty persecutions.
The head censor being away at the time, she was shown into the presence of a man whose very appearance excited
her strongest antipathy. In the first place he had a purely Dutch name, and she knew that he could not occupy a
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (28 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[63]
[64]
ToC
[65]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
position of so much trust under the British without being a traitor to his own countrymen.
Secondly, he seemed to derive much pleasure from her visit and, when she told him who she was, had the audacity to
say:
"I always enjoy your letters very much, Miss van Warmelo; they quite repay me for my trouble!"
When taxed with confiscating and mutilating them, he was all concern and innocence personified.
No, indeed, he could never be guilty of such a breach of gallantry and etiquette, the fault must lie elsewhere; he was
her friend, and if she would promise to bring all her letters to him personally, he would see that they were passed.
"Miserable Renegade!" she thought, with boiling blood.
Instantly it flashed through her mind that it would be foolish indeed to make an enemy of this man. Her whole
manner changed.
"How very kind of you!" she said. "Yes, I shall come myself if you are sure I shall not be giving you too much
trouble."
"A pleasure, I assure you," bowing with great gallantry, and Hansie went home to tell her mother what had happened.
After this interview with the censor, he allowed their letters to pass with unfailing regularity.
True to her promise, Hansie took her European mail to him herself every week, and this brought her into contact with
him frequently. He was always affable (hatefully affable) and obliging, and the thought of this man made it more and
more difficult for her to write, especially those letters destined for the north of Holland.
One day she asked her mother to think of some plan by which she could use the censor for her own purposes, without
his knowledge, and this set Mrs. van Warmelo's active mind and resourceful brain working, with what result we shall
see in our next chapter.
CHAPTER VIII
OUTWITTING THE CENSOR
If the method of writing between the lines in chemicals presented itself to Mrs. van Warmelo's mind for a moment, it
was dismissed as too crude and well-known, and, in consequence, too dangerous.
And yet she found her thoughts reverting persistently to chemicals as the only solution to the problem before her. One
day she took the strained juice of a lemon and wrote a few words with it on a sheet of white paper. When dry, there
was no trace of the written words to be seen until she had passed a hot iron over them. Imagine her joy and
satisfaction when they showed up clear and distinct, in a colour of yellowish brown. Well satisfied with her
experiment, she sought and found a square white envelope of thick paper and good quality, which she carefully
opened out, by inserting and rolling the thin end of a penholder along the part that was glued. Spreading the envelope
before her on the table, she wrote some sentences in lemon juice on the inside, folding it into shape again and pasting
it down with great care and neatness. This envelope she placed in Hansie's hands, with an expectant look, when the
latter came home that afternoon.
Hansie turned it over, examined it on all sides and shook her head, puzzled.
"Open it," her mother suggested, "and look inside."
Hansie opened it and, peering into it, shook her head again, more mystified than ever.
"I give it up, mother," she said. "Come, don't be so mysterious—tell me what it all means."
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (29 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[66]
[67]
[68]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
Mrs. van Warmelo then took the envelope, opened it with the penholder again, and, producing the hot iron which she
had been keeping in readiness for the psychological moment, she ironed out the flattened sheet and revealed to the
astonished gaze of her daughter the written words within.
At first Hansie was speechless with admiration; then she threw her arms round her mother and hugged her vigorously.
"Really, mother," she exclaimed, "I am proud of you. How we shall be able to dupe 'Miserable Renegade' now!"
The full importance of this discovery was not realised at the time, for all their smuggling had hitherto been carried on
merely for pleasure and they had had no information of any importance to communicate to their friends across the
seas; but, in the light of after-events, they realised that they had been led to make their preparations and to have their
methods in full working order before the time came to use them in conveying dispatches from the Boer Secret Service
to President Kruger in Holland.
They were now in the possession of a scheme which defied detection, and the next thing to be done was to inform
some distant conspirator of this valuable discovery and instruct him in the use of it.
That this could not be done through the post, my reader will understand, and as reliable opportunities were becoming
more rare, Hansie had to wait some months and to possess her soul in patience until at last some trusted friend,
leaving the country, could be persuaded to convey the important instructions.
When and how they were eventually sent I cannot tell with positive certainty. There is a difference of opinion on this
point between Mrs. van Warmelo and her daughter, and there is no way of settling the dispute, because Hansie's diary
contains no word about the White Envelope, for reasons which it will hardly be necessary to explain.
Mrs. van Warmelo says the instructions were dispatched in a false double-bottom of an ordinary safety match-box.
Hansie thinks they were either hidden behind a photo-frame or in a tin of insect-powder, both these methods having
been employed on various occasions, but at present we are only concerned with the fact that the instructions reached
their destination safely, and from that day until the end of the war a gloriously free and uninterrupted communication
was kept up between Harmony and Alphen and one spot in the north of Holland, of which we shall hear more as our
story unfolds itself.
Further experimenting showed that the lemon-juice became visible after a few days when written on certain papers,
while on others there was nothing to be seen after many weeks, and this danger was immediately communicated to
Holland as a very serious one, for it stands to reason that the danger connected with the sending of the White
Envelope from South Africa was nothing compared to the danger of receiving one and having it censored three weeks
after it had been written.
One had to keep in mind that letters leaving the country would be censored immediately and would not be subjected
to further scrutiny in Europe, whereas letters for South Africa ran every risk of being betrayed on examination, after a
three-weeks' journey by land and sea.
When the smuggled instructions were well on their way, the first White Envelope was written to Holland, and
carelessly thrust amongst a pile of other letters by the quaking Hansie when next she handed her mail to "Miserable
Renegade."
He glanced through them all without examining them, merely putting the mark of the censor on them and assuring
Hansie that they would be forwarded that very day.
No seven weeks could have been longer or more full of suspense than those which followed, and the excitement at
Harmony when in due time a square white envelope in the well-known hand arrived from Holland can better be
imagined than described.
With what anxiety it was opened and how eagerly examined before the hot iron was applied! how keen the delight
when nothing legible was found, even on the closest inspection! What relief, at last, when the written messages
became not only legible, but clear and distinct!
So this method was going to answer beyond their wildest expectations!
To make assurance doubly sure, and because Hansie did not trust "Miserable Renegade" one jot, she sometimes made
use of friends, going to Johannesburg, to post her White Envelope there, giving as her reason for doing so the
difficulties she had had with the Pretoria censor.
Of course the secret of the White Envelope was not confided even to her most intimate friends.
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (30 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[69]
[70]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
This correspondence having been fairly established, there was nothing to prevent Hansie from using the European
mail every week; but to avoid needless risks and the possible exposure of the valuable secret, it was agreed to use it
only in cases of extreme necessity.
The sign of the White Envelope became an understood thing between the conspirators, and for all other
correspondence grey and coloured envelopes were used.
The correspondent in the north of Holland was a young minister of the Gospel who had taken for years an unusual
interest in Hansie's career.
At this point of our story the two young people, after some years of estrangement, brought about by an unfortunate
misunderstanding on his part, pride and self-will on hers, had reached the delightfully unsettling stage of exchanging
photographs, the sequel of which took place under the most romantic circumstances, not to be related in this volume.
"It is an ill wind that blows nobody any good," the young man must often have thought, as he faithfully carried out
every instruction from the scene of action.
All communications for the President and Dr. Leyds were sent to him (through the White Envelope), because it was
not considered safe to correspond with them direct, even through the medium of the lemon-juice discovery.
As time went on, this method of communication was used for many purposes and always with success, but some time
after the war, when it was Hansie's right and privilege to go through the war correspondence of the young minister of
religion, she came upon a letter from Dr. Leyds to him, in which she read, with growing interest, the following
information:
"I cannot conceal from you that I was startled when I opened the last white envelope, for I was able to read the whole
report, though the writing was faint, without applying the heating process to it. Perhaps this letter lay in a warm place
near the engine-rooms on the voyage. Will you not send a timely warning? You could, for instance, say that the
measles have come out and are plainly visible, even without the application of hot compresses. Those people are quite
clever enough to understand what you wish to convey to them."
This warning did not reach Harmony at the time. Perhaps the censor, trained as he must have been in the art of
reading dangerous meanings into seemingly harmless sentences, decided in his own mind that it would be advisable
to keep the information about the measles to himself, and consigned the letter to the waste-paper basket.
In time experience taught the conspirators at Harmony that the greatest care would be necessary in the use of the
White Envelope, and to this they probably owe the fact that it was never found out by the enemy.
The reproductions given here of specimens of the White Envelope, showing the address on one side and the written
messages on the other, will give the reader an idea of how this correspondence was carried on. We do not vouch for
the accuracy of the information conveyed in the following translation of the contents of this envelope. The figures
were quoted from memory, but the general impression conveyed in this report, of the condition of the commandos at
the time, is reliable and correct. On the side flaps of the envelope certain love messages were written. These have
been covered over with blank paper and are not for publication.
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (31 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
ToList
(I) LETTER FROM HEAD OF SECRET SERVICE TO PRESIDENT.
ToList
(2) LETTER FROM HEAD OF SECRET SERVICE TO PRESIDENT.
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (32 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
ToList
(3) LETTER FROM HEAD OF SECRET SERVICE TO PRESIDENT.
[71]
[Translation]
Contents of White Envelope
From Head of Secret Service to President
Pretoria, February 12th, 1902.
With Commandos all is still about the same as when I was here in December. Much ammunition has been
taken from the enemy recently.
No want of food, horses fairly good, but clothing very scarce.
Three weeks ago I was with the Commandant-General. All well with him. Government in good health,
burghers full of courage. Good tidings received from President Steyn.
Everything plentiful in Free State.
General Botha is now in Ermelo district with 1,000 men; de la Rey between Klerksdorp and Rustenburg,
1,500 men; Beyers near Pietersberg, 1,000 men; Muller near Pilgrim's Rest, on Delagoa line, with 600 or
700 men; Piet Viljoen between Heidelberg and Middelburg, 1,200; Christian Botha, district Utrecht, 600;
Smuts has gone to the Colony with 1,500. These are the big Commandos only. There are many small
forces of 100 or a few hundred men under petty officers. Engagements: January 15th General Botha
defeated enemy. Three wounded on our side. Enemy's loss, 46 killed, 92 wounded, 150 prisoners. 200
horses taken, 15,000 rounds of ammunition. Great victory by Commandant-General on the 3rd inst. No
full report received yet.
Everywhere small engagements.
Many prisoners taken from our ranks lately, through the poor condition of our horses. Things better now.
De la Rey has had a few small victories. On December 25th engagement under de Wet near Frankfort.
Our side victorious. A camp of 500 men taken, 150 killed and wounded, 200 captures, 2 Armstrongs
taken with 400 shells; 1 Nordenbeldt with 2,500 maxim pompoms; rifle ammunition 150,000; all the
horses and cattle. The enemy is plundered daily. Health of burghers excellent. Plenty of fruit. Our losses,
as usual, miraculously small.
Through perseverance and faith we hope to gain a certain victory.
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (33 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[72]
ToC
[73]
[74]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
CHAPTER IX
JAN CELLIERS, POET AND PATRIOT
That there is more than one man of the name of Jan Celliers in South Africa I know, but there is only one Jan Celliers
who can be honoured by the title "Poet and Patriot," and that is the remarkable personality of our friend in Pretoria, J.
F.E. Celliers.
I have chosen him as the subject of this chapter, not so much because of the important, I may almost say
revolutionary part he has played in the building up of South African literature since the war, as on account of the
unique patriotism displayed by him throughout the war under circumstances of the severest test and trial.
How he, after active service in the field since the beginning of the war, came to be locked up in Pretoria as an unseen
prisoner of war, an unwilling captive between the green walls of his suburban garden, when the British took
possession of the capital on that stupefying June 5th, 1900, we shall briefly relate in this chapter.
Mr. Celliers' experience was that of many good and faithful burghers.
The news of heavy Boer losses, the desperately forced march of the British troops from Bloemfontein to Pretoria, the
crushing blows in quick succession, the departure of the Boer Administration from the seat of government, the
demoralisation of the scattered forces, and the painful uncertainty of what the next step was to be—these things,
combined with the fact, in Mr. Celliers' case, of having no riding-horse or bicycle on which to escape from the town,
caused him to be surprised by the wholly unexpected entry of the British forces into the capital. Just a brief period of
dazed inaction, a few hours of stupefied uncertainty, and he found himself hopelessly cut off from every chance of
escape.
He planned escape from the beginning, for conscientious scruples forbade his taking the oath of neutrality. Of the
oath of allegiance there was no question whatever.
There was nothing for it but to keep himself hidden until an opportunity for escaping to his fellow-countrymen in the
field presented itself.
The first three weeks were spent in the garden, but it soon became evident that listening ears and prying eyes were
being paid to discover his whereabouts, and closer confinement was found necessary. Thereafter he sat between four
walls, reading and writing during the greater part of the day, keeping a watchful eye on the little front gate through a
narrow opening in the window-blind and disappearing, through a trap-door, under the floor as soon as a soldier or
official entered the gate.
When darkness fell he left his cramped hiding-place, and gliding unseen through the house and yard, this weary
prisoner occupied himself with exercises for the preservation of his health, running, jumping, standing on his head,
and plying the skipping-rope vigorously, under the protecting shadows of the dark cypress trees.
The weeks went by, broken once by the intense excitement of a visit of one of the burghers from the field.
Mrs. Celliers' brother, M. Dürr, had crept into town at dead of night between the British sentinels on a dangerous
mission for the Boers. A short week he spent with his brother-in-law, sharing his confinement and making plans for
his escape. Then he was gone, and the old deadly monotony settled over the house once more.
July went by, and August was nearly spent when at last an opportunity presented itself, and Mr. Celliers, in woman's
garb, bade wife and children a passionate farewell, not to see them again for nearly two years.
With a cloak over his shoulders and a high collar concealing his closely cropped hair, his wife's skirt on, and a heavy
veil covering a straw hat, he stepped boldly into a small vehicle standing waiting before his gate and drove through
the streets of Pretoria. For the time at least he too belonged to the "Petticoat Commando." Mrs. Malan was in the cart,
and had been sent by Mrs. Joubert to escort him through the town.
The disguise was taken before a thought could be given to the possible consequences of such a step. Spurred by the
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (34 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[75]
[76]
[77]
[78]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
heroic attitude and fine courage displayed by his wife, Mr. Celliers lost not a moment in availing himself of the longlooked-for opportunity.
The thrilling adventures and hairbreadth escapes he went through in that memorable flight for duty and freedom will
no doubt be found accurately recorded in his book on the war, which I know to be "in the making" at the present
moment. Suffice it to say that he reached the farm of a friend near Silkatsnek in safety, where, he had been informed,
he would find Boer commandos in the neighbourhood.
Disappointment awaited him, however. The commando had withdrawn to the north, followed closely by thousands of
British troops whose proximity to the farm made it dangerous, not only for him, but for the people who harboured
him, to remain there longer than one night. A farm-hand, a trusted native servant, was asked to undertake the task of
escorting Mr. Celliers to the Boer lines. After some hesitation he consented. The risk was great, but the promise of
£20 reward when the war was over acted like a charm, and the two set forth before break of day on their perilous
adventure.
Here and there the tiny light of an outpost on the open field warned them to make a wide détour. The crackling of the
short burnt stubbles of grass under their feet caused them to hold their breath and listen with loudly beating hearts for
the dreaded "Halt! Who goes there?"
When the light of day began to break over earth and sky, the Kaffir, in evident anxiety, warned the Baas to hide in a
large dense tree while he, the Kaffir, went on ahead to reconnoitre. He departed—not to return again, base coward
that he was, and the unfortunate man in the tree waited for hours until it dawned on him that he had been deserted at
the most critical moment. He stepped from his hiding-place, quickly deciding to walk nonchalantly forward, the open
veld leaving no possible means of pursuing his way under cover.
He passes many isolated homesteads, some ruined and deserted, others inhabited by aged people, delicate women,
and little children only. One and all they shrink from him when he relates his story. They do not trust him—he may
be in the employment of the British, a trap set for the unwary; their homes are closed to him. He pursues his way
wearily. What is that approaching him in the distance? With straining eyes he is able to distinguish a group of
horsemen coming towards him, and with lightning-like rapidity he turns from his course and jumps into the washedout bed of a small rivulet flowing by. A group of startled Kaffir children gaze at him in astonishment. The riders
come in clear view—not horsemen, but a number of Kaffir women with earthenware pots on their heads. These they
fill with water, and mounting their horses depart the way they came.
With renewed hope and thankfulness at his heart our traveller resumes his course in the lengthening shadows of the
short winter afternoon. At last he reaches a German mission station.
No refuge for him here! For the inhabitants are "neutral," but he is informed that a few days before 20,000 British
troops had passed that way in a northward direction, in hot pursuit of the Boer commandos fleeing to the Waterberg
district. The benevolent old missionary directs him to a small farm in the neighbourhood where a Boer woman lives
alone with her little children. Perhaps she can give him some idea of the safest route for him to take. But no, the
woman turns from him in extreme agitation, refuses to answer his questions, and is so evidently distressed at his
appearance that he turns away and withdraws to the veld to think. What now? What now?
He is sitting on the outskirts of the great bush-veld, that endless stretch of forest-growth, dense and dark as far as the
eye can reach. Shall he enter that, unarmed, without provisions or water and totally ignorant of the direction to take?
He shudders. The blackness of the night is creeping over the scene, and over his soul desolation and despair.
"I must return to the mission station," he decides at last. "Surely they will give me refuge for the night!"
Slowly he drags his weary limbs across the veld, hesitatingly he presents himself, falteringly he proffers his request.
A moment's hesitation and the family circle opens to receive him, its members crowd round him with words of
comfort and small deeds of love. They are not doing right, but they will do well. Nothing is left undone to restore and
refresh the exhausted fugitive, who soon finds himself in a perfect haven of domestic happiness and luxury.
As the evening wears on, the small harmonium is opened, and while the younger members of the family are singing
sweet part-songs together, our hero turns over the leaves of a small book he has found lying on the table, a book of
German quotations. His eyes are attracted by the following lines by Dessler:
Lenkst du durch Wusten meine Reise,
Ich folg, und lehne mich auf Dich
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (35 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[79]
[80]
[81]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
Du gibst mir aus der Wolken Speise
Und Tränkest aus dem Felsen mich,
Ich traue Deinen Wunderwegen,
Sie enden sich in Lieb und Segen,
Genug, wenn ich Dich bei mir hab.
They are like balm to his troubled soul, and he commits them to memory for future use. God knows the future looks
desperate enough to him, for he feels that he cannot remain in this haven of rest. Consideration for the safety of his
kind friends forbids this. He soon departs, having heard that, for the present at least, the western direction is open to
him, and, in taking this, his tribulations begin afresh.
Unused to exercise as he has been during the long months of his confinement, this traveller, in pursuing his course
with so much patience and steadfast determination, now finds himself hardly able to walk. The tender feet are swollen
and bleeding to such an extent that he finds it impossible to remove his heavy boots. Halting, stumbling, he continues
on his way.
By good fortune he meets with another Kaffir guide, who leads him to a small Kaffir hut and revives him with a
draught of Kaffir beer. A few moments' rest, and they are on the way again.
The day was far spent when they reached a Kaffir kraal, and here Mr. Celliers sank down in agony of mind and body,
too great for words. More Kaffir beer was respectfully tendered to him and he drank it gratefully, meanwhile
watching with dull interest the Kaffir babies, jet black and stark naked, except for a small fringe of blue beads about
the loins, as they crept around him, like so many playful kittens.
He was not long allowed to rest, the good guide urging him to make a final effort, and encouraging him with the
assurance that he would find a farm not far distant, the home of Mr. Piet Roos, of Krokodil Poort.
This goal was reached that night, and a cordial welcome given to the poor exhausted traveller, although he was
warned that he could by no means consider himself safe on the farm, as the British passed it nearly every day. Nigh
three weeks he spent there, taking refuge under the trees of an adjacent hill by day and sleeping under the hospitable
roof by night. As time went on and the visits of the Khakis became rarer, he became more at ease, and often worked
with the farmer and the women in the fields, helping them to dig sweet-potatoes, and assisting his host in the work of
sorting, drying, and rolling up the leaves of the tobacco-plant. He also became an expert in the art of making candles,
and took active part in the other small industries carried on in that frugal and industrious household, and the evenings
were spent in poring over maps, geographical and astronomical, which his host happened to possess. Many were the
questions put to him, and long the discussions about worlds and suns and planets, while the busy fingers plied and
rolled tobacco leaves, but these discussions generally ended in a sigh, a shake of the head, and an unbelieving, "there
must be something solid under this earth," from the sceptical host.
The time was now approaching for the fulfilment of his heart's ambition, but there is still one small incident to relate
before we leave our hero. One day, while he was still on the farm, he was passed by a Kaffir, whom he questioned as
to his destination. The native replied that he was on his way to Pretoria, and the happy thought occurred to Mr.
Celliers to ask this native to let his wife know that her husband was in perfect safety.
Now the remarkable part of this incident was, that that unknown native took the trouble to deliver his message
faithfully and conscientiously, and it was only after the war that Mr. Celliers heard from his wife that she had
received news of his successful escape from a strange Kaffir, who said he had been sent by her husband. This is a
striking instance, well worth recording here, of the sagacity and fidelity of some members of the heathen tribes.
It was on September 13th that unexpected deliverance came in the shape of a Boer waggon in search of green forage
for the horses on commando. Mr. Celliers instantly decided to accompany the waggon back to the lager, and prepared
himself for departure that very day. Tender, grateful leave was taken of the good friends who had harboured him so
long, and he drove away, seated, with his few worldly possessions beside him, on the top of a load of green forage.
The next day he arrived at the lager of Commandant Badenhorst's commando on the farm Waterval near the "Sein
koppies," and now we close the chapter with the following words, which I have translated from his diary:
"The crown has been set on my undertaking. God be thanked, I find myself again amongst free men, with weapon in
hand. For the first time in the past four months I feel myself secure. There is no one, on my arrival, who gives one
sign of interest or appreciation; one burgher even asks me why I had not rather remained in Pretoria.
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (36 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[82]
ToC
[83]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
"This stolid and philosophic view of life is characteristic of the Boer and certainly does not discourage me.
"Excitement and enthusiasm do not appear to be the children of the great solitudes, the slumbering sunlit vastnesses;
nay, rather do they spring from the unbroken friction of many spirits, sparks bursting from the anvil of the great,
restlessly driven activity of the world."
Mr. Celliers remained in the field until the war was over.
CHAPTER X
A LITTLE ADVENTURE WITH THE BRITISH SOLDIER
The exquisite summer of 1901 was drawing to a close.
January and February had been months of unsurpassed splendour and riotous luxury in fruit and flowers, each day
being more gorgeous than the last. The glorious sunsets, the mysterious and exquisitely peaceful moonlight nights
were a never-ending source of joy to our young writer, thrilling her being with emotions not to be described.
Each morning at 5 o'clock, while the rest of the idiotic world lay asleep within its cramped boundary of brick and
stone, Hansie revelled in the beauties of Nature, abandoning herself to at least one hour of perfect bliss before the toil
and trouble of another day could occupy her mind.
The garden being so situated that its most secluded spots were far removed from any sights and sounds which could
remind one of the war, Hansie had no difficulty in turning her thoughts into more uplifting channels during the
peaceful morning hour, spent, when the weather permitted, in her favourite corner under the six gigantic willows
below the orange avenue.
And the weather in those days nearly always permitted!
Most of the entries in her diary she made in this fair spot, alone, but for the sympathetic presence of her big black
dog. The morning solitude was amply atoned for by the dozens of young friends who joined the "fruit parties" every
afternoon, filling the air with their gay voices and wholesome, happy laughter.
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (37 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
ToList
[84]
THE SIX WILLOWS, HARMONY.
Four or five young men and a bevy of beautiful young girls were amongst the most constant visitors at Harmony. The
girls, often referred to in Hansie's diary as the "Four Graces," were certainly the most exquisite specimens of budding
womanhood in Pretoria.
There was Consuélo, tall and slender, our languid "Spanish beauty," with her rich brown hair and slumbrous darkbrown eyes; there was our little Marguerite, fresh and fair as the flower after which she was named, an opening
marguerite in the dewy daintiness of life's first summer morning; there was Annie, spoilt and wilful but undoubtedly
the fairest of them all; and then there was her sister Sara, Hansie's favourite, with a girlish charm impossible to
describe. Her creamy white complexion, her lovely soft brown eyes, her winning smile and tender voice—what could
be more delightful than to sit and watch her as she moved and spoke with rare, unconscious grace, clad in a snowy
dress of fine white muslin!
One sweet summer morn, a Sabbath, if I remember correctly, when the air was filled with the fragrance of
innumerable buds and blossoms, Hansie sat in the accustomed spot, with her diary on her lap. She was not writing
then, but, with a slip of paper in her hands and a gleam of mischief in her eyes, she was repeating with evident
enjoyment a few catching lines.
"Oh, Carlo, this is lovely! I must learn these verses and recite them to the girls when they come this afternoon! Listen,
Carlo."
FROM KITCHENER TO SECRETARY OF STATE FOR WAR
Sunday
I am taking measures once for all to clear my reputation;
I swear to give de Wet a fall that means annihilation.
Monday
A brilliant action by Brabant, the enemy has fled,
Their loss was something dreadful; ours—one single Kaffir dead.
Tuesday
De Wet is short of food-stuffs, his ammunition's done,
His horses are all dying, and he's only got one gun.
Wednesday
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (38 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[85]
[86]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
The cordon draws in round de Wet; he now has little room,
He only can escape one way—by road to Potchefstroom.
Thursday
De Wet is now caged like a rat, he's fairly in a box,
Around him grouped are Clements, Cléry, Methuen, French, and
Knox.
Friday
An unfortunate event occurred—I report it with regret,
A convoy with five hundred men was captured by de Wet.
Saturday
A Kaffir runner says he saw de Wet's men trekking west,
With ammunition for two years, and food supply the best.
Saturday (later)
A loyal farmer told our Scouts de Wet was riding east,
Each man, beside the horse he rode, was leading a spare beast.
Carlo wagged his tail sympathetically.
Overhead the sky was of the deepest, richest sapphire blue, paling away to the horizon to the most delicate tints,
against which the distant hills showed up in bold relief.
"Gentleman Jim," one of the native servants, was evidently enjoying his Sunday too, for he loitered in the garden,
plucking up a weed here and there and watching the bees at work, the busy bees who know of no day of rest.
"Bring me some grapes, please, Jim," Hansie called out to him.
"Yes, little missie," with alacrity. "What you like? Them black ones or them white ones?"
"Some of both."
He walked briskly to the house to fetch a basket and disappeared into the vineyard, returning shortly with a plentiful
supply of luscious grapes.
"Thank you, Jim. Enough for a week!" Hansie laughed, and he looked pleased as he went off in the direction of the
river.
A few moments later, half concealed by the shrubs and rank grass with which the lower part of Harmony was
overrun, Hansie noticed two stooping figures in khaki, moving forward cautiously and then making sudden dashes at
some object, invisible to the girl. She watched them intently, wondering who the intruders were and what their game
could be, until they came so near that she was able to distinguish what it was they nourished in their hands. Butterfly
nets!
A pair of harmless Tommies, spending their Sunday morning in catching butterflies and the other insects of which
there abounded so large a variety at that time of the year.
They did not catch sight of the girl until Carlo sprang up barking furiously, and then they started back in
consternation and surprise.
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (39 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[87]
[88]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
"Lie down, Carlo," Hansie commanded sharply. "Good morning," to the men.
"Good morning, miss," respectfully; "I hope we are not intrudin'."
"Certainly not. Are you catching butterflies? Show me what you have got."
The men produced their spoil with pride.
"Will you have some grapes?" Hansie asked, handing the basket to one of them, who helped himself gratefully and
then passed it on to his comrade. The latter, evidently not of a very sociable disposition, took a bunch and walked off
in pursuit of more butterflies.
The first soldier, however, squatted down on the ground at some little distance from the girl and began to talk, as he
ate the grapes with great relish. At this point Carlo raised himself with the utmost deliberation, yawned, stretched
himself, and sauntering (I cannot call it anything except sauntering) slowly towards his mistress, laid his full length
on the ground between her and the Tommy. Then he went sound asleep to all appearances, but his mistress observed
that when the soldier made the slightest movement, the dog's ears twitched or an eyelid quivered.
Slowly eating his grapes, the man glanced curiously at the book on Hansie's lap.
"Are you sketchin', miss?" he asked.
"No; writing."
"Poetry?"
There was no answer.
"I am one of Lord Kitchener's body-guard," he went on presently. "We are encamped near Berea Park on the other
side of your fence. We were in Middelburg last week and I saw one of the Boer Generals, General Botha."
Hansie's heart bounded. She looked at the man incredulously.
"Indeed! How was that possible?"
"Quite simple, miss. Lord Kitchener invited the General into town to have an interview with him. His brother—I
think his name is Christian—came with him. I acted as their orderly."
"Tell me more, tell me everything," the girl's voice shook with ill-controlled emotion.
"There were five or six other men with them. They arrived at about nine in the morning and stayed until half-past four
that afternoon. They had lunch with Lord Kitchener. A fine man the General is, well set up, big and broadshouldered."
"Yes, I know." Hansie could not withhold those words.
"You know!" he exclaimed in great surprise. "Do you know General Botha?"
"Yes, indeed. And what is more, he is my General."
The soldier looked at her in ludicrous amazement.
"Are you a Boer? You don't look like one, and I never heard any one speak better English."
"I don't know whether what you are saying is meant as a compliment to me, but I don't like being told that I don't look
like a Boer, and I certainly would not be pleased if you took me for an Englishwoman."
The poor Tommy looked troubled and muttered something about "no offence meant, I am sure."
"Now please go on and tell me more about the General. Did you hear anything of what he said to Lord Kitchener?"
"Nothing, miss, except when he went away. They shook hands very hearty-like and the General said, 'Good-bye; I
hope you will have good luck.' That was all."
"Good luck! What do you think he could have meant?"
"We don't know, miss, but we think he meant good luck in Natal, for Lord Kitchener went yesterday and I hear there
is some talk of peace."
Hansie sat silent for a long time, turning these things over in her mind.
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (40 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[89]
[90]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
"But what is all this accursed war about, miss? We soldiers know nothing except that we have to fight when we are
ordered to do so."
"Of course you know nothing. An English soldier is nothing but a fighting machine, not allowed to think or act for
himself. Discipline is a grand thing, but Heaven protect a man from the discipline of the British army. The war? I will
tell you if you want to know. The war is a cruel and unjust attempt to rob us of our rich and independent land, and
England is the tool in base and unscrupulous hands. You suffer too, I know, and all my heart goes out in sympathy to
the bereaved and broken-hearted Englishwomen across the seas. Their only comfort is their firm belief that their
heroes died a noble death for freedom and justice. Did they but know the truth! They died to satisfy the lust for gain
and greed of gold of mining magnates on the Rand."
"Suffer, miss! As long as I live I will not forget that march from the colony, through Bloemfontein to Pretoria.
Fighting nearly every day and marching at least thirty miles a day, on one biscuit. There was no water to be had! Will
you believe that for three days not a drop of water passed my lips? And I heard the other fellows say, not once, but a
thousand times, 'Would to God that a bullet find me before night!' Our tongues were hanging from our mouths and
our lips were cracked——"
"Stop!" Hansie cried, putting her hands to her ears. "I do not want to hear another word. These things cannot be
helped, and your officers suffered too!"
"The officers! When at last the water-carts came, we had to stand aside and watch while bucketsful were being
carried into the tents for their baths!"
There was silence again.
"If I were an English soldier, I would run away," Hansie said.
"I've had enough, God knows, and when I get home I mean to leave the Army and take up my old work—
carpentering. The war can't last very long. England is mighty—but I wish the bloomin' capitalists would come and do
the fighting, if they want this country and its gold-mines."
"There are only a 'few marauding bands' left, so the English say," Hansie answered bitterly. "But remember what I tell
you now. South Africa will be soaked in blood and tears, and a hundred thousand hearts will be broken here and in
your country, before the mighty British Army has subdued those 'few marauding bands.'"
The soldier's face grew troubled once again.
It was a good, strong face—a patient face—and it bore the marks of much suffering, endured in silence and alone.
He rose and took off his cap.
"You've been very good to me, miss. I wish I could be of some use to you."
"Run away from Lord Kitchener!" she said, laughing. "I would be very sorry indeed if you fell by the hand of one of
my brothers."
He looked at her sympathetically.
"How many brothers have you in the field?"
"God only knows," she answered sadly. "There were two left when last we heard of them. The third has been made a
prisoner."
The soldier took his leave and Hansie lost herself in reverie.
And when at last she roused herself, she wrote with rapid pen:
"Two Tommies have been in our garden, catching butterflies——" We know the rest.
That afternoon about ten or twelve young people assembled in the garden and were later joined by several members
of the Diplomatic Corps—Consul Cinatti, Consul Aubert, and Consul Nieuwenhuis, the most frequent visitors at
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (41 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[91]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
Harmony.
The topic of conversation was connected with General Botha's visit to Lord Kitchener in Middelburg, and when
Hansie told her friends what she had heard from the soldier that morning, they expressed their conviction that every
word he said must have been true.
And the latest official war news, in rhyme, the dispatch from Kitchener to the Secretary of State for War, came in for
its share of attention, occasioning no small amount of merriment.
Oh, happy afternoon! Oh, memories sweet! Oh, long departed days of good fellowship and mutual understanding!
Bright spots of gold and crimson in our sky of lead!
Mrs. van Warmelo never at any time encouraged evening visitors. They were all early risers at Harmony and their life
could not be adapted to the artificial, the unnatural strain of modern civilisation.
So the quiet evenings were spent by the mother in reading and writing, while the daughter gave herself up to the
indulgence of her one great passion, music. Scales and exercises, Schubert and Chopin, and invariably at the end—
before retiring for the night—Beethoven, the Master, the King of Music.
[92]
CHAPTER XI
ToC
[93]
PRISONER OF WAR
How the routine of life at Harmony was broken in upon by news "from the front" that April month in 1901, I shall
endeavour to relate.
Hansie coming home one morning from a shopping expedition, found her mother in a state of suppressed excitement.
Everything was as much as possible "suppressed" in those days—goodness only knows why, for surely it would have
been better for the nervous and highly strung mind if an occasional outburst could have been permitted. Hansie
suffered from the same complaint, and had to pay most dearly in after years for the suppression of her deepest
feelings.
There is a Dutch saying which forcibly expresses that condition of tense self-control under circumstances of a
particularly trying nature. We say we are "living on our nerves," and that describes the case better than anything I
have ever heard.
Our heroines, like so many other sorely tried women in South Africa, were "living on their nerves," those wise,
understanding nerves, so knowing and so delicate, which form the stronghold of the human frame.
The external symptoms of this state were only known by those who lived in close and constant intercourse with one
another. Hansie therefore knew, by an inflection in her mother's voice, that something out of the way had happened
when she said:
"I have had a note from General Maxwell."
"Indeed! What does he say?"
"He writes that Dietlof has been made a prisoner, and he encloses a telegram from the Assistant Provost-Marshal at
Ventersdorp, in the name of General Babington, to say that Dietlof is well, as was Fritz when last seen. See for
yourself."
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (42 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[94]
[95]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
Hansie grabbed—yes, grabbed—the papers from her mother's outstretched hand.
"'When last seen?' Mother, what can that mean? Why have the boys been separated?"
"That is what I should like to know," her mother answered. "I wonder how we can find out. We must ask to see
General Maxwell at once."
That afternoon the two women called at the Government Buildings and were shown into the Governor's office.
He seemed to be expecting a visit from them, and Mrs. van Warmelo apologised for troubling him, reminding him of
the promise he had made on the occasion of their very first visit to him, that he would help them if they came to him
in any trouble.
This he remembered perfectly.
"What is it you want me to do?" he asked.
"If you will be so good, we want a permit to visit our prisoner in the Johannesburg Fort, where he will probably be
kept until he is sent to Ceylon or where-ever he may have to go."
"Certainly; I will do this with the greatest pleasure. But first we must wire and find out his whereabouts. I'll see about
the matter and let you know at once."
Thanking him gratefully, mother and daughter took their leave.
"We should have asked permission to take a box of clothes and other little necessaries for our boy," the mother said.
"Yes, what a pity we did not think of it! But surely there could be no objection to that! Let us get everything ready at
least, and ask permission when we hear from General Maxwell again."
The largest portmanteau in the house was overhauled and carefully and thoughtfully packed by the mother's yearning
hands.
No article of comfort was overlooked, no detail of the wardrobe considered too small for her closest attention and
care.
Presently Hansie came with her contribution, a thick exercise-book and a couple of pencils.
"Put these in, mother, if you still have room. I am going to ask Dietlof to write down all his adventures in this book
for us to read afterwards. It will help him to get through his time of imprisonment."
(This small act, I may add here, led to the publication of her brother's book, Mijn Kommando en Guerilla-Kommando
leven—On Commando, in the English edition—which was begun in Ladysmith and written in the Indian Fort at
Ahmednagar and smuggled out to Holland under conditions of such romantic interest: the first book on the war,
written during the war and devoured by the public in Holland long before it was allowed to reach South African
shores—a book famed for its moderation and its truth, direct, sincere throughout.)
That Saturday night poor Mrs. van Warmelo never closed her eyes. She feared, and she had good reason to fear, that
her son would pass through Johannesburg, and be transported to some foreign isle, before a word of greeting and
farewell could be made by her. The thought of the morrow's Sabbath rest and inactivity intensified her fears.
The first thing she said to Hansie next morning was:
"You must go to General Maxwell and ask whether there is no news for us."
"But, mother, this is Sunday!"
"I know that. You will have to go to his house."
"Oh, I could not possibly do that. What does he care about our anxieties? Besides, I think it would be most indiscreet."
"I don't care," shortly.
In the end Hansie had to go, and when once she had made up her mind she looked forward with some pleasure to her
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (43 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[96]
[97]
[98]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
little adventure, for there was no one of the officials known to her for whom she had a more sincere regard than
General Maxwell. His house was but a few minutes' walk from Harmony, and Hansie, looking up at the gathering
clouds, hoped that she could be home again before the approaching storm broke loose.
Our "brave" heroine trembled when she rang the bell, for all her distaste of the task had returned with redoubled
force, but her self-confidence was soon restored under the genial warmth of the General's greetings.
He did not seem to be the least annoyed or displeased at this intrusion on his Sabbath privacy. And he was quite alone
—not, as Hansie had feared to find him, surrounded by a crowd of officers.
He told her that though he had not been able to get news of her brother direct, he knew that a large number of
prisoners had arrived at the Johannesburg Fort from Ventersdorp. He thought her brother would probably be amongst
them, and gave her special permits to Johannesburg and back, and also a letter of introduction to the Military
Governor in Johannesburg, asking him as a personal favour to assist the ladies in their quest.
"If I were you, I would not wait for definite news, but go to-morrow on the chance of finding him. Delay might bring
you great disappointment. But, tell me, Miss van Warmelo, are you not glad that your brother has been captured and
is out of danger now?"
"Glad? No, how can I be glad? It means a man less on our side—and he is a man, I can assure you. If all the Boers
were as brave and true—and such unerring marksmen—the war would soon be over."
The Governor looked disturbed.
"It seems to me a strange thing for a girl like you to feel so strongly. Are all your women such staunch patriots?"
"Not all, perhaps, but there are many who feel even more strongly than I do."
The General kept her there and talked of many things, asked her innumerable questions on the country and its people,
and drew her out upon the subject of the war.
Outside, the elements were raging, for the storm had broken loose, and the rain came down in torrents, while the
crashing thunder pealed overhead.
Hansie looked anxious, and the Governor said:
"It will soon be over. Are you afraid?"
"Oh no, I love our storms; but my mother is alone at home, and she does not."
She told him, toying with her permits, of her curious collection of passes and other war-curios, and he left the room
with a friendly—
"Perhaps I can find something for you too," returning with a button from his coat and a colonel's crown.
"The storm is over; let us see what damage has been done," and he led the way into the garden, showed her the
flowers, asked the names of shrubs unknown to him.
"Oh, mother, the English must not be so good to us! It is not right to accept favours at their hands, for it places us in a
false position. Don't ever ask me to go to General Maxwell again."
"Of course not. I quite agree with you, but I am very glad to have those permits. Did you ask about the portmanteau
and box?"
"Yes. He said it was all right, and promised to give permits, so that they need not be examined."
They did not leave for Johannesburg, after all, on Monday, for a full list of the names of prisoners from Ventersdorp
arrived, but there was no van Warmelo among them.
Telegrams were sent right and left, but there was something strange about the whole affair, and no satisfactory
answers could be got until five days after the first tidings had reached Harmony. The prisoner was at Potchefstroom.
Two more days of suspense and a note from Major Hoskins came, enclosing a telegram—"Van Warmelo leaving tofile:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (44 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[99]
[100]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
morrow for Fort Johannesburg."
Great rejoicings! The women had begun to fear that their hero had been whisked away to some remote portion of the
globe, without one word from them.
General Maxwell's letters of introduction acted like a charm when presented at the various military departments in the
Golden City.
Colonel Mackenzie, the Military Governor, gave the women a letter of introduction to the O.C. troops, who directed
them to the Provost-Marshal, Captain Short, informing them that they would find him at his office in the Fort.
The Provost-Marshal did not know that more prisoners from Ventersdorp were expected that day. He thought there
must be some mistake—unless—yes, there would be another train at 5 o'clock that afternoon.
The ladies were advised to call again on Sunday morning and drove to Heath's Hotel, where they had taken up their
quarters. How quiet and deserted the Golden City looked! How bleak and desolate, with the first breath of winter
upon it!
Poor Hansie had a shocking cold, and as she drove through the silent streets with her mother all the miseries of the
past eighteen months came crowding into her aching heart and throbbing brain.
What would the meeting be like to-morrow? Would he be changed? And what would he have to tell? The question
still remained whether he would be allowed to tell them anything about the war at all——
Suddenly a brilliant thought flashed into Hansie's mind.
"Oh, mother, let us go to the Braamfontein Station and see the train arrive. I know we won't be allowed to speak to
him, but we may at least wave our hands and look at him."
Her mother was delighted with the thought, and at 4 o'clock that afternoon they took a cab to Braamfontein Station.
The train had been delayed, and would be in at 6 instead of 5 o'clock, so they were told, but, for fear of having been
misinformed, they decided to wait at the station.
Cold, dusty, pitiless, the keen wind blew on that unfriendly platform. There was no ladies' waiting room—in fact, it
seemed as if the rooms had all been utilised for other, perhaps military, purposes.
It is incredible the amount of suffering that can be crowded into one hour of waiting!
Thank God, at last the train steamed in.
Armed troops and an unusually large number of passengers alighted on the platform, but there was not a prisoner to
be seen. The desperate women walked up and down, keenly scrutinising every face they passed, until they heard a
well-known, highly excited voice calling out "Mother! Mother!" to them from behind. They turned and saw their hero
tumbling from the train, an armed Tommy at his heels.
There are no memories of the moments such as those which followed.
Things must have been rather bad, for when Hansie looked round again the armed soldier had turned away and was
slowly walking in another direction. Blessed, thrice-blessed Tommy!
To this day when Hansie thinks of him she remembers with a pang that she did not shake hands with him.
"May we walk with the prisoner as far as the Johannesburg Fort?" Hansie asked.
"Certainly, miss."
How the people stared and turned round in the street to stare again!
And now that I come to think of it, it must have looked remarkable—a ruffianly-looking man, carrying a disreputable
bundle of blankets, a tin cup and water-bottle slung across his shoulders all clanking together, and a small Bible in his
hands, with a well-dressed lady on each arm and an armed soldier behind, guarding the whole!
The prisoner was a sight! The old felt hat was full of holes, through which the unkempt hair was sticking, and the
dirty black suit was torn and greasy-looking—but the face, except for the moustache and unfamiliar beard, was the
same, the look of love in the blue eyes unchanged.
It seemed like a dream, incredibly sweet and strange, to be walking through the streets of Johannesburg in
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (45 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[101]
[102]
[103]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
uninterrupted conversation, carried on in Dutch, with him, and to be able to ask the burning questions with which
their hearts had been filled all day—why he was alone, where he had left Fritz, how and where he had been captured.
Everything was explained on that memorable walk, simply and briefly explained, for the time was short, and under
the circumstances Dietlof would not give any details of information concerning the war, considering himself bound to
silence by the guard's trust in him.
He had been promoted to the position of commandeering officer by General Kemp and had been in the habit, for
some time past, of leaving his commando for days at a stretch on commandeering expeditions.
About four days before his capture he had left his people again for the same purpose, and on this occasion he had fled
before the enemy for three days, falling into their hands through the death of his good horse through horse-sickness.
His brother Fritz was under General Kemp with Jan and Izak Celliers (this was the first news Mrs. van Warmelo
heard of Mr. Celliers' safe arrival on commando, after the adventures undergone by him and described in Chapter IX),
and a few others of his most trusted friends, but what they must have thought of his inexplicable non-appearance
Dietlof did not know, but he feared they would be undergoing much anxiety on his account.
Near the entrance of the Fort mother and daughter took their leave, thanking the soldier warmly for his kindness to his
charge, whom they hoped to see again the following morning.
Very different was the meeting then!
The prisoner, a forlorn object, stood between two guards, before the Provost-Marshal's office, when the cab
containing the two women drove up.
Hansie jumped out and was going up to her brother, when one of the soldiers said to her:
"You may not speak to the prisoner."
"But I may kiss him!" Hansie retorted, throwing her arms round his neck and giving him a kiss which could be heard
all over the Fort.
There was a general laugh, and Mrs. van Warmelo promptly followed suit.
Dietlof was called into the Provost-Marshal's office and cross-questioned, while his mother and sister waited outside
impatiently. What a lengthy examination! Quarter of an hour, half an hour passed, then he appeared with a soldier,
who said curtly:
"You may talk to the prisoner for half an hour in English!"
I forget how many minutes of the precious thirty were lost in groping desperately for some topic of conversation
suitable to the occasion, and safe! but when at last they found their tongues, they talked so fast that it is doubtful
whether the Tommies understood anything.
Hansie longed to ask her brother whether the Provost-Marshal knew anything of their escapade the night before, but
dared not, hoping that the men concerned were under the impression that this was their first interview with the
prisoner.
He told them some of his war experiences and the fights he had been in, for the Provost-Marshal had given him
permission to speak of his personal experiences of the war.
One incident Hansie remembered particularly, because of a curious coincidence connected with it.
In describing the battle of Moselikatsnek, under General de la Rey, in which he and Fritz had taken an active part, he
told his mother and sister of a young English officer, Lieutenant Pilkington, whom he had found lying alone in a pool
of blood among the rocks and shrubs. Dietlof tended him, giving him brandy from a flask which he always carried
with him for such purposes, and laying grass under him on the hard rocks. The poor man was shockingly wounded,
and it was evident that his case was hopeless. He held Dietlof's hand, imploring him not to leave him, but Dietlof was
the forerunner of the seven burghers who were forcing their way wedgelike through the English ranks in order to
compel the enemy to surrender by attacking them from behind. He considered it his duty to go forward, but assured
the dying man that the comrades who were following in his wake could speak English and would care for him. The
donga was strewn with dead and dying English.
In the meantime the younger brother Fritz was tending a soldier with a terrible wound in the head. The seven men
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (46 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[104]
[105]
[106]
ToC
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
were now advancing steadily from one ridge to the other, but Dietlof had reached a point on which the burghers from
behind were bombarding with their cannon, and as the rocks flew into the air he found it impossible to proceed.
He therefore returned, and the captain sent a dispatch-bearer down with orders that the cannon-firing should cease.
For a moment Dietlof went back to the wounded lieutenant, where he found some of his comrades assembled, and
while they stood there the unfortunate man, exhausted by loss of blood, drew his last breath.
Through incredible dangers the seven burghers forced their way through the donga until they reached the point from
where they could attack the enemy from behind. It was a most critical moment, for they were exposed to the constant
fire of their own burghers, under Commandant Coetzee, as well as that of the enemy, but soon they were relieved to
see the white flag hoisted, and were then joined by the rest of the commando.
The English could not believe that the party which had attacked them from behind had consisted of only seven men.
Colonel Roberts, Lieutenant Lyall, and Lieutenant Davis were taken with 210 men of the Lincolnshire Regiment. One
officer escaped while the burghers were disarming their prisoners and yielding themselves to the spirit of plunder
with which every man is possessed after a severe struggle for victory.
Of dead and wounded the burghers had lost thirteen or fourteen men, but the seven forerunners, who had been
exposed to the greatest dangers, escaped without a scratch, while the enemy, in spite of the fact that they had been
under cover throughout, lay dead and dying in large numbers.
Strange to relate, a letter from an English officer fell into Dietlof's hands some weeks later, and in glancing over it his
eye fell on the words, "Lieutenant Pilkington is also dead—you know that famous cricketer."
And still later Hansie heard from her brother that one of the seven men, Field-cornet von Zulch, who afterwards
joined him as prisoner of war in the Ahmednagar Fort, told him that he had received a letter from Lieutenant
Pilkington's mother, begging for more particulars of her son's last moments.
Many wonderful experiences were related, many glimpses given into the conditions of commando life. The young
man dwelt lightly for a moment on his hardships and privations, saying, "Mother, do you know those woollen Kaffir
blankets with yellow stars and leopards, and red and green half-crescents?"
"Yes," his mother answered expectantly.
"Well, I once had a pair of trousers made of that material."
Everyone laughed.
"But there are worse things than that," he continued; "unmentionable horrors—things you pick up in the English
camps and can't get rid of again——"
Hansie understood.
"You will find a tin of insect-powder in that wonderful Indian juggler of a portmanteau," she said, "and don't forget to
use the blank exercise-book."
The thirty minutes were over, and they were considerately left alone for a few moments——
CHAPTER XII
THE CONCENTRATION CAMPS
For a small moment have I forsaken thee; but with great mercies
will I gather thee. In a little wrath I hid My face from thee for a
moment; but with everlasting kindness will I have mercy on
thee, saith the Lord thy Redeemer.—Isa. liv. 7 and 8.
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (47 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[107]
[108]
[109]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
The hand which holds my pen to-day trembles.
From the beginning it was not my intention to touch upon the Concentration Camps, but this story of the war would
be incomplete without at least a brief outline of that which played so important a part during the war.
After the occupation of Pretoria, and when it was found that hostilities, instead of coming to an end, were continued
under what the English called a system of "guerilla" warfare, and that the Boer forces, instead of being compelled to
surrender through starvation or exhaustion, continued to thrive and increase in numbers, the military authorities found
it necessary to adopt entirely new tactics. But subsequent events showed that no greater strategical error was ever
committed.
Let me explain briefly for the benefit of those of my readers who have forgotten the details of the great South African
war.
The Boer Republics had no organised force. In the event of war against natives or against some foreign Power, the
burghers were called up from their farms, the husbands, fathers, sons of the nation, to fight for home and fatherland.
This left the women and children unprotected on the farms, but not unprovided for, for it is an historical fact that the
Boer women in time of war carried on their farming operations with greater vigour than during times of peace. Fruit
trees were tended, fields were ploughed, and harvests brought in with redoubled energy, with the result that crops
increased and live-stock multiplied.
From the natives they had nothing to fear—in fact, their work was carried on with the help of native servants only. It
soon became evident to the British military authorities that the Boer forces were being supplied with necessaries in
the way of food and clothing by the women on the farms.
From the Boer point of view this was right and good, but it was perfectly natural that the English should resent it, and,
in isolated cases, where it was known beyond doubt to have taken place, the houses were destroyed, and the women
and children removed to the towns as prisoners of war.
As time went on and the women continued to provide their men with the necessaries of life, the British authorities
decided to lay the entire country waste, with the intention of depriving the Boer commandos of all means of
subsistence and forcing them, through starvation, into a speedy surrender.
A systematic devastation of the two Boer Republics then took place. Only the towns were spared; for the rest, the
farms and homesteads and even small villages, throughout the length and breadth of the country, were laid waste.
Trees were cut down, crops destroyed, homes, pillaged of valuables, burnt with everything they contained, and the
women and children removed to camps in the districts to which they belonged.
Now, we are well aware that a savage foe would have left these helpless victims of the unavoidable circumstances of
war on the veld to die, but the English are not only not savages and heathens, but they are one of the most civilised
and humane Christian nations.
Concentration Camps were formed in every part of the country, and the women and children placed in tents on the
open veld, near the railway lines where possible, or in close proximity to the towns.
The work of devastation, carried out by some British officers with loathing and distaste, and by others with fiendish
exultation, was not completed in a few weeks or months. It was carried on right through from the time when the
policy was decided on until peace was declared, and in the end nothing was left but the blackened ruins of once
prosperous homes.
If ever there was a war of surprises, it was the Anglo-Boer war.
Instead of hostilities being brought to a speedy termination by the demolition of the farms, the Boer forces gathered
and increased in strength and numbers by the addition to their ranks of men who had left the commandos and were
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (48 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[110]
[111]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
again living on their farms.
Wives and children gone, homes devastated, there was nothing left for the men to live for.
Instead of being brought to submission by the drastic measures taken to compel them to surrender, they were
transformed into raging lions, with but one object in view, the expulsion of their enemy from the land of their birth.
Not alone in the towns did the secret service do its work. As the camps grew in size and close supervision became
more difficult, the spies crept in and out, bearing with them the information wanted by the Boer leaders, concerning
the condition of the inmates.
In nine cases out of ten the earnest request of the women to their men was to fight to the bitter end—not to surrender
on their account, but to let them die in captivity sooner than yield for the sake of them and their children.
Perhaps I may be allowed to say here that when Hansie was in the Irene Camp as volunteer nurse she knew nothing of
the work of the spies.
Love and pity drew her to the scene of suffering.
The British did not count the cost when they began the system of gathering in the Boer families, any more than they
did when they began their "walk over" to Pretoria.
Not only had they to support women and children for an indefinite period after the devastation of the farms, but the
entire maintenance of the scattered Boer forces fell to their lot. During nearly two years the Boers lived on the enemy,
took their convoys, wrecked their trains, helped themselves to horses, clothing, ammunition, provisions—everything,
in fact, that they required for the continuation of the war. To tell the truth, there was hardly a Mauser rifle to be found
in the possession of the Boers at the end of the war, they having destroyed the rifles with which they began the war,
for want of Mauser ammunition, and using only the Lee Metfords of the enemy.
Sickness broke out in the camps—scarlet fever, measles, whooping-cough, enteric, pneumonia, and a thousand ills
brought by exposure, overcrowding, underfeeding, and untold hardships.
Expectant mothers, tender babes, the aged and infirm, torn from their homes and herded together under conditions
impossible to describe, exposed to the bitter inclemency of the South African winters and the scorching, germbreeding heat of the summer, succumbed in their thousands, while daily, fresh people, ruddy, healthy, straight from
their wholesome life on the farms, were brought into the infected camps and left to face sickness and the imminent
risk of death.
Over twenty thousand dead women and children stand recorded in the books of the Burgher Camps Department today, as the victims of this policy of concentration.
Over twenty thousand women and children within two years! While the total number of fighting men lost on the Boer
side, in battle and in captivity, amounts to four thousand throughout the entire war.
That this appalling result was wholly unlooked for, we do not doubt, but nothing could be done to prevent the high
mortality until many months after the worst period was over and only the strongest remained in the camps. It was
indeed a case of the survival of the fittest.
Let me briefly relate a tragic event of the war to show what the people of the camps went through and what little
cause for surprise there is in the unprecedented death-rate.
During the winter of 1901 a blizzard passed over the High Veld, the site of so many Concentration Camps, in the
Balmoral district, and overtook a young lieutenant, W. St. Clare McLaren, of the First Argyll and Sutherland
Highlanders (the friend and playmate of Hansie's childhood's years at Heidelberg) with his men.
They were without shelter, their commissariat waggons being some way ahead, and crept under a tarpaulin for
protection from the fierce and bitterly cold blast.
During that awful night Mr. McLaren took off his overcoat to cover up the perishing body of his major, and when
morning came he was found dead with five of his men, while around them, stiffly frozen, lay the bodies of six
hundred mules.
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (49 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[112]
[113]
[114]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
The brave and heroic heart was stilled for ever, a young and noble life was lost in performing an act of rare selfsacrifice; but far away in "bonnie Scotland" a widowed mother, smiling bravely through her tears, thanked God for
the privilege of cherishing such a memory.
Small wonder to us then, when tragedies such as this were brought home to us, that in the camps the thin tents, torn to
ribbons by the storm, afforded no protection to the scantily-clothed, half-famished inmates!
That the death-rate was not higher during the winter months we owe entirely to the overcrowding of the tents, there
being in Hansie's ward at Irene many bell-tents, destined to accommodate six, holding from sixteen to twenty-three
persons for many months. But what was an advantage during the winter months became a source of great danger
when the heat of summer came.
To return to our story.
It was Hansie's privilege—yes, privilege—to act as one of the volunteer nurses from Pretoria during that very winter
of 1901, and though it is not my intention to record in this book the experience connected with that period, I do not
think it will be out of place here to mention an important result of that sojourn at Irene.
Mrs. van Warmelo visited her daughter in the camp for the first time on May 21st, and she was so much impressed by
the misery she had witnessed that, on her return to Pretoria that night, she could not sleep, but tossed from side to
side, thinking of some way to save her country-women from suffering and death.
Suddenly she was inspired by the thought, "Write a petition to the Consuls!"
It was 3 a.m. when she got out of bed to fetch her writing-materials from the dining-room, and she then and there
wrote a passionate appeal for help to the Diplomatic Corps in Pretoria.
The Consul-General for the Netherlands, Mr. Domela Nieuwenhuis, to whom she took the petition the following
morning, advised her to lay it before the Portuguese Consul, Mr. Cinatti, who, as the doyen of the Diplomatic Corps,
would bring the matter before the other Consuls, if he thought it advisable.
Mr. Cinatti, after reading the petition, said the matter could certainly be taken up if Mrs. van Warmelo would get a
few leading women in Pretoria to sign the petition.
This was done within a few days.
Under injunctions to observe the strictest secrecy, nine prominent Boer women signed the document, and it was once
more laid before the senior member of the Diplomatic Corps, who immediately called a meeting of the Consuls, the
result of which was that a copy of the petition, translated into French, was sent by the first mail to each of the ten
different Powers they represented and also to Lord Kitchener.
General Maxwell, soon after these were dispatched, asked Mr. Cinatti to see him at once in his office at Government
Buildings, where, in a long interview with him, he demanded from Mr. Cinatti the names of the nine signatories.
Mr. Cinatti said he was not at liberty to disclose them—that, in fact, they were not known (with the exception of the
writer of the petition) to the other Consuls. General Maxwell then pressed him to give him that name only, as he
particularly wished to know who had drawn up the petition.
This was refused, fortunately for Mrs. van Warmelo, for the penalty would have been great.
The military authorities left no stone unturned afterwards to find out who the women petitioners were, but without
success, thanks to the great precautions taken by the Portuguese Consul.
A full month passed and no reply came from Lord Kitchener.
A second petition, more strongly worded than the first, was then drawn up, imploring the Consuls to intercede on
behalf of the victims of the Concentration Camps and to inform the Powers represented by them, of the death-rate
which threatened the Boer nation with extinction.
Again a meeting of the Consuls was called, at which three of them were appointed to form a committee of
investigation:
Consul Cinatti, Consul-General for Portugal.
Baron Pitner, Consul-General for Austria.
Baron Ostmann, Consul-General for Germany.
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (50 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[115]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
Some of the other members at the meeting were:
M. Domela Nieuwenhuis, Consul-General for the Netherlands.
M. Aubert, Consul-General for France.
Mr. Gordon, Consul-General for United States.
The latter lived in Johannesburg, but attended all the meetings held in Pretoria in connection with the Concentration
Camps.
From General Maxwell the committee of investigation got permission to inspect the Camp at Irene, called the "Model
Camp," and with the statistics obtained there, as well as the official statistics of all the camps in the Transvaal, the
Diplomatic Corps drew up a report, which went to prove that unless immediate steps were taken to arrest the
appalling death-rate, the Boer population in the camps would be extinct within a period of three years.
Copies of this report were sent to the Military Governor and Lord Kitchener, and to ten foreign Powers, with copies
of the second petition.
What diplomatic correspondence then passed between England and the foreign Powers we shall never know, for the
utmost secrecy was observed throughout; but what we do know is, that the famous commission of inquiry, the
"Whitewash Committee," so-called by the Pro-Boers in England, was very soon afterwards sent out. It consisted of
six English ladies, and as a result of their investigations some of the inland camps were removed to the coast, the
rations increased, additional medical and other comforts provided, and the general condition of the camps improved
to such an extent that after some months the death-rate decreased considerably, continuing to do so until it became
nearly normal. But, as I have said before, not until over 20,000 women and children had been sacrificed as a direct
result of being torn from their homes, exposed to the elements, and herded together under conditions which only the
strongest could survive. It would take too much space to insert copies of the petitions here, but they are to be found in
Hansie's Dutch book on the Irene Concentration Camp, published in Holland from her diary a year after the war.
The following statistics of what is known as "Black October 1901" are taken from the Blue Books of England and
will give the reader an idea of the number of camps in the Transvaal alone, the number of their inhabitants, and the
full death-rate within the period of thirty-one days:—
[116]
Total Census of Deaths, etc. etc., occurring in the Concentration Camps, Transvaal
only, during the Month Of October 1901.
Camps.
1. Barberton
2. Balmoral
3. Belfast
4. Heidelberg
5. Irene
6. Johannesburg
7. Klerksdorp
8. Krugersdorp
9. Middelburg
10. Mafeking
11. Nylstroom
12. Pietersburg
13. Potchefstroom
14. Standerton
15. Vereeniging
16. Volksrust
17. Vryburg
Census.
1,907
2,580
1,397
2,173
3,972
2,937
3,822
5,500
5,602
4,783
1,819
3,598
7,467
3,005
920
5,280
1,256
Deaths.
12
70
33
41
101
29
176
90
127
410
52
41
90
215
9
47
53
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (51 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
58,018
1,596
During this terrible month there was a population of 112,619 in all the Concentration Camps in South Africa. There
were 3,156 deaths, i.e. a death-rate of 28 per 1,000 per month. After "Black October" the mortality decreased steadily,
as will be seen from the following figures:
November 1901
December 1901
January 1902
February 1902
March 1902
April 1902
May 1902
Population.
117,974
117,017
114,376
113,905
111,508
112,733
116,572
Deaths.
2,807
2,380
1,805
638
402
298
196
[117]
[118]
Consular Report on the Concentration Camps
The following is the Report on the Concentration Camps by the Committee appointed by the Consular Corps of the
Transvaal in response to a renewed appeal addressed to them by the Committee of Boer Women of Pretoria. The
appeal was supported by three of the Consuls.
The Committee, which you have appointed to examine the situation in the prisoners' camps, where Boer
women are concentrated, though they could not always obtain the required accurate information, have
gained sufficient results to arrive at the conclusions as laid down in short in the following report:—
I.—In order to formulate a clear idea of the situation the Committee has laid down the following tables:
(a) Showing the population and deaths in the Camps during April 1901,
compiled from the official reports of the Inspector-General of the Camps.
(b) The death-rate in the Camps of the Transvaal calculated from Table
A, as well as from reports published in the Official Gazette, and
according to other trustworthy information.
(c) The death-rate in the Camps at Bloemfontein and Kroonstad,
compiled from the notices in the Official Gazette of the Orange Free State.
(d) Diseases and deaths according to Official Gazette.
II.—Although the returns are not complete through absence of returns for whole weeks in the official
publications, we may arrive at the following conclusions:
1. That the death-percentage in the Camps surpasses all hitherto-known
proportions.
2. That the death-rate amounts to 14 times that of Pretoria, which has,
according to Dr. Stroud, an average of 25 per thousand per year.
3. That the death-rate among the children confined to the Camps has
increased to an alarming extent.
The Committee, basing their verdict partly on the repeated assertions of public opinion, on the
communications of eye-witnesses, on the evidence given by certain witnesses in a case before the Military
Court at Pretoria, and finally on the personal observations of four members of the Consular Corps, to
whom permission was granted to visit the Camp at Irene, feel compelled to believe the principal causes of
diseases, carrying in their train such an abnormal death-rate, to be:
1. The difficulties and misery and privations to which the Boer families
are subject after having been driven from their farms (their journeys often
lasting about 20 days).
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (52 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
2. The insufficient quantity and frequently even bad quality of articles of
food distributed among them. Often the food given to the children is in
every respect inadequate to their wants.
[119]
3. The great fall in temperature during the night.
4. The insufficient protection against cold experienced in the tents by the
healthy population, and all the more by the invalids.
5. The absence of clothing and blankets.
6. The insufficient providing for invalids and the inadequate state of
medical stores.
7. The want of employees for the sanitary service in the Camps.
In view of the importance of the problem put before the Committee, they have drawn up the above report
and have sent copies of same to all the members of the Consular Corps.
(Signed) S.S. Pitner.
P. Cinatti.
Bn. Ostmann.
TABLE A
Direct Causes of the Deaths in the Camps of the Imprisoned Boers, composed
according to the Official Newspaper Articles till July 10th, 1901.
[120]
Diseases.
Measles
Inflammation of the lungs
Dysentery
Inflammation of the bowels
Consumption
Diarrhœa
Bronchitis
Old age
Inflammation of the stomach
Malaria
Cramps
Measles and bronchitis
Typhoid fever
Weakness (Debility)
Heart disease
Croup
Old age
Cramps and inflammation of the stomach
Measles and weakness
Lying-in fever and child-birth illness
Measles and inflammation of the lungs
Inflammation of the brain
Diphtheria
Number of
Deaths.
123
50
45
35
33
29
27
21
15
18
15
14
14
13
12
11
11
10
11
5
4
4
4
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (53 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
Consumption and measles
Disease of the kidneys
Measles and diarrhœa
Measles and dysentery
Exhaustion
Inflammation of the bowels
Debility
Heart disease
Inflammation of the kidneys and debility,
diseases through teething, asthma,
influenza
Various
4
6
3
3
3
3
2
4
6
26
57
Not classified
641
Summary and Percentage
Cases.
Simple and complicated
measles
149
Diseases of the respiratory
organs
106
Diseases of the bowels
105
Fever
67
Debility, old age, consumption
75
Convulsions
15
Debility through old age
13
Heart disease
12
Not classified
57
42
Various
Percentage.
23
17
17
10
12
2
2
2
9
6
641 cases.
[121]
TABLE B
Death-rate of the Imprisoned Boers in the Camps of the Transvaal According To
Official Reports and Trustworthy Information.
Death Rate for the Period Indicated.
Number of prisoners under 8 years.
Camps and Months
Male.
Middelburg
Potchefstroom
Standerton
Volksrust
April
April
May
1-17th
April
April
Female.
Total.
Per 1,000 per ann. Under
8 years.
Under 8 years.
Male. Female.
Total.
Male.
Female.
pr.
1,000.
666
1,577
626
4,147
1,292
5,724
5
7*
4
17*
9
24
86
53
77
39
83
54
1,605§
584
1,911
4,207§
553
1,667
5,812¶
1,137
3,578
8
5†
5
17
20†
21
25
25
26
106
104
32
86
372
153
94
255
87
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (54 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
Irene
"
"
Johannesburg
All Camps in
Transvaal
April
May
June
April
May
1-27th
2,134
2,364§
2,593§
1,705
1,589
1,738§
2,007§
1,465
3,703
4,102¶
4,600¶
3,170
14*
19
38*
9
35*
49
97¶
82
49
68
135‡
91
79
58
177
62
270
331
588
681
161
200
366
349
1,770§
1,515§
3,285¶
12
67
79
94
598
325
April
11,098
12,714
23,612
69
171
240
75
161
122
*: According to the proportion for the month of May.
§: According to the proportion for the month of April.
¶: Average number from April till July 9th.
†: According to the proportion for Volksrust.
‡: Statement by a nurse in service at Irene.
Without further comment the figures are borrowed from the official reports of the month of April or published in the
Official Gazette.
[122]
TABLE C
Return of Deaths of the Imprisoned Boers in the Camps Of Bloemfontein and
Kroonstad (orange Free State) According To the "official Gazette."
Number of Deaths.
Children
Men. Women. under 8
yrs.
Camps.
Bloemfontein from
April 2nd till July 2nd,
1901
Kroonstad from April
1st till May 16th, 1901
Kroonstad from May
26th till June 23rd,
1901
Causes of Death.
Lung
Typhoid,
and
Debility,
Dysentery,
Heart
Old Age.
Diarrhœa.
Disease.
Infectious
Total.
Disease.
per
1,000.
33
80
198
311
101
99
107
4
309
8
8
41
57
15
16
24
2
195
9
12
26
47
18
14
15
6
213
Number of prisoners till June 1st: Bloemfontein, 4,339; Kroonstad, 2,638.
[123]
TABLE D
Returns of Deaths and Disease of the Imprisoned Boers In the English Camps of the
Transvaal During April 1901.
Number of Prisoners.
Camps.
Barberton
Men.
Women.
38
151
Children.
236
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (55 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
Number of Cases during April 1901.
Total.
425
Men.
Women. Children.
6
26
27
Total.
59
Deaths
during
the
Month.
4
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
Middelburg
Irene
Johannesburg
Potchefstroom
Klerksdorp
Krugersdorp
Vereeniging
Heidelberg
Standerton
Volksrust
Mafeking
Total
191
892
505
322
120
234
175
377
271
452
96
3,673
475
1,242
1,200
1,255
350
381
312
327
313
1,459
140
7,605
1,292
3,703
3,170
5,724
991
1,088
833
1,136
1,237
3,578
765
23,942
29
51
3
3
—
—
5
13
10
14
12
146
46
85
26
30
7
—
8
21
17
19
96
381
55
181
110
29
12
2
11
32
20
33
44
556
130
317
139
62
19
2
24
66
47
66
152
1,083
9
49
90
24
2
—
5
2
35
26
4
250
This table is compiled from an official report by an attendant of the Prisoner-Camps.
[124]
CHAPTER XIII
ToC
[125]
626
1,569
1,465
4,147
521
473
346
432
653
1,667
529
12,664
A CONSULAR VISIT TO IRENE CAMP
The story of the petitions, related in the previous chapter, had, as I have said before, taken place during the time of
Hansie's sojourn at Irene. She knew nothing about it at the time because, naturally, her mother's letters contained no
hint of the agitation with the Consuls at Pretoria, and she was absorbed in her own "agitations" in the Camp, her
stormy interviews with the Commandant, her hopeless struggles against disease and death.
If ever a Concentration Camp was mismanaged, Irene was, and the six volunteer nurses, not being paid servants, but
having taken up their work for love and at no small sacrifice to themselves, left no stone unturned to bring about the
necessary improvements.
How futile their poor little efforts were! How powerless they found themselves against the tide of wilful
misunderstanding, deliberate neglect, unpardonable mismanagement!
The number of deaths in the Camps increased every day, and Hansie, wiping the hoar-frost from her hair when she
woke, half-frozen, in her tent, wondered how many of her little patients had been mercifully released by death that
night.
For always, when she resumed her work, there were childish forms stretched out in their last sleep.
One morning, when she found that there had been five deaths during the night, in her ward alone, she took the train to
Pretoria, straight to General Maxwell's office.
"Come and see for yourself, General. The people are starving, and they lie on the cold ground with little or no
covering. Fuel they have nothing to speak of, medical comforts are always out of stock——"
With a heavy frown he asked:
"Why are these things not reported to me?"
"I don't know," she answered miserably. "We thought you knew. We can do nothing with the Commandant——"
A great deal more was said on both sides, revelations, not to be repeated here, made by the unhappy girl, and the
Governor's sympathetic face grew stern with righteous indignation as she proceeded.
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (56 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[126]
[127]
[128]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
"I will investigate the matter for myself," he said. "But you look ill—why don't you come home and take a good rest?"
"I am only sick with misery, General; but if you will speak to the Commandant and insist on better management in
the Camp, we may still be able to save a great many lives. There is no time to lose. If the people are not provided with
better food and warmer covering during this intensely cold weather, the mortality will be something appalling next
month."
A few days later, one beautifully crisp and clear Sunday morning, General Maxwell and his A.D.C., Major Hoskins,
rode over to Irene to pay the Camp a surprise visit—and a "surprise" it must have been indeed, of no pleasant nature,
to the Commandant, judging by his black looks afterwards.
The General asked to see Miss van Warmelo and demanded to be shown through her ward, inspected her worst cases,
visited the overcrowded tents. He seemed much impressed by the scenes he witnessed that day, and issued orders to
the effect that all complaints from her ward were to be attended to promptly, and that a distribution of blankets and
warm clothing should be made immediately.
There were no blankets "in stock" the day before, but they were produced on this occasion with remarkable alacrity.
The Governor inspected the foodstuffs and the small supply of medical comforts (which was always, I may say here,
kept in stock for inspection, and was not touched for the use of the inmates of the Camp, when the stores ran out).
On leaving, the Governor said to Hansie with marked emphasis:
"I shall be obliged if you will make your complaints to me in future."
Her ward was now in a somewhat better condition, and she was preparing to leave for home for a month's rest and
recreation.
Although there were never more than six volunteer nurses in the Camp at a time, there were quite as many again in
Pretoria, waiting to take the place of those obliged to go home on sick leave, and one of them was immediately sent to
take charge of Hansie's ward.
Tragic were the parting scenes witnessed in that ward next day, and, as Hansie laughingly extricated herself from the
crowd, she promised to come back "very soon," little thinking that she would be in their midst again on the morrow.
The new nurse, an inexperienced girl, after having gone through the ward once with Hansie, quietly fainted away.
"Shall I stay?" Hansie asked her, when she had recovered.
"Oh no; I must get used to it. But what must I do when the babies are dying like that?"
"You must pray to God to take them quickly. Very little can be done to save them. Report your worst cases to the
doctor regularly every day; then, at least, the responsibility does not rest on your shoulders."
It was terrible, leaving them all in such a state.
Arrived at Harmony, Hansie found a note from Mr. Cinatti asking her to come over to the Consulate immediately,
because Dr. Kendal Franks, who was visiting Irene next day, wished to see her before he left.
She went at once, and found a dinner-party in progress at the Consulate, the German Consul, Baron Ostmann, the
Austrian Consul, Baron Pitner and his wife, one of the directors of the Dynamite Company, and Dr. Kendal Franks.
She was shown into a private study, where Mr. Cinatti joined her, in great excitement.
"Come in to dinner," he urged, but Hansie wished to see only Dr. Franks and said she would wait.
"Tell me," she said before Mr. Cinatti left her. "Is there any danger for my mother in connection with those petitions?"
"Oh no, my dear, I think not. I hope not. The penalty" (he said "penality") "would be very great. You won't mention it
to Dr. Franks, will you?"
"Of course not," Hansie laughed, and when he flew in a few moments later, with a silver dish containing bon-bons, he
whispered excitedly: "He's coming now. Be on your guard! Take some of these, they contain rum." Dear Mr. Cinatti,
how he enjoyed an atmosphere of danger! How he revelled in secret adventures, and how he would have appreciated
the conspiracies at Harmony, at a later date, if it had been possible for the van Warmelos to take him into their
confidence!
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (57 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[129]
[130]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
There was an atmosphere of serenity in the courtly, kindly presence of the great doctor.
"Have you any objection to being cross-questioned?" he asked, producing a notebook and pencil.
"Not at all," she said.
"General Maxwell told me to make a point of visiting your ward. I am sorry you will not be there. Would it not be
possible for you to go over to Irene with me to-morrow? I am leaving by the early train."
Hansie hesitated.
"I have no permit, and it is too late now."
"Oh, that is easily remedied."
A messenger was at once dispatched to General Maxwell's house, almost next door, and he soon returned with the
necessary permits and a cordial note from the Governor, wishing them "good luck."
That was an eventful day at Irene!
The anxious face of the "new nurse" broke into a beaming smile when she saw Hansie on the scenes once more, the
people crowding round her with their questions. Why did she come back? Was she going to stay? Didn't she go to
Pretoria yesterday? Who was that with her? etc. Mothers pulled her aside and pointed in wordless grief to their tents,
to what lay there in still repose since last night. Children clung to her skirts—"We thought you had gone for good."
"The people love you," the great doctor said.
"But not as much as I love them," the answer quickly came.
It was arranged that Dr. Franks should go through the hospital, the dispensary, and the store-rooms in the morning,
with the matron and the doctors of the Camp, and that after lunch he should inspect some of the tents in Hansie's ward.
This arrangement suited her to perfection, for she wished, after she had greeted her people in the Camp, to write an
important letter, destined for the north of Holland, for which she had had neither time nor opportunity for many
weeks.
The doctor's "hour or two in the Camp" lengthened to three, very nearly four, and during the greater part of this time
Hansie, sitting in the tent which had been hers, wrote, without lifting her head.
"How shall I get this away? The censor must not set eyes on this," she mused as she folded the closely written sheets.
She put the envelope into her handbag, and just then "the girls" trooped in from the Camp. Surprised greetings were
exchanged and explanations made as they all went into the big marquee where the midday meal was being served.
The doctor was very hot and tired after his long visit of inspection, but highly satisfied with the number of notes he
had made, and the meal passed off in animated conversation. When it was over, Dr. Franks and Hansie went through
the long rows of tents in her ward—her "prize" tents she called them—and the doctor seemed much struck by the
extreme poverty and misery of the inmates. In one tent two little boys were dying, and the distracted mother, when
she heard the magic word "doctor," implored him to save them. She was a widow and these children were all she had.
He knelt beside them and examined them with his strong and gentle hands, shaking his head. There was no hope.
"Your ward is in a shocking state. But things were not as bad in the dispensary and store-rooms as you made out last
night," he said to her on their way to the station.
There was a touch of reproof in the kind voice.
"You saw the small supply which is always kept for inspection, doctor," she answered. "It is always there and is not
touched when the stores run out."
His face wore a troubled look, but he said no more.
When they parted at the station he said he would report on his visit, to the Governor, and Hansie laughingly replied
that she would report too.
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (58 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[131]
[132]
[133]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
"For you are a Briton and I am a Boer. General Maxwell must have two reports."
She found the Governor next day in the friendliest of moods and evidently satisfied when she thanked him for the
improvements in her ward.
He told her that the Commandant, who had been at Irene when first she came there, was going round the country to
inspect all the Camps and to write reports for him. Seeing the look of intense dissatisfaction on her face, he asked
whether she did not think that Commandant —— would do it well.
"No, indeed," she replied. "I think I would do it a great deal better. Will you let me go round to all the Camps also, to
write reports for you?"
She spoke in jest, but to her surprise the Governor immediately entered into the idea, saying that it would be a great
help to him to know that he could rely on getting truthful reports.
"You must come and see me later," he continued. "I advise you to take a few weeks' rest before you begin this tour. Is
there anything else I can do for you now, or, I should say, for your people, for I have done nothing for you."
"Not just now, thank you, General; but I will let you know when I am able to go round to the Camps, and when I take
up my work again at Irene."
Suddenly she remembered the unposted letter in her handbag.
"But there is something else——" She hesitated.
"I have a private letter for Holland here. It contains no word about the war, but I cannot let it pass through the hands
of the censor. May I ask you to send it for me? I can assure you——"
"With pleasure," he broke in. "I will see that it is dispatched safely."
"Thank you very much. Shall I tell you what it is about?"
"Oh no; I trust you."
He handed a piece of sealing-wax to her.
"What is this for?" she asked.
"To seal the letter," he replied; but she quickly answered, with a smile:
"Oh no; I trust you."
He gave her a long official-looking envelope, into which she placed her letter, and, when she had readdressed it, he
closed it with the stamp of the Military Governor's office.
Now, this little scene could not have taken place a few months, or even a few weeks, later, but at the time Hansie had
no secrets to conceal from the Governor, and she had no reason to feel the slightest qualm in asking him to do her this
personal favour.
But the time was soon to come, however, when she remembered the incident of the uncensored letter with no small
degree of discomfort—when she found herself in the midst of conspiracies against the enemy, conspiracies of a far
more serious nature than the harmless "smuggling" hitherto carried on by her and her mother.
"He would never believe that that letter contained no war news, if he were to find out what we are doing now," she
thought then. "This kind of thing must cease—no more favours from the enemy, and, if I can help it, no more
interviews with the Governor. But there is this tour of inspection—no getting out of that, and I shall have to see a
great deal of him. Well, as far as the Camps are concerned, I can always 'play the game' to him. That is a thing apart."
A few days after this interview with the Governor, Mr. Cinatti called at Harmony with the interesting news that
General Maxwell had invited the entire Diplomatic Corps to spend a day with him at Irene.
"We are going to-morrow [July 13th]," he said. "Now, why are you not there?" looking dolefully at Hansie.
"Oh, why did I leave my little round tent at Irene Camp?" she wailed. "But I will give you a letter for Miss Findlay,
Mr. Cinatti. She knows all my worst cases and she has many quite as bad in her ward. Ask to see her, and whatever
you do, don't forget to ask for Dr. Neethling."
Dr. Neethling was the only Dutch doctor in the Camp, and he was seldom in evidence when there was any question of
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (59 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[134]
[135]
ToC
[136]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
inspection. That Consular visit to Irene must have been quite an event. General Maxwell, Major Hoskins, and all the
Consuls in a body went through the Camp and hospital, and made the usual inspection of foodstuffs and "medical
comforts."
They were satisfied that great improvements had been made, but they did not see the volunteer nurses or Dr.
Neethling, although Mr. Cinatti asked three or four times for Miss Findlay and all the Consuls asked to see Dr.
Neethling. These good people were not forthcoming, and there was so very much to see that it was time for the
sumptuous lunch, with which General Maxwell treated the Consuls at the Railway Station, before further questions
could be asked.
On the return journey General Maxwell inquired of Mr. Cinatti what he thought of the Camps, to which Mr. Cinatti
replied, with that quaint mixture of pathos and humour which characterised him:
"General, your tiffin was a beauty, but your Camp—was very sad!"
Mrs. van Warmelo laughed when Hansie repeated these words to her and said:
"Oh, you have no idea how funny he is," and then she related the following incident to her daughter with great relish:
After she had drawn up the first petition, she was out driving one afternoon with Mrs. General Joubert in the latter's
carriage, going from house to house to get the signatures to the petition, and on the Sunnyside bridge they found the
three inseparable Consuls, Aubert, Cinatti, and Nieuwenhuis, out for their daily constitutional, leaning over the
railings and looking down into the stream below. Approaching the bridge from the opposite direction were Lord
Kitchener and his A.D.C. on horseback, and the three parties met, as luck would have it, in the centre of the bridge.
"The Consuls took off their hats in greeting to the ladies in the carriage, and then turned in salutation to Lord
Kitchener, but I wish you could have seen the look Mr. Cinatti gave me, Hansie, as he glanced from the document in
my hands to Lord Kitchener's retreating form. It spoke volumes, and I had the greatest difficulty in preserving my
gravity."
CHAPTER XIV
NEW DEVELOPMENTS
It was in the winter of 1901, while Hansie was at the Irene Concentration Camp, as one of six volunteer nurses from
Pretoria, that Mrs. van Warmelo began her first adventures with the spies, and it has always been a source of keen
regret to Hansie that she was not in Pretoria at the time. But one cannot have everything, and the knowledge she
gained in the Camp was more valuable to her than any other experience she went through during the war.
I have merely touched on the Concentration Camps in the previous chapter, for obvious reasons, and propose to
entirely omit the events of the two months Hansie spent in the Irene Camp.
As the six volunteer nurses were soon after expelled from the Camp by the military authorities, there was, fortunately
for her, no opportunity of returning to her labour of love. Other duties awaited her at home, however, and by degrees
she came into full possession of the facts connected with her mother's experiences during those months.
Amongst the men caught in Pretoria on June 5th, 1900, when the British first entered the capital, were two heroes of
this book, Mr. J. Naudé and W.J. Botha.
These men were destined, through their indecision in allowing themselves to be caught like rats in a trap, to fulfil
with honour a rôle of great importance in the history of the war—a rôle unknown to the world, and without which this
book would probably not have been written. Mr. Naudé—who, by the way, was well known in town as beadle of the
Dutch Reformed Church on Church Square immediately opposite the Government Buildings—had, after the first few
days of uncertainty and remorse, no intention whatever of remaining long in durance vile.
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (60 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
With a few comrades in the same predicament as himself, amongst whom were Willem Botha and G. Els, he laid his
plans for a speedy escape, and for the purpose of spying more effectually he used the tower of the sacred edifice for
which he was responsible, as a point of vantage not only suitable but safe. With a strong telescope he took his
observations, unobserved himself, from the highest point of the tower, with the result that a certain route was chosen
as offering the best facilities for a safe exit from the town.
[137]
Mr. Botha should have accompanied him on this, his first enterprise; but because of Mr. Botha's physical weakness,
he having been struck by lightning at Pieter's Heights while on commando, and being subject to severe headaches and
unable to walk far at times, it was decided that he should wait in town until Mr. Naudé could come back from
commando, bringing with him a horse for the use of his friend. It was as well that Mr. Botha did not expose himself
to the hardships and perils of that first flight from the capital, for though Mr. Naudé, wearing an English officer's
uniform and carrying his private clothes in a knapsack, escaped with the greatest ease and safety, he and his
companion roamed about the veld for three days and nights without finding a trace of the Boer commandos which
they were so eager to join.
ToList
CAPTAIN NAUDÉ.
They therefore ventured a return to their homes in Pretoria and accomplished this successfully at dead of night, except
for a small adventure through having been delayed too long on their homeward journey, on account of which they
reached the first outpost just as day was breaking.
Naudé's companion, in great anxiety, suggested making a détour, but Mr. Naudé, with the presence of mind which
characterised his every action, answered firmly:
"No; we must go straight ahead. Perhaps the watch has already caught a glimpse of us, and any indecision on our part
would be fatal."
Seeing some clothing hanging on a line to dry near a Kaffir or coolie hut, Mr. Naudé annexed one or two garments,
and, quickly changing his uniform for the civilian clothes he had with him, he made a bundle of his knapsack,
uniform, and helmet, tying them up in the stolen articles. With this bundle under his arm and a handkerchief tied over
his head, he and his companion lurched uncertainly over the veld towards the watch, after first having taken a draught
from their spirit-flask.
"Halt! who goes there?"
They halted, smiling at him in an imbecile manner.
"Show me your residential passes."
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (61 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[138]
[139]
[140]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
His comrade fumbled in his pockets and produced his, but Mr. Naudé fumbled in vain. He had no pass.
He shook his head. His smile became more inane. He muttered hoarsely:
"Can't find it. Must have lost it last night. We have been on the booze, old man."
"I can see that," the watch replied and signed to them to pass on.
That their reappearance caused a stir amongst their relatives and friends can easily be understood, and it was found
necessary to keep them in hiding. The beadle had been missed from his post, and it was an open secret among his
friends and certainly not unknown to the enemy, that he had made a dash for liberty. Under the circumstances he
could not remain in Pretoria long, and after a few days of more spying from the church tower he made a second
attempt in a different direction, with a comrade of the name of Coetzee, the first man having had enough of the
dangerous game. This time their enterprise was crowned with success, and they were able to join a Boer commando
under General Louis Botha, but not before they had gone through an adventure which might have cost them their
lives.
They were captured by the Boers under Acting Commandant Badenhorst and detained as British spies, all
protestations of their innocence proving futile, until Mr. Naudé informed the Commandant that he had with him
dispatches for General Botha.
Commandant Badenhorst demanded to see them.
He refused, saying that they were private documents for the Commandant-General, and that he was not at liberty to
deliver them to any one else.
His word was accepted, and he was sent to the High Veld with a guard of men on foot to escort him to the General.
The want of horses proved to be a serious drawback and hardship to these men, so they determined to provide
themselves with horses, of the very best, and appointed Mr. Naudé as their leader.
Instead of proceeding straight to the High Veld, these enterprising and resourceful young fellows retraced their steps
to the vicinity of the Pretoria West Station, where Mr. Naudé knew that the enemy kept a number of magnificent
horses for the use of officers only.
With infinite caution they approached the spot, keeping under cover until they were well within rifle-range of the men
on guard. The movements of the latter were stealthily watched, and it was observed that the guard, consisting of two
men, well armed, walked up and down before the stables in which the horses were kept. Meeting at a certain point,
they turned abruptly and retraced their steps in the opposite direction, until they reached the limit of their beat and
turned again.
Mr. Naudé's plans were quickly made, and his commands given below his breath.
There was to be no bloodshed, he said. The thing could easily be done without, if his instructions were well carried
out.
Two of the men were ordered to level their guns at one of the guard when he had nearly reached the point farthest
from his comrade, while the others stormed the stables.
It was the work of a few moments.
The first thing the unfortunate guard knew was that he was looking straight into the barrels of two guns.
Not a word was said on either side.
Those glittering rifles, held by unseen, steady hands, flashed the unspoken challenge, "Give the alarm, and you are a
dead man."
The guard stood still as if rooted to the spot.
Swiftly and silently Mr. Naudé, with his few men, approached and entered the stables, cut loose the halters of the
animals, and stampeded from the place.
And yet the guard stood still, transfixed by the unerring aim of those two deadly implements.
A moment more and every man was provided with a steed, another moment and they tore across the veld in mad,
exultant flight, while behind them the shots rang out and the bullets fell beside them in the grass.
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (62 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[141]
[142]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
Eleven horses in all! Noble thoroughbreds, well trained and sensitive to voice and touch.
No fear of cruel treatment from your captors, beautiful steeds! The life you are entering upon may be full of hardship
for you, but it will be free and wild, and you will be tended with all care and gentleness. These men are brave and
strong, and it is only the cowardly and weak who would inflict on you one single unnecessary pain.
Serve your new masters well.
Be swift and sure when Death is on their track.
God only knows what the future holds for them of suffering and woe.
Not on foot, but riding like lords, these men reached General Botha's force, and the two men Naudé and Coetzee,
being among the only burghers on commando familiar with the route through the British lines, were thereafter
employed by minor officers to travel backwards and forwards to the capital. At first their work consisted only of
helping other burghers to escape, but as time went on their duties became more complicated and hazardous. There
were countless commissions to fulfil and information to be obtained on every imaginable question.
The need of a body of organised men in town began to be felt more strongly in the field, and it was Captain Naudé
who introduced the system of employing a set of reliable burghers as spies in the heart of the enemy.
For this purpose he once again went to Pretoria with the list of names of the men he wished to interview.
Mr. Botha was the first he approached, and the former was only half pleased when he heard that, instead of the escape
from British martial law, for which he had been keeping himself in readiness so long, he was commanded to remain
in Pretoria as the head of a body of Secret Service men.
He protested vehemently, but his objections were overruled by the argument brought forward by Naudé, a
consideration for the state of his health. This was certainly a point which carried weight. He consented, and the names
of the other men to be appointed as his co-operators were submitted to him for approval:
C.P. Hattingh, G. Els, W. Bosch, and J. Gillyland, a body of five men, which we shall know in future by the name of
"the Secret Committee."
The Secret Service of the Boers was now well established, and could not have been entrusted into hands more
capable, more undaunted, or more faithful.
Captain Naudé had in the meantime earned distinction for himself as the bravest and most enterprising emissary
employed in the field. He was placed by General Botha at the head of a corps of scouts, including the men who had
captured the British remounts, and it is on the foundation of his adventures as captain of this body of men that this
story is built.
We now turn to Mr. Botha and his first visit to Harmony.
It seems that Mrs. van Warmelo was one morning, during her daughter's absence at Irene, surprised by the appearance
of a stranger at her house.
He introduced himself as Mr. Willem Botha and handed a card to Mrs. van Warmelo, the card of her friend Mrs.
Pieter Maritz Botha, on which were written the following words, "You may trust the bearer as you would myself."
No other introduction was necessary.
Mrs. P.M. Botha, sister of Sir David Graaf, whose striking personality and unique experiences throughout the war
would alone fill a big book, was one of Mrs. van Warmelo's dearest friends.
Any one coming from her to Harmony could depend upon a hearty welcome.
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (63 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[143]
[144]
[145]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
Mrs. van Warmelo looked at her visitor with her keen and searching eyes.
He was short of stature and carried a little walking-stick for support, and his eyes, when they looked into yours, were
shrewd, humorous, and true as steel.
A great little man he was, and is to-day, God bless him!
I stretch out my hands to him across these pages and clasp his in the sympathy and understanding of what we went
through together. True as steel! Yes, that describes him well, for in all his dealings he was a noble friend, an
honourable foe.
Fate had been hard on him in leaving him a helpless prisoner in the hands of his enemies when his whole heart was
with his brothers in the field, but Providence was kind in giving him the power and opportunity he required for
serving land and people under circumstances as unique as they were dangerous and difficult.
From him Mrs. van Warmelo learnt of the existence of the Secret Committee.
No names were mentioned to her, but the general outline of their work was described, and her assistance was invited
in that branch of the work which included the sending of dispatches to the President.
Her fame as an exceedingly clever "smuggler" had evidently spread, and if the plan of the White Envelope had been
known to her visitor at the time, he would no doubt have been even more satisfied with the result of the visit.
That the Committee in Pretoria formed only a very small part of the scheme of espionage all over South Africa I am
well aware, but it is with this particular Committee that we have to do, and a detailed account of the work carried out
by them will give the reader some idea of the system generally employed by the Boers.
Not with the foolhardy young spy who came into the capital to buy a pound of sweets or a box of cigarettes, not with
the reckless youth who came in to spend a few days with his friend and to escort his sweetheart to church on Sunday
night, thereby increasing the difficulties and danger of detection for his more earnest fellow-countrymen, are we
concerned in this book.
These escapades were of such frequent occurrence, and were so well known to many people in town, that it would
have been dangerous in the extreme to use them for serious purposes.
From the earliest days of the occupation Pretoria was always full of spies, and the English were aware of it, but, do
what they would, they could not prevent it.
Although we always knew how things were going in the field, I do not for a moment believe that the accounts of
British reverses brought unofficially in to town by the spies were always reliable, nor do I sanction the reckless
coming and going of irresponsible men. Alas, no! too bitter have been the experiences of disastrous results brought
about by their thoughtlessness.
The van Warmelos were warned from the beginning against having dealings with them if they really wished to be of
service to their people, to which warning they owed their safety and the privilege of being able to help their
countrymen till the end of the war. General Emmet, as prisoner in the Rest Camp, also sent a warning, saying that
General Botha had instructed him to tell Mrs. van Warmelo that her name was known on commando.
As time went on, Pretoria was being shut in more completely every day. Blockhouses rose on every side; on the hills
which lie around the town searchlights played from commanding positions over many miles of country, making
darkest night as clear as noonday; barbed-wire fences enclosed the entire capital, and outposts were on guard night
and day—with no avail!
The spies glided in and out like serpents in the night, and some idea of the hardships and perils they went through in
order to achieve their purpose will be given in this true story of the great Boer war, some idea of the dangers to which
their assistants in town were exposed, and the part played by women and girls in the scheme of espionage.
I believe the events related here to be tame in comparison with some of the risks incurred and heroism displayed by
other Boer women all over South Africa, but we must confine ourselves strictly to Hansie's diary, as it was written
from day to day, before time could obliterate the smallest detail from her memory.
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (64 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
Hansie's diary with all the bitterness left out; Hansie's diary without its sighs and tears, its ever-changing moods, and
deep emotions; Hansie's diary, shorn of all that makes it human, natural, and real,—surely what is left of it must be
tame and totally unworthy of the original!
And yet it needs must be!
This book must be a calm, dispassionate review of the past, a temperate recital of historical events as they took place,
and, as facts speak largely for themselves, I leave the details to be filled in by the reader's imagination.
[146]
CHAPTER XV
ToC
[147]
[148]
THE FORMATION OF THE NATIONAL SCOUTS CORPS
If what theosophists say be true, that thoughts are living forces, then it seems to me that the subtle power and
influence of a national maxim must be far-reaching and powerful in its effect on the national mind.
Of this we had ample proof as the war proceeded.
With "Might is right" working ceaselessly in a hundred thousand brains, some people in South Africa and England
began to believe that might was right, and with "All is fair in love and war" held up by the united force of a million
minds, is it to be wondered at that anything and everything seemed justified under martial law? And yet, when we
come to think of it, how pernicious and demoralising the effect of such maxims must be on the public in general and
the uneducated mind in particular. Under its influence a nation may become, in times of war, dishonourable and
treacherous, may be dragged from one abyss of degradation to another, deeper than the last, until all self-respect is
gone and the voice of conscience is silenced for ever.
Well may we guard against this growing evil in South Africa! Well may we keep our national mottoes pure!
I do believe that the Dutch South African saying, "Geduld en moed, alles sal reg kom" ("Patience and courage,
everything will right itself"), is responsible to a great extent for the South African indifference to duty. It was first
spoken by President Brand, of the Orange Free State, no doubt in all thoughtlessness of what it might lead to, for no
one could have foreseen that the first part, "Geduld en moed," would fall into disuse and be forgotten, because these
good qualities do not come easily to men, and the second, "Alles sal reg kom," would be made an excuse for a sort of
lazy optimism, by which anything could be justified which comes easiest to us at the moment.
"Alles sal reg kom," yes, but not if we shirk our responsibilities. "Alles sal reg kom" if we are true, staunch, and
honourable, if with perseverance and patient endurance we fulfil our duty when its demands upon us are most
exacting and difficult.
Rightly interpreted, this popular saying would have been a strong support to the Boers at a time when they were
assailed by the fiercest temptation, and this brings us to the subject with which this short chapter deals.
We were frequently told during the war that it was Lord Kitchener's policy to procure the services of as many
members of the opposing forces as could be persuaded, for material considerations, to take up arms against their
fellow countrymen, a policy which he had often employed in other countries and to which he owed much of his
success. This may or may not have been the case in previous wars in which he had taken a leading part, but in the
great South African war this policy was crowned with undoubted success, in the formation of the National Scouts
Corps.
The thought has occurred to me that the words "National Scout" may convey nothing to my English reader.
Would to God that it conveyed nothing to us either!
It will be necessary to explain. The first downward step to becoming a National Scout was the voluntary surrendering
of arms to the enemy, to become a "handsupper," as the burghers were called, who laid down their arms while the
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (65 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[149]
[150]
[151]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
Boer leaders were still in the field.
There were three kinds of handsuppers; first, men who, through a mistaken sense of duty, surrendered themselves to
the enemy, in order to bring the war to a speedy termination and so to save the women and children from further
suffering; second, the men who, wearied of the strife, became hopeless and despondent and only longed for peace,
indifferent as to who should prove to be the victor in the field; and third, the men who, through their lust for gain, fell
an easy prey to the temptations offered them in gold and spoil by the enemy, surrendering their trusty Mausers in
exchange for the Lee Metfords of the enemy, with whom they thereafter stood, side by side, in infernal warfare
against kith and kin. To the latter class of handsuppers the National Scouts, better known throughout the war as
"Judas-Boers," belonged. In most cases they were first employed by the enemy as "Cattle Rangers," to gather in the
livestock from the farms and protect them from recapture by the Boer commandos. The next step downwards
followed as a matter of course, active service against their brother burghers.
A few months after the occupation of Pretoria the first public meeting was held in the Rex Bar, now known as the
Lyceum Theatre, on Church Square ("under the Oaks"), for the purpose of recruiting National Scouts from the ranks
of the burghers in Pretoria. Many prominent men attended this meeting, which, it will be remembered, was presided
over by a distinguished British officer. These men went, not to become members of the National Scouts Corps, but to
ask a certain question when the right moment arrived—and then they rose with one accord. "What about our oath of
neutrality?" They were told that the oath of neutrality need not disturb any one who wished to join the ranks of the
enemy; it would be nullified by the oath of allegiance, and was declared to be "a mere formality." The noblest
motives for uniting their strength to that of the enemy, in the endeavour "to restore peace to the land," were laid
before the burghers of the Transvaal. Not only would the helpless inmates of the Concentration Camps be spared
further suffering, but the deplorable loss of life of men on both sides in the field would cease.
Then too, the pay was a consideration not to be despised in days of so much hardship and privation. Large sums were
paid for the capture of each brother burgher, and so liberal a share in the plunder brought home by them that there are,
at the present time, well-to-do farmers, poor before the war, now flourishing and well known in their districts as
successful "pocket patriots."[1]
The National Scouts became a strong and well-organised body of men, versed in all the arts of Boer warfare, familiar
with the country—a dangerous and treacherous addition to the difficulties with which the faithful burghers were beset.
It must be clearly understood that there can be no comparison between the act of the men who, when condemned to
death, saved themselves by turning King's evidence and the treachery of the men who, voluntarily and for greed of
gold, took up arms against their fellow-countrymen. Under the impulse of fear men may be guilty of a crime for
which they may have to do penance with lifelong remorse, and for these we may feel pity, even if we do not
understand and cannot enter into the cowardly weakness by which they were driven to betray their comrades. But in
the case of the National Scouts there were no extenuating circumstances except perhaps that the greater responsibility
rested on the men who paid in dross for the dishonour of their fellow-creatures.
It was the public recruiting of National Scouts from amongst the burghers who had taken the oath of neutrality that
first induced the Boers who remained true to their cause to use their influence in bringing the war to an end. But they
determined to assist their fellow-countrymen, not the enemy, and when the call came from the field they were found
ready to depart for active service or willing to devote themselves to secret service in the towns, as the case may be. I
may say here that the appointment of the Secret Committee did not at any time bear an official character.
Although the Boer leaders knew of its existence and made use of information conveyed through the members, they
did not approve of the work of espionage being carried on in the towns, because of the great danger to which it
exposed the women and the needless risks incurred by the men.
The Secret Service of the Boers was not confined to the burghers. In every department of importance there were
British subjects in the employment of the Boers, especially in that part connected with the registration of names of the
men who joined the National Scouts.
From every part of the Transvaal the names and addresses of Boers joining the English were sent to British headquarters in Pretoria, these lists being again conveyed to Captain Naudé, who passed them on to Boer head-quarters in
the field.
There was no break in this part of the Boer espionage until the war came to an end.
In the Burgher Camps Department, as the head-quarters of the Concentration Camps in Pretoria were called, there
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (66 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[152]
[1]
[153]
ToC
[154]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
were men at work for us too, men who by smuggling through statistics of the high mortality and other facts connected
with the Camps, strengthened the hands of the pro-Boers in England and acquainted the world with the real state of
affairs even before the Blue books could appear.
Towards the latter end of the war thousands of burghers had succumbed to their temptations, and the appalling
increase of the Scouts Corps preyed on the minds of the Boer leaders more than any other calamity. Everything that
ingenuity could devise was tried to stop the burghers from sinking deeper into degradation, members of the Scouts
Corps, when captured by the Boers, being executed without mercy and their fate made known far and wide.
Hell was indeed let loose in South Africa and every man's hand was turned against his brother. The worst passions of
mankind rose to the surface, were deliberately played upon, making havoc of every tradition of country and race.
In the towns, where the renegades felt themselves comparatively safe under the protection of the British troops, their
work was carried on quite openly. It would not be possible to describe the feelings of the faithful Boers when they
contemplated this hideous aspect of the war.
Many futile efforts were made to stem the tide of crime, but it was a woman in Pretoria who devised a plan which
would undoubtedly have struck terror to the hearts of many waverers had it been put to practice by the Boer leaders,
after she had successfully carried it out.
At her instance a trusted mechanic, working secretly at dead of night, made half a dozen tiny branding-irons in the
form of a cross, to be used for branding the traitors between the eyes, when captured red-handed. This drastic
measure was, however, not resorted to.
FOOTNOTES:
"Zak-patriotten."
CHAPTER XVI
A CONSIGNMENT OF EXPLOSIVES
The following story was related to Hansie by her mother soon after her return from the Irene Camp, and must be
repeated here for its connection with subsequent events.
One afternoon in June Mrs. van Warmelo had been visited by a young friend, Miss F., with a man whom she
introduced as her brother, an unexpected arrival from Europe.
"Indeed!" Mrs. van Warmelo exclaimed. "What a delightful surprise it must have been to you!"
"Yes, but he is leaving again very, very soon. In fact"—here Miss F.'s manner became mysterious—"he is here on a
mission and we shall see very little of him."
Mrs. van Warmelo expressed her regret at this, and the conversation naturally turned to the general topic, the war.
Leading questions were put to Mrs. van Warmelo, and she felt that her assistance was required for some purpose or
other; but being too discreet to invite her visitors' confidence, she waited.
After beating about the bush a good deal, Miss F. remarked:
"You know the Zoutpansberg District very well, do you not?"
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (67 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[155]
[156]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
"Yes," Mrs. van Warmelo answered; "we lived there formerly."
"Then you will perhaps know trustworthy people in Pietersburg, people on whom one can thoroughly rely in these
days."
Mrs. van Warmelo answered hesitatingly:
"Yes—there is one, at least, on whom I can depend."
"Would there be much risk and difficulty in communicating with General Botha through such a person?" Miss F.
inquired.
"General Botha!" Mrs. van Warmelo exclaimed. "But he is not in the north. He is on the High Veld, somewhere southeast of Transvaal, and much easier to communicate with than if he had been in Zoutpansberg."
"How could one get a message through to him?" Miss F. asked, and her hostess decided to beat about the bush no
longer.
"Do you not think it would be better to trust me and tell me what you wish to do? I would be better able to answer and
help you."
Miss F. then turned to her brother and said:
"Mrs. van Warmelo is quite right. Tell her everything." Upon which the young man explained that he had been sent
out on a secret mission connected with a consignment of dynamite which lay buried on the eastern frontier. News had
been received in Europe that there was a dearth of explosives and, consequently, a temporary cessation of adventures
on the railway lines, and it was for the purpose of communicating the fact that this consignment had arrived that he
had travelled to Pretoria via the East Coast and over Durban. How to get into touch with some reliable person in
Pretoria who was in direct communication with the Boer forces had been his greatest problem, and he was grateful
indeed for Mrs. van Warmelo's guarded promise of assistance.
"I cannot tell you anything now," she said, "but if you will leave the matter in my hands I promise that you will hear
from me to-morrow morning."
Mr. F. then told her that he had brought with him a small quantity of the dynamite, made up into two separate parcels,
non-explosive apart, but dangerous when mixed together in a certain way. He had been deputed to instruct the Boers
how to mix these ingredients.
He had with him, too, a large prospecting hammer, the long handle of which was bound with leather and closely
studded with nails. But the handle was hollow and contained a number of detonators, to be sent out to the Boers for
blowing up trains and for damaging the railway lines and bridges. One other article of interest he had brought with
him, a huge Parisian hat for his sister, and he told Mrs. van Warmelo how the polite inspector of goods on the frontier
had held the lovely headpiece up, admiring the pink roses nestling in black lace and chiffon, and little dreaming that
he was handling many yards of dynamite fuse.
"A lovely hat!" he exclaimed when he put it back into the box, without having noticed the weight, which alone would
have betrayed it to any one familiar with ladies' headgear.
Early next morning Mrs. van Warmelo sallied forth to the house of her confederate, Mr. Willem Botha, at the other
end of the town. He listened to her story attentively and said, "There are spies in town at this very moment, and they
are leaving for the General's commando to-night."
This was good news indeed, and Mrs. van Warmelo immediately made an appointment with Mr. Botha to meet Mr. F.
at Harmony that afternoon.
On her way home she called at Miss F.'s house, informing her of the appointment.
That afternoon at Harmony a map was closely studied by the two men and the exact spot pointed out where the
dynamite lay buried, while Mrs. van Warmelo packed the detonators one by one in cotton wool in a small box, which
was conveyed to Mr. Hattingh's house, where the spies were being harboured. In the meantime the entire crown and
brim of the lovely Parisian hat had been unpicked, and that night the dynamite fuse, wound closely round the body of
a spy, went out to the commandos, with the small box of detonators.
Soon after this Mr. F. returned to Europe as he had come, via Natal and Delagoa Bay, well satisfied that his mission
should have been accomplished with so much ease.
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (68 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[157]
ToC
[158]
[159]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
What became of the sample of dynamite my reader will see in the next chapter.
CHAPTER XVII
THE FIRST INTERVIEW WITH SPIES, INTRODUCING TWO HEROES
Among other things, Mr. Willem Botha warned his friends at Harmony against having a single incriminating
document in the house.
"Detection means death for all concerned," he said one day, "but without written evidence the worst the enemy can do
is to send you out of the country or to a Concentration Camp. Destroy every paper of a dangerous nature you may
have, as I have done, and then you need never feel anxious."
This wise counsel was all very well, but Hansie had a mania for "collecting," and she could not make up her mind to
destroy what might become a valuable relic of the war.
She therefore had her diaries and white envelopes removed to some safe hiding-place and began a new book for
future use.
In this book, in everyday pen and ink, she entered the ordinary events of the day, but in another she wrote in lemonjuice her adventures with the spies and all information of an incriminating character. Both books lay open on her
writing-table—the "White Diary," as she called it, with its clean and spotless pages, with only here and there an
almost invisible mark to show how far she had got, and the misleading record in pen and ink to throw the English off
their guard in the event of an unexpected search of the house.
The white diary gave a sense of security and satisfaction at the thought of the secrets it contained for future reference,
and it was only after eight years that portions of the writing became visible to the naked eye.
A few hours' exposure to the sun's rays, and the application of a hot iron here and there, made it sufficiently legible to
be rewritten word for word, and it is to the existence of this diary that we owe our accurate information of what
otherwise would have been lost for ever.
I may add here that it was only the re-reading of the White Diary after so many years, and the surprising amount of
half-forgotten information Hansie found in it, that suggested the idea to her mind of publishing its contents in the
form of a story.
It was on the morning of July 17th, 1901, that Mr. Botha was seen coming up the garden path between the rows of
orange trees at Harmony, with his jauntiest air, by which it was evident that he was the bearer of news from the front.
Briefly he informed our heroines that two spies had come in the previous night and wished to see Mrs. van Warmelo
about certain communications sent out by her to General Botha a few weeks back. They were staying with Mrs.
Joubert, widow of the late Commandant-General P.J. Joubert, and were leaving again the next night with dispatches.
In the interview with them at 9 o'clock the next morning Hansie made her first acquaintance with Captain Naudé, who
plays the principal part in the story here recorded, and whose courage and resource gave him an unquestioned
position of leadership.
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (69 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
ToList
[160]
W.J. BOTHA
Good reader, do you know what it means to be an unwilling captive in the hands of your enemy for more than a year,
and then to find yourself in the presence of men, healthy, brown, and hearty, your own men, straight from the glorious
freedom of their life in the veld? Can you realise the sensation of shaking hands with them for the first time and the
atmosphere of wholesome unrestraint and unconscious dignity which greeted you in their presence? Well, I do, and it
would be useless trying to tell any one what it is like, for those who know will never forget, and those who don't will
never understand.
In Mrs. Joubert's drawing-room they were waiting for their visitors next day, Captain Naudé and his private secretary,
Mr. Greyling—the former a tall, fair man, slightly built and boyish-looking and with a noble, intelligent face, the
latter a mere youth, but evidently shrewd and brave.
The first eager questions naturally were for news of Fritz, the youngest of the van Warmelos and the last remaining in
the field since the capture of his brother Dietlof in April of that year.
Mr. Greyling said that he had seen Fritz a few weeks back in perfect health and in the best of spirits, but barefoot and
in rags. His trousers were so tattered that he might as well have been without, and Mr. Greyling had provided him
with another pair. With unkempt beard and long hair he seemed to justify the jest about a "gorilla" war with which
some of our enemies amused themselves.
When the merriment occasioned by this description of the young warrior had subsided, the conversation turned on
more serious matters.
The Captain had with him a full report of the last conference held by the generals, and a copy of the resolution passed
by them and President Steyn, a unanimous determination to stand together until their independence had been secured.
What the ultimate destination of these documents was I am not at liberty to say, but copies of them were despatched,
smuggled through in one way or another to President Kruger.
Captain Naudé also brought greetings from General Botha and told Mrs. van Warmelo how pleased the General had
been with the news she had sent him on a previous occasion.
In order to explain the nature of the business which had brought the Captain into Pretoria again, it will be necessary to
turn our attention for a moment to the matters referred to in the previous chapter in connection with which he had
once more risked the dangers of a visit to the capital.
"Yes," in answer to his inquiries, "the dynamite has arrived and is at Delagoa Bay. A sample will be brought to this
house to-day, with instructions for mixing it."
This was glad news for the two men, and Hansie soon after took her leave, promising to come back in the course of
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (70 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[161]
[162]
[163]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
the morning with the dynamite.
Her manner was rather mysterious, and she took some unnecessary turns, to make sure of not being followed, before
she reached the house where the dangerous article had been hidden. There a brown-paper parcel was handed to her
with a brief, "Read the instructions and destroy them," and she was left alone in a quiet drawing-room.
On opening the parcel she found a small bottle of yellowish powder, ostensibly a remedy for colic, to be used in the
way prescribed, and a pot of paste purporting to be an excellent salve for chapped hands. The two, when mixed
together in a certain way, made up one pound of dynamite and had passed safely through the hands of the inspector of
goods on the frontier.
As Hansie was cycling back to Mrs. Joubert's house with her precious parcel, she had to pass the Military Governor's
offices on Church Square, and the thought occurred to her that this was a fitting opportunity to interview General
Maxwell regarding her tour of inspection to the Concentration Camps, and at the same time to procure a permit for
the Vocal Society to hold a charity concert.
"Why not go in now?" she thought. "There is some fun in going to see the Governor with one pound of dynamite in
one's hands, and it would save me the trouble of coming into town again. Another thing: if I am being watched or
followed, I am sure there can be nothing like a visit to Government Buildings to disarm the most suspicious."
Arrived at the Governor's office, she noticed with some amusement that the urchin at the door wrote on the card,
under her name, "Nature of business: permission to have a consort." (This was indeed to come later!)
The German Consul was engaged with General Maxwell and Hansie had a long time to wait, and when at last she was
shown in she found the affable Governor in a very bad temper and his A.D.C., Major Hoskins, looking anything but
comfortable.
The former shook hands and greeted her with a curt, "Well, what is the matter with you now?"
"That is very unkind of you, General," she said.
"Why?" he demanded.
"Oh, because it sounds as if I trouble you every day."
"Well," he answered, smiling slightly, "what can I do for you?"
"That's better, thank you," exclaimed Hansie cheerfully, and straightway plunged into business.
With her mind dwelling on explosives and Secret Service men, she reminded him of a promise he had given her soon
after her return from the Irene Camp, that she should visit all the Camps in the Transvaal and write reports for him, to
be sent to London if necessary, for publication in the Blue books.
"I have come to arrange with you about my tour," she said.
"Yes," he answered. "I have thought about it and will give you the necessary permits and every facility. You will
travel at Government expense, and I will do all I can to make your way easy, on one condition. You must promise to
give me a full and true report of things exactly as you find them."
Hansie was deeply touched by his confidence in her truth, which she knew was not misplaced, and gladly gave the
promise he asked from her.
"What you are undertaking," he continued, "will not only be difficult, but dangerous. The accommodation in the
Camps will probably be very bad, and what would you think of a charge of dynamite under your train?"
Hansie glanced down at the parcel on her lap and said something about thinking she would risk it.
The conversation was taking an unexpected turn, and she longed to get away, but the Governor still had much to say
to her.
"You can safely visit all the Camps except those in the north, in the Zoutpansberg and Waterberg districts, and the
one in Potchefstroom." ("Boers ahead!" was Hansie's mental comment.) "And I don't think you ought to go alone.
Have you thought of any one who could accompany you?"
"Yes," Hansie replied. "A friend of mine, Mrs. Stiemens, who nursed with me at Irene, would like to go with me. She
is the right woman for such an undertaking, strong and healthy and very cheerful."
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (71 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[164]
[165]
[166]
ToC
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
This suggestion meeting with the Governor's approval, it was arranged that they should visit the camp at Middelburg
first, and while they were preparing for the tour he would notify their visit to the various commandants and arrange
about the permits.
Permission to hold a concert was instantly granted, and she was on the point of leaving, when he asked her whether
she had heard of President Steyn's narrow escape.
Yes, she had heard something, but would like to know more about it.
With evident enjoyment he proceeded to relate how the President had slept in Reitz, a small, deserted village in the
Free State, with twenty-seven men, how they had stabled their horses and made themselves generally comfortable for
the night, how they were surrounded and surprised by the English, who took all their horses before the alarm could be
given, how the President escaped on a small pony, which was standing unnoticed in the back yard, and how all the
other men were captured, General Cronjé (the second), General Wessels, General Fraser, and many other well-known
and prominent men. The President must have fled in the open in nothing but a shirt, because all his clothes and even
his boots were left behind. In his pockets were many valuable letters and documents.
Altogether this event must have given the English great joy, but I think they forgot it in their chagrin at the President's
escape, for when Hansie openly rejoiced and blessed the "small unnoticed pony," expressing her great admiration for
the brave President, the Governor suddenly turned crusty again and said he could not understand how any one could
admire a man who had been the ruin of his country.
"Poor old General!" Hansie mused as she cycled slowly up to Mrs. Joubert's house, where the spies were waiting for
her. "I have never known him so quarrelsome and unkind. I wonder what it could have been! The German Consul's
visit or the President's escape? What a mercy that he knew nothing of——" She cycled faster, suddenly remembering
that it was late and there was still much to do before the two men could begin their perilous journey that night.
After she had handed the parcel over to them, with verbal instructions for its use, she bade them good-bye and went
home to lunch.
That evening Mrs. van Warmelo took important documents, of which we speak later, and European newspaper
cuttings to the Captain, with some money for her tattered son, and a letter for him in a disguised hand. No names were
mentioned, and in the event of the spies falling into the hands of the enemy, nothing found on them could have
incriminated any one.
They were about to leave when she arrived at Mrs. Joubert's house.
Their preparations were conducted in perfect silence, except for an occasional whispered command, while outside,
guard was kept by an alert figure, slender and upright, the figure of the aged hostess of the spies, who, it is said, was
never visible to the spies and never slept by day or night as long as these men were being sheltered under her roof.
A brave and dauntless woman she was, knowing no fear for herself, but filled with concern for the fate of the men
whose capture meant certain death, for it was whispered in town that on the head of Koos Naudé, Captain of the
Secret Service, a price of £1,000 had been fixed.
The men left Pretoria that night for the "nest" of the spies in the Skurvebergen, west from Pretoria, and from there
they proceeded to where they expected to find the Generals.
CHAPTER XVIII
THE CASE OF SPOELSTRA
There were so many events of importance during the month of July 1901 that there is great difficulty in choosing the
right material from Hansie's diary.
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (72 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[167]
[168]
[169]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
No wonder that that period seems to have been in a state of chaos, for the things to which we attached the greatest
importance "ended in smoke," and seemingly small incidents assumed gigantic proportions before the glorious spring
broke over the country.
Hansie was busy preparing for her tour of inspection through the Camps, though to tell the truth she rather dreaded it,
because she was far from strong, but she realised that this was an opportunity not to be despised.
General Maxwell frequently impressed it on her that she was the only exception, that no one else who had applied for
leave to visit the Camps had been granted permits—it was against the regulations, and he was only sending her
because he knew he could depend upon her. He wanted to know the truth, and she, with her knowledge of the country
and people, would be better able to draw up reports than any one else he knew.
Very flattering, but Hansie's heart sank when she thought of Irene.
What awaited her on this tour?
On July 27th, when she paid him her last visit in connection with her passports, he asked her, as she was on the point
of leaving him, whether she did not think the Boers ought to surrender now.
Now, Hansie had firmly made up her mind not to be drawn into argument with him again, but this question took her
so much by surprise that she flared out with:
"Don't you think the English ought to give in? Why should the Boers give in? We are fighting for our own, and
England is fighting for what belongs to another. Why should England not give in?"
With some asperity he answered:
"I suppose it is a question of 'Eendracht maakt Macht,' or whatever you call it."
"Eendracht maakt Macht?" she exclaimed. "I really fail to see the connection."
"Well," he answered, "isn't Might Right all the world over?"
"No, indeed!" she cried vehemently. "Might is right in England, and your motto is an apt one, but in South Africa
might is not right. Our motto, 'Eendracht maakt Macht,' means 'Unity is Strength.'"
The General seemed much surprised and did not look pleased at her assurance that he had been misinformed as to the
correct translation—he had been told on "good authority" that the Boer motto was the same as the English.
"If might had been right," she continued, "the war would have been over long ago—our poor little forces would have
been crushed—but unity is glorious strength, an inspired strength."
Alas, alas, that she was so soon to find out how a want of unity can bring disaster and defeat!
"It is very stupid to argue with him. Surely he cannot expect to find my views changing on account of the duration of
the war!"
Now, whether this unfortunate conversation had anything to do with the next developments I do not know. I do not
think so, for the Governor was a broadminded and just man, not to be deterred from his purpose by any small
consideration, but the fact remains that Hansie received a curt note from him four days later, informing her that he
had changed his mind about allowing her to inspect the Camps, and that all her permits had been cancelled. No word
of apology or regret, but a curt request to return to him the passports and letters of introduction she had received from
him.
"Serves you right," her mother said, "for showing your enemy your hand."
"Oh no," Hansie said, "I am positive that has nothing to do with it; in fact, I don't believe General Maxwell is
responsible for this at all. He is acting under orders, and if I am not mistaken Lord Kitchener is at the bottom of it. He
has put down that awful foot of his, mother, and there is nothing more to be done."
"Perhaps"—Mrs. van Warmelo looked grave—"perhaps they have found out something. I have often wondered at
finding myself still at large after the commotion made about the petitions and the report of the Consuls. I can't forget
how critical things seemed to me when three Consuls came to Harmony late at night, while you were at Irene, to warn
me that the whole detective force was on the track of the petitioners. Poor Mr. Cinatti was frightfully excited and said
that it was his duty to see that his petitioners' names did not become known. He warned me that everything would be
done to find us out, traps would be set for us, and he advised me, if ever any one came to Harmony and said that my
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (73 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[170]
[171]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
name had been revealed, I was to say No! No!! No!!! and he danced about the room, striking his left hand with his
clenched right fist at every 'No!'"
Hansie laughed and said, "There is no fear of your being found out. The petitioners won't talk of that, you may be
quite sure, and all the Consuls are to be trusted."
"What are you going to do about this?" her mother asked, touching the General's note.
"Oh, I am going to wait a few days to make him 'feel bad' and then, I suppose, I must return my passports to him."
She waited three days, and then the General's behaviour strengthened her in her belief that he was not to blame for the
shabby way in which he had treated her.
He was most penitent, begged her to forgive him for having caused her so much inconvenience, and said he had been
"very weak" in entertaining the idea of her visiting the Camps.
They talked about certain improvements which Hansie had suggested, and on which she had intended to lay much
stress in her reports.
He promised that everything in his power would be done to arrest the high mortality, and, encouraged by his
sympathetic attitude, she pleaded for "poor Middelburg."
"I have just been told that there were 503 deaths in that Camp during last month [July]. Can that be possible?"
"I am afraid it is only too true," he answered, sighing heavily. "The people on the High Veld are very badly off during
this bitter weather."
"Will you allow me to send the warm clothing and blankets which I intended to distribute in the Camps?" she asked.
"Certainly, the more the better. Every facility will be afforded you in this."
Hansie felt happier after this conversation with the Governor, more convinced that something would be done to
alleviate the sufferings in the Camps.
Now, if our heroine had been allowed to carry out her tour of inspection, she would have been out of "mischief's way"
for many months, and much of what I am about to relate would not have taken place at all.
"Fair play is bonny play," and a breach of faith is bound, at some time or other, to be followed by undesirable
consequences.
Hansie made up her mind to serve her country in another, perhaps better way, and in this she was assisted by the
resistless hand of Fate, as we shall see in the following chapters.
That she was never "caught" is a marvel indeed, for she was most reckless of danger.
There were a number of intimate and trusted friends with whom she came into frequent contact, but who had no idea
of the work which was being carried on at Harmony.
To these friends, however, she went with her "reliable war news" (more especially news brought into town by the
spies, of the Boer victories) when anything of importance became known, and in time her friends found out that her
news could always be depended upon as reliable indeed, although they had no inkling of the source whence it had
been derived. There was danger of her becoming altogether too "cocksure," when she was one day pulled up sharply
by the following occurrence:
Captain Naudé was in town again, was, if I remember rightly, under her very roof, when she visited a man for whom
she entertained feelings of great affection and esteem, with the object of gladdening his heart with news of a
particularly gratifying nature from the front.
He listened attentively, he asked a number of questions, nodding with the greatest satisfaction at her direct and
definite replies.
"I must go," Hansie exclaimed suddenly, "I only came in for a few moments. We have to see some friends off to-
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (74 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[172]
[173]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
night."
"Ah! Just wait a minute, please, will you?"
He hastened from the room, returning shortly with a parcel which he placed in her hands without a word.
"What is this?" she asked curiously.
"Five pounds of the best Boer tobacco."
"For me?" in amazement.
He approached her and whispered in her ear:
"For the spy!"
Hansie fled from that house, laughing as she went, and patting her parcel of tobacco rapturously.
"Oh, mother, wasn't it funny of him?"
"Yes, but when will you learn to be more careful? Hansie, you are frightfully reckless. You will not listen to reason, I
suppose, until we find ourselves across the border and Harmony confiscated!"
The Captain was delighted with the present and willingly added the extra five pounds weight to his cumbrous and
heavy burdens.
Somebody, leaving the country for Holland, offered to take documents and letters from the van Warmelos to the
President on condition that they could guarantee that he would not be "found out."
This offer came at a most opportune moment, for there was information of the greatest importance to be sent to Mr.
W.T. Stead.
For some weeks past Mrs. van Warmelo had been anxious to smuggle through to him copies of the two petitions to
the Consuls and a copy of their report on the Concentration Camps. For this the White Envelope was not considered
satisfactory enough—the documents were too bulky and the post during those days not to be depended upon.
The information, therefore, was written on tissue paper (the usual method) and packed in a small bottle of Dr.
Williams's Pink Pills, to be handed to a relative of Mrs. van Warmelo's in Holland, with instructions that he should
read the contents and forward them without delay to Mr. Stead for publication in the Review of Reviews.
The "medicine" was faithfully delivered in Holland, but alas! the recipient, with unheard-of presumption, after having
read the documents, decided in his own mind that they were not of sufficient importance to be published in London
and quietly kept them to himself!
Kept them to himself, at a time when their publication to the world would have been of inestimable value to the Boers
and would perhaps have saved thousands of lives!
Of course this breach of trust was not known at Harmony for many months—not, in fact, until so long after it took
place that the war was drawing to a close, and it was too late to repeat the attempt.
When one thinks that but for one man's indifference to duty the report of the Consuls would have been published in
London at a time when all England was shaken with the revelations made by Miss Hobhouse and the agitation of the
pro-Boers was at its height, then one cannot help realising the futility of fighting against Fate.
Not yet had the time of salvation arrived for the victims of the Concentration Camps—not yet—not until the toll of
life had been paid to the uttermost.
Other schemes for supplying that section of the British public, desirous of being acquainted with the truth, with
trustworthy information from South Africa, met with greater success, and I relate the following instance for the sake
of the interesting circumstances connected with it, not for its own sake, for obvious reasons.
Many of my readers will remember the case of Mr. Spoelstra, a Hollander, which caused such a commotion in the
Transvaal during the war.
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (75 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[174]
[175]
[176]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
He wrote a long letter for publication in Holland on the hardships and ill-treatment to which the Boer women were
subjected in transit from their farms to the Concentration Camps, by the soldiers (chiefly, I may mention here, the
Canadian Scouts and Australian Bushrangers, who were, however, all regarded as British soldiers, these distinctions
not being sufficiently clear to the average South African).
This lengthy document Spoelstra confided to the care of a man who was about to leave for Holland.
On the borders of Natal, the man, on being cross-questioned by the inspector of goods, became so confused and
agitated that he brought suspicion on himself, with the result that he was detained while his luggage was thoroughly
overhauled.
The unfortunate letter was found, Spoelstra was arrested and immediately imprisoned in the Pretoria Jail.
The Dutch Consul, Mr. Domela Nieuwenhuis, on being appealed to, insisted on a public trial, which was granted after
some delay, Spoelstra being allowed three days in which to procure his witnesses, in Pretoria and in the small Camp
in one of the suburbs, not in Irene.
Notwithstanding the shortness of the time and the restrictions placed upon him, he succeeded in getting nearly thirty
women to give evidence on his behalf, and at his trial, which was publicly held, revelations of a very startling nature
were made.
The greatest indignation was felt and freely expressed by the Dutch community when, in spite of having proved his
accusations beyond a doubt, Spoelstra was fined £100 and sentenced to one year's imprisonment.
The fine was immediately paid by his friends.
Now, there was a brave Englishwoman, Mrs. Bodde, married to a Hollander, who was shortly leaving for England,
who offered her services to Mrs. van Warmelo if the latter wished to make the circumstances of the case known to
Mr. Stead. This was an exceedingly plucky thing to do, for the examinations on the frontier were much more severe
than usual, after the discovery of Spoelstra's letter. Mrs. van Warmelo therefore promised to take extra precautions in
concealing the articles she wished to send. After a great deal of trouble she succeeded in getting a full report of the
Spoelstra trial, sixty large pages of closely typed evidence on tissue paper, and with this valuable material to dispose
of Mrs. van Warmelo realised that it would be necessary to exert the utmost ingenuity.
She asked her friend Mrs. Bodde whether she would be taking a lunch-basket.
Certainly she would.
"Well," Mrs. van Warmelo said, "I will give you something for your lunch-basket, if you will promise not to open it
until you get to London."
She promised, and Mrs. van Warmelo bought a tin of cocoa, a one-pound tin, unfastened the paper wrapper carefully,
then damped the paper round the lid until it could be folded back without being damaged, removed the lid and pulled
out the paper bag containing the cocoa. This bag she unfastened at the bottom, shook out fully two-thirds of the cocoa
and filled up the empty space with the tightly rolled packet containing the documents, replacing the whole in the tin,
cocoa side up, of course, and pasting down the paper wrapper over the lid to make it look like new.
Although there was very little cocoa in the tin, it was found to weigh exactly one pound as before.
Arrangements were then made with Mrs. Bodde for her future correspondence on the subject with Mrs. van Warmelo,
and in due time the latter received a note from Mrs. Bodde announcing her safe arrival in London and saying that her
friend Mrs. Brown (Mr. Stead) had received her (the documents) with open arms. She was not going to live in Mrs.
Brown's house as she had intended (the documents would not be published in the Review of Reviews), but she was
going into a house of her own (they would appear in pamphlet form).
This was good news indeed, and now my readers know how it came about that the sensational Spoelstra case was
published in London in pamphlet form (in three successive pamphlets, for the evidence was found to be too bulky for
one) during the war. The first pamphlet reached Harmony in safety through the post, the second and third, though
duly dispatched, failed to reach their destination, but nobody at Harmony minded. The great object had been achieved.
Hansie, going to the post one day, took out of her letter-box a small flat book, addressed to "Mrs. Wentworth, Box
56."
She was about to throw it back into the Post Office, with "not 56" scribbled on it, when her eyes fell on the English
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (76 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[177]
[178]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
postmark, Tunbridge Wells, and she stayed her hand in time.
Tunbridge Wells was the address of the brave Englishwoman, the great pro-Boer, and the package when opened was
found to contain a copy of Methuen's Peace or War in South Africa, which was first "devoured" at Harmony and by
other people in Pretoria and was then sent out to the commandos by the spies, to be read and reread by the burghers
until there was nothing left of it except a few tattered pages.
Soon after the publication of the Spoelstra case there was some excitement in Pretoria about the appearance in the
Westminster Gazette of a long article on the Irene Concentration Camp. The writer, who gave each detail with great
accuracy, seemed to have personal knowledge and experience of the Camp, and it was not surprising that Hansie
should have been taxed with it on every side.
The Consuls spoke to her direct, advising her to be more careful of her facts, and Mr. Cinatti, when she assured him
of her innocence (?), said with huge delight, in his funny, broken English:
"Never mind, my dear little sing, you need not confess to us—but are you good at guessing riddles?"
"Not particularly."
"Well, dis one won't trouble you much. What is dis? It is small and oblong and white, and it was laid by a hen?"
"An egg," Hansie answered innocently.
He shouted with laughter.
"Are you sure?"
"Of course."
"Well, we are just as sure dat Miss van Warmelo wrote dat article. And if you want to see your work in print I'll bring
it round dis very afternoon."
"I should like very much to see it," she replied.
That afternoon, just before Mr. Cinatti was expected, Gentleman Jim killed a big snake in his room, and Hansie,
thinking to give her funny friend a fright for misdoubting her word, "arranged" the corpse on the steps of the front
verandah, hiding the mutilated head under the leaves of the violet plants.
But the Consul came late, and other visitors before him heralded their arrival by shrieks and jumps, to the great
delight of the mischievous girl.
"You are a very pranky little sing," Mr. Cinatti said, flourishing the Westminster Gazette before her eyes, "and den
you want us not to believe dat you wrote dis."
And indeed, when Hansie glanced through the article, she found it difficult to maintain that she had not written it, for
there were all her "pet" cases of overcrowding and underfeeding, her statistics, and the very terms she was in the habit
of using when speaking of the volunteer nurses. She called them a "set of agitators," in sarcastic imitation of the
Commandant's favourite expression.
The only explanation to the affair could be that Mr. Stead, or perhaps Mrs. Bodde, had made use of the facts
contained in one of Hansie's smuggled letters, and in that case she could naturally be held responsible. She was
advised by loving friends to keep her boxes ready packed for a speedy departure, "for when the warning comes you
will not be allowed much time to pack."
But she disregarded all warnings, except to take extra precautions for the safety of her diary.
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (77 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
ToList
[179]
ToC
[180]
GENTLEMAN JIM'S ROOM.
CHAPTER XIX
DIAMOND CUT DIAMOND!
It would be a simple matter for me to fill this volume many times by relating the thrilling experiences and adventures
of people unknown to me personally and yet known sufficiently by intimate friends who guarantee their truth and
veracity, but this is not my intention in writing this book.
A brief outline, however, of the history of one of the principal members of the Secret Committee, during the war, will
not be out of place here, because of his close connection with the "Petticoat Commando."
Mr. C.P. Hattingh, head keeper of the Government Buildings under the South African Republic and deacon of the
Dutch Reformed Church under the Reverend Mr. Bosman, played the part of an honourable and staunch burgher
throughout the war, and rendered countless services to destitute women and children, in addition to his strenuous
labours on the Secret Service.
On the morning of June 5th, 1900, when it became evident beyond doubt that the British would enter Pretoria that
day, he removed the Transvaal flag from Government Buildings and took it to his house for safe keeping.
To his surprise he was not asked at any time by the military what had become of the Government flag, and he was
able to keep it in safety until his position on the Committee became precarious and made it dangerous for him to
preserve this precious relic of the past at his own house any longer.
He therefore secretly conveyed it to the house of a friend, Mr. Isaac Haarhoff, whose wife carefully concealed it until
the war was over, and then handed it to him again. He gave it to General Botha, who presented it to the Pretoria
Museum, where it is now preserved and exhibited as a priceless national memento.
Mr. Hattingh took the oath of neutrality with the other burghers in Pretoria and maintained his post in the
Government Buildings for one month after the occupation of the capital. He was then asked either to take the oath of
allegiance or resign from his post.
He chose the latter alternative, although he had a wife and family to support and knew not how, in time of war, he
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (78 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[181]
[182]
[183]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
would find the means to do so.
After some deliberation he decided to begin a private bakery in a small building behind his house, and then began
what proved to be a desperate struggle for existence.
With Boer meal at £8 per bag and flour at £5 per hundred pounds, the unfortunate man tried to make a small profit on
the tiny sixpenny loaves. There was no question of engaging hired help, and he was obliged to work almost day and
night in order to make the business pay. Sometimes he had neither sleep nor rest for thirty hours at a stretch except
while partaking of his frugal fare. When flour became even more scarce he had to augment his supply by mixing it
with mealie meal, ground sweet-potatoes, and barley, until, in fact, only sufficient flour was used to keep the loaves
from falling to pieces.
By hard work he was not only able to pay his way, but assisted relatives and friends in a similar predicament.
As one of the deacons of the church, he came into constant touch with the wives and families of fighting burghers,
brought into town from their devastated homes, and it was a common sight to see a row of these unfortunates standing
in his back-yard, holding dishes and buckets containing their rations of meal and flour, which they implored him to
take in exchange for his ready-baked loaves, because there was a dearth of fuel.
Although their rations consisted of what had perhaps once been flour, but was now a black and lumpy composition,
evil-smelling and swarming with vermin, the good man never disappointed his petitioners.
His fame as a philanthropist spread, and the rows of women in his back-yard increased. While engaged in serving
them he listened to their tales of hardship and privation, watched their suffering faces, made mental notes of the
harrowing details of each case.
There was an epidemic of "black measles" going through the town at the time in the overcrowded quarters of the
"Boer refugees," as they were called. Scarcely a mother appealed to him who had not lost one or more children, in
many cases all she possessed, within a few weeks.
Now, Mr. Hattingh would no doubt have concerned himself with the peaceful occupation of his bakery until the end
of the war (for he had his hands more than full), had his compassionate heart not been wrung beyond endurance by
the scenes he was forced to witness every day. His conscience smote him and he reproached himself with being in
town when duty should have called him to the side of his fellow-countrymen, struggling against such fearful odds in
their efforts to preserve their independence.
Bitterness filled his soul.
What religious and conscientious scruples he still had against violating his oath of neutrality he laid before his most
trusted friends, to be met with the same answer everywhere, "The oath of neutrality is null and void, a mere
formality," as the enemy had declared in connection with the recruiting of National Scouts from the ranks of the
Transvaal burghers.
At this critical moment it was not to be wondered at that he should have accepted Captain Naudé's appointment of
him on the Secret Committee, not only without hesitation, but in a spirit of intense satisfaction.
Henceforth the mind of the baker dwelt with ceaseless activity on the problems of the Boer espionage, while his busy
fingers plied the brown and white loaves of bread.
Inspired by patriotism, driven by love and compassion, he became in time the most resourceful, the most ingenious,
and the most trusted of Boer spies.
One evening, soon after dusk, while he was engaged in his bakery, he heard a timid knock at the door, which he
opened, fully expecting to see a customer.
To his surprise he found there a Boer with a long, unkempt beard—a "backvelder," or, as we call it, a "takhaar," of the
most pronounced type.
The man withdrew into the shadows as the door opened, and with great apparent timidity showed as little of himself
as possible.
Mr. Hattingh asked him to come in, and he ventured forward with shrinking hesitation.
"What can I do for you?" Mr. Hattingh asked.
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (79 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[184]
[185]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
"Take me in," the man answered breathlessly. "Harbour me. I am a Boer spy, straight from the commandos."
Mr. Hattingh betrayed the greatest amazement, as if he had never heard of the possibility of such a thing.
"A Boer spy!" he exclaimed. "How did you come in?"
The man described the route he had taken, and in an instant Mr. Hattingh, with his intimate knowledge of the actual
route employed by Boers, realised that the man before him was not from the field at all, but a National Scout,
employed by the British to betray the loyal Boers—a "trap," in fact, such as were in constant use against their brother
burghers.
Mr. Hattingh asked him a few more leading questions to satisfy himself of the true nature of the man's errand, and
then, as if suddenly recalled to himself, broke out in evident agitation:
"But I cannot harbour you, my good fellow. I am neutral."
"Surely you would not have the heart to see me fall into the hands of the enemy!" the man exclaimed.
"I am very sorry," Mr. Hattingh replied, "but I dare not take you in."
"Tell me some news, then," he implored. "Our men are getting hopeless and desperate, and when we bring them news
from town it gives them new courage to continue the war."
"I know of no news to tell you. I am neutral," Mr. Hattingh answered firmly, and the man left him with his mission
unaccomplished.
Unseen himself, Mr. Hattingh watched him depart, and saw him getting into a cab, which was evidently waiting for
him in the neighbourhood, and drive rapidly away.
Mr. Hattingh immediately went to his neighbour, Mr. Isaac Haarhoff, and told him what had happened.
"What do you think I ought to do? I am under suspicion without a doubt."
"Report the matter to the authorities at once," Mr. Haarhoff answered, and our friend accepted the advice with alacrity.
He mounted his bicycle and rode with all speed to the nearest Charge Office, reporting that a Boer spy had been to his
house for refuge that evening.
"Why did you not bring him with you?" the officer inquired.
"I did not know what to do," Mr. Hattingh began, when another official made his appearance and asked what the
matter was.
The first related what had occurred, and Mr. Hattingh, keenly watching the two men, saw the significant glances they
exchanged, and caught the whispered:
"It is all right."
"No, old man," he thought, "it is all wrong, and you have been my dupe."
The men then turned to him, telling him that if he were visited by a spy again he was to take him in and report him at
the Charge Office.
"Right," he replied. "I will do so." And on his homeward way he congratulated himself with the thought that he had
no doubt been entered on the lists as a "faithful British subject."
This incident was followed, as far as he was concerned, by far-reaching consequences. Not only was he left with his
family in the undisturbed security of his home-life after that, but he was able to carry on his work on the Committee
in perfect safety, and when eventually the darkness closed over him in his prisoner's cell, he felt assured that this
would count in favour of his wife and family.
Many were the men led by him through the streets of Pretoria to the spot where the burghers awaited them, countless
and valuable the services rendered to the Boer commandos, innumerable the acts of kindness and charity performed
by this brave burgher of Transvaal.
Mr. Colin Logan, who gave up an excellent position in the bank, was one of the men escorted out by him in order to
join the Boer forces.
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (80 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[186]
[187]
ToC
[188]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
Riding slowly on his bicycle, with Mr. Logan walking beside him, they passed through a group of military tents,
almost touching the soldiers as they sat around their camp-fires.
Not a shadow of suspicion could be roused by their calm behaviour, and they reached the burghers without any
difficulty.
While they were exchanging a few words of greeting, the sudden, furious barking of the dogs at the Lunatic Asylum,
not far from them, warned them of danger, and, taking a hasty leave, the burghers disappeared noiselessly into the
darkness, and Mr. Hattingh literally tore home across the veld on his bicycle, clearing holes and jumping over stones
in his mad career. He was able to reach his home just in time to be under shelter when the "curfew" rang 10 o'clock,
the hour at which all respectable citizens, carrying residential passes, were supposed to be indoors.
What eventually became of Mr. Hattingh and the other members of the Committee we shall see as our story proceeds.
CHAPTER XX
THANKSGIVING AND HUMILIATION
The documents sent out to General Botha, and referred to in Chapter XV, were connected with the report of the
Consuls, but the very first thing sent to the commandos by Mrs. van Warmelo was a copy of the first petition, tightly
packed in a walnut, one of a handful which she gave the spy, with instructions not to eat any of them on the road.
He also took a verbal message to the effect that though the condition of the Camps was bad, everything was being
done in town to bring about the necessary improvements. Influential people were at work to make everything public
in Europe, and the men in the field were urged to be brave and steadfast and of good cheer.
On July 29th Harmony was visited again by Mr. Willem Botha, bringing with him information of a disquieting nature.
In some mysterious way he had received a piece of paper from Mr. Gordon Fraser, brother-in-law to President Steyn,
and prisoner of war in the Rest Camp in Pretoria, on which, in a disguised hand, was written a message imploring the
Secret Service men to warn President Steyn and General de Wet that a certain man amongst them, a prominent
official, was a traitor in their midst, paid by the enemy to betray their plans before they could be carried out.
This information made the conspirators very anxious, for it being full moon, there was no prospect of spies coming
into town, and in the meantime incalculable mischief could be done. Neither was it possible to send any one out who
had not been before and was ignorant of the route. The matter had therefore to be left until the next suitable
opportunity came and Mr. Botha went home with a heavy heart.
Unlike his usual prudent self, Mr. Botha did not immediately destroy the slip of paper on which the warning was
written, but folded it carefully and placed it between the tattered leaves of an old hymn-book.
How he paid for this small indiscretion, the only one of which he was guilty, with days of anxiety and despair, and
very nearly with his life, we shall see as our story develops!
In the early days of August the troops encamped around Harmony could, if they had used their sixth sense, have
divined an air of suppressed excitement about the place.
Expectation of some sort evidently charged the atmosphere. Visitors were, in fact, expected, for Captain Naudé and
his secretary had arranged to come in for the report of the Consul, just before the new moon made its appearance, and
now a faint crescent of silver in the heavens warned our heroines that their time was at hand.
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (81 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[189]
[190]
[191]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
Harmony had been chosen as a place of refuge, as the safest spot in all Pretoria, with so many troops around it!
For several nights in succession a fire was kept going in the kitchen until a late hour, and a plentiful supply of hot
water kept in readiness for the warm baths which the visitors would so sorely need after their difficult and perilous
journey.
Still they did not come, but on the morning of August 4th Mr. Botha paid an early visit, bringing with him the news
that on the previous night five spies had reached the town in safety.
He did not tell where they were being harboured, it being one of the laws of the Secret Committee that names were
not to be used needlessly, and that the people working for the Committee were not even to know about one another.
So rigorously was this law enforced that from beginning to end the van Warmelos had dealings with Mr. Botha only,
and did not see the four other members of the Committee, nor even hear their names until——
The five spies had not come in as easily as usual. They had persistently been followed by the searchlights as they
neared the town, but they were able to get through the barbed-wire enclosure in safety and had then separated and
gone to their various homes, unobserved as they thought.
But one of them, a young man whom we shall call Harry, who was destined to play such a terrible part in the history
of the Boer Secret Service, was followed home by three detectives, two of whom stationed themselves at the front
door and the third at the back.
Fortunately when Harry became aware of his danger, he rushed out at the back.
The detective, whose name was Moodie, shouted, "Hands up, or I fire," but the young man drew his revolver with
lightning-like rapidity and, firing twice, escaped from town under cover of the darkness.
The reported death of the detective caused a great sensation in the town next day, and it was not until many months
after that we learned of the fate of the unfortunate man, not death, but mutilation worse than death—a ghastly wound
below the heart and an amputated leg.
This event caused the British to enforce a stricter vigilance, and many houses were searched for the other spies, but
without success.
The excitement in town did not abate for some time, and wherever Hansie went she was told what had taken place by
people who would have been surprised indeed to hear that she was in possession of all the details, and even of
documents brought in from General Kemp by those very spies.
The instructions were to see that the information contained in those documents reached the Consuls without their
knowing how and when they had been brought into town, and for this purpose several copies had been typed and
were slipped under the doors of the different Consulates while the inmates were asleep.
Any day between August 5th and 10th Captain Naudé said he would come, and each evening found Harmony
prepared to receive him, but on the 9th Mr. Botha brought a note from the gallant Captain saying that he would be
unable to partake of Mrs. van Warmelo's hospitality that month. A woman, whose name was unknown, had conveyed
this letter to the Secret Committee. It contained no particular news except that August 8th had been celebrated as a
day of thanksgiving for our victories, and the 9th, the very day on which the intimation was received in town, would
be a day of humiliation for our many sins.
When this became known to the "inner circle," private prayer-meetings were immediately held in different houses in
the town, while the men in the field held their day of humiliation under the open sky. In this way we worked together
and supported one another spiritually, morally, and practically, in spite of searchlights and barbed-wire fences.
This was the first news received of the Captain's safe return to the commandos after that eventful visit in July, and his
friends were thankful to receive it. Another source of thankfulness was the fact that he was not coming in that month,
for the enemy was on the qui vive for more spies, and consequently the dangers were multiplying for the Boers. The
reckless coming in and going out of irresponsible men became a source of real danger to the people who harboured
them, and on August 12th Mr. Botha came again to warn Mrs. van Warmelo against having dealings with any spies
except those sent by the Secret Committee.
"You will only find yourselves in jail or over the border," he said, "which would not be so bad if that were all, but it
would ruin our chances of assisting the Generals."
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (82 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[192]
[193]
[194]
ToC
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
He then reported that a young spy had come in on Saturday night and that he had been taken to Mrs. General Joubert's
house the next morning while she was in church. The good lady was anything but pleased, on her return home, to find
him there, for she had a houseful of people, and she was obliged to stow him into a tiny room, where he sat as still as
a mouse, until he went back to commando. Not very cheerful for him, but a good lesson for the future!
Five or six men who tried to escape from town were captured near the Magaliesbergen and placed in the Rest Camp,
so Dame Rumour said at the time, but the truth of the story, briefly related, ran thus:
I have mentioned the nest of the spies in the Skurvebergen not far from Pretoria in the western direction.
This "nest" had been surprised and taken possession of by the English while five of the spies were in Pretoria, and
they, cut off from their own people as they were, were unable to escape.
One or two attempts were made, but the men were fired on and they had to abandon the idea for the present.
The curious part of this story is that these men (one can hardly call them spies) were Pretoria men who had escaped to
the Skurvebergen for the first time only three weeks previously, and had gone backwards and forwards several times
with small necessaries. One of the five, a man whose name I cannot mention here, for the sake of what is to follow,
had been so often, and was so much at home both in Pretoria and the Skurvebergen, that his dearest friends did not
know to which part of the country he really belonged!
Well, he was in a nice predicament now!
The house in which he was being harboured, with one of his friends, was unfortunately suspect. He could not remain
there, neither could he escape from town.
Some one came to Harmony in great distress. What was to be done with those two men? To what place of refuge
could they be moved that night? The visitor looked imploringly at Mrs. van Warmelo as if he expected her to offer
Harmony, but she, mindful of Mr. Botha's warning, did nothing of the kind.
"Death is staring them in the face," the visitor continued. "I don't know what to do!"
Hansie, who knew the visitor well and trusted him implicitly, then pleaded with her mother—to no avail, Mrs. van
Warmelo remaining firmly obdurate, and saying distinctly, for the edification of her visitor, "I have never harboured a
spy, and I hope I never shall."
When the good man had departed, in sore disappointment, Hansie grumbled a good deal and said it was all very fine
to assist these Secret Service men when there was no danger in doing so, but her mother took no notice of her for the
rest of the day, and subsequent events proved that she had acted wisely in refusing to harbour men unknown to her.
What became of them at the time she did not know, and a few weeks elapsed before the crushing sequel to this
escapade became known.
CHAPTER XXI
FLIPPIE AND CO.
"Was there no fear of betrayal through the servants at Harmony?" I have often been asked since the war, and this
reminds me that a short introduction to the other inmates of the property will be necessary for the reader's benefit and
understanding.
The lower portion of Harmony, through which the Aapies river runs, was occupied by Italian gardeners, who
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (83 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[195]
[196]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
employed a varying number of Kaffir labourers in the extensive fruit and vegetable gardens.
The upper part, on which the house stood, was entirely under Mrs. van Warmelo's management. No white servants
were kept, the domestic staff consisting of native gardeners, a stable-boy, and a house-boy, neither was there a single
female domestic, either white or black, on the place.
One day a small white son of the soil presented himself and asked for work.
Mrs. van Warmelo looked him up and down and said she did not farm with children.
"What is your name?" Hansie asked.
There was no answer, and then she noticed that the little stranger was staring straight in front of him, while two great
tears rolled slowly down his cheeks.
This touched her, and she repeated her question persuasively.
"Flippie," he answered brokenly.
"Where is your mother?"
"Dead."
"And your father?"
"Fighting, with five sons."
Then Hansie felt inclined to take him in her arms and kiss him for his dead mother and brave father and brothers.
She turned to her mother and whispered:
"Let Flippie stay. Make some agreement with him and let us try him as errand-boy or general help in the house and
garden."
Mrs. van Warmelo nodded and turned again to him. The conversation which passed between them is not recorded in
Hansie's diary, but Flippie stayed, and within a week the Harmonites wondered how they had managed to exist
without him for so long.
He was as sharp as a needle, and, though only thirteen years of age, he proved to be a perfect "man" of business,
rising early every day to go to the morning market and gardening with surprising energy and ambition.
This pleased Mrs. van Warmelo so much that she gave him a plot of ground to cultivate for himself, and he
immediately set to work to plant vegetables, spending every spare moment of the day in his garden.
When Hansie laughingly said that she hoped to be his first customer, he protested vehemently against the idea of
selling anything to her, and time showed that he meant to keep his word.
All he had was given away with large-hearted generosity and when he had nothing more to give, he took all he
required from other people!
Yes, I am afraid Flippie's ideas of honesty were curious in the extreme. He had no idea of "mine and thine," as we say
in Dutch.[2]
Arguments were of no avail, for Flippie was the scornfullest little boy I ever came across and knew everything better
than his superiors.
Hansie set to work to study him, but found it necessary to reconstruct her ideas of him every day. Flippie baffled her
at every turn.
One day she thought he would turn out to be a genius, the next she declared positively that he would come to the
gallows, and the third she wondered helplessly whether he could by any chance do both.
Flippie could lie and deceive with the most angelic face and could melt into tears on the least provocation or
whenever it suited his book to do so.
A phrenologist would have delighted in the study of that remarkable head.
The forehead receded and went on receding until there was nothing left of it but a great lump at the back of the head,
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (84 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[197]
[198]
[199]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
and the little nose tilted up at one in the most impertinent manner, which was given the lie to by the drooping corners
of the sensitive mouth. What delighted one most was the sunny temperament, the ringing, infectious laugh, the cheery
whistle.
Surely Flippie was the merriest and one of the most lovable little souls one could find anywhere, and his ruling virtue
always seemed to be his unswerving loyalty and constant fidelity.
His heart seemed to be torn between his sense of duty to the fearful and wonderful old grandmother, who had taken
the place of his dead mother in what bringing-up he ever had, and his sense of gratitude to his protectors at Harmony.
My story would not be complete without a short sketch of this grandmother, for she played a part of some importance
in the events recorded here, and was at all times a sore trial to the inmates of Harmony.
We have no proof, but we think that Flippie's grandmother had a hand in the undoing of the security and peace which
reigned supreme at Harmony before she came upon the scene.
Not that she ever lived on the property; no, her home was a small tent, one of a number which had been erected some
little distance to the south of Harmony on Avondale, on the property of Mr. Christian Joubert, on the way to the
"Fountains."
These tents were largely occupied by "handsuppers" and their families, amongst whom were found a few Judas-Boers
—Boers of the most dangerous type. That the life of the loyal Boers in their midst was anything but a bed of roses can
very well be imagined, and we know that bitterness and strife reigned supreme, for it was an open secret that
renegades, hirelings of the enemy, held their dreaded sway over the inmates of that small colony.
Flippie and his grandmother did not belong to that degraded set, but the one was a thoughtless child and the other an
exceedingly suspicious and inquisitive old woman, and that they were both used as unsuspecting tools by their more
designing fellows I have not a shadow of doubt.
Mrs. van Warmelo and Hansie soon gave the old granny the name of "Um-Ah," for her tongue had been paralysed by
a "stroke" twenty years back, and "Um-Ah," was all she was ever heard to say. It stood for yes and no and for every
imaginable question, being only varied by the tone of voice in which it was said. Sometimes, when she became
excited or impatient, it was fired off four or five times in quick succession.
This formidable old dame ruled Flippie with a rod of iron, appropriating the whole of his small salary every month
and refusing to give him so much as a sixpence. When Mrs. van Warmelo found this out she stealthily added half a
crown to his earnings for his own use, and this the generous lad regularly spent on sweets, cakes, and gingerbeer for
his granny!
Even the chocolates and other good things to which kind-hearted soldiers treated him were laid as "trophies of the
war" at his granny's feet, after he had vainly tried to induce Hansie to partake of them.
"Um-Ah" had an inconvenient way of dropping in at Harmony at all hours of the day, ostensibly to see if Flippie was
doing his work well, but in reality to keep a watchful eye on the other inmates. She seemed to be always looking for
something, and the time was soon to come when this unpleasant propensity should become a source of real danger to
the van Warmelos.
Besides Flippie, there were two other permanent members on the domestic staff—a gigantic native named Paulus,
and a young Zulu who went by the name of "Gentleman Jim" on account of his dandified appearance and the
aristocratic "drawl" affected by him. American darkies say, "Dere's some folk dat is slow but shua, and some dar is
dat's jes' slow!" Well, Gentleman Jim was "jes' slow." He was the only one on the premises who steadfastly refused to
speak one word of Dutch, although he perfectly understood everything said to him.
The result was that the dialogues carried on between mistresses and servant were in Dutch on one side and in English
on the other, it being one of the rules at Harmony to address all natives either in their own tongue or in Dutch, never
in English.
I may say here that even at the present time it is customary with many Dutch South Africans to employ no Englishspeaking natives, but rather to engage the "raw" material, i.e. those speaking neither Dutch nor English, because they
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (85 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[200]
[201]
[202]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
are, in nine cases out of ten, still unspoilt by civilisation and have lost none of the awe and respect with which they, in
their native state, regard the white man.
Gentleman Jim was the only exception ever known at Harmony, and there was no lack of respect in his manner; on
the contrary, the flourish with which he took off his hat and his slow and dignified, "Good morning, little missie,"
were well worth seeing and a constant source of amusement to all.
Paulus, that magnificent specimen of manhood in its natural state, was by no means the least remarkable of the trio,
and there was something tragic too about his rugged personality.
He had been taken by the English in the neighbourhood of Pretoria and brought into town on the false suspicion of
having been employed by the Boers as a spy.
There being nothing found against him in proof of this, he was set free in town and allowed to seek employment, but,
though he pleaded hard, he could not obtain permission to return to his home, where wife and children had been left
in complete uncertainty as to his fate.
This native was a converted heathen, semi-civilised, but with the noblest instincts within him developed on natural
lines to a remarkable degree. I have often longed to meet the missionary in whose hands the moulding of this rare
product of nature had been carried out with so much success. Patience, faith, devotion, and an awe amounting to
veneration for his white mistresses were among the most striking qualities Paulus possessed.
There were hundreds of his stamp on the farms all over the country, natives brought up by the Dutch farmers and
trained as useful servants in their homes and in the fields, but it was rare indeed for one of them to find his way into
the towns. Fate had been unkind in separating him from his dear ones for so many months, and Paulus went through
days of melancholy and despair.
One day, when Hansie heard him sigh more heavily than usual, she asked:
"Are you thinking of your wife and children, Paulus?"
"Oh yes, Nonnie, I am always thinking of them, but I was thinking also how sad it was to forget all my learning. I was
getting on so well with my reading and writing, and now I find it so hard to go on by myself."
"Oh, if that is all, Paulus," Hansie said cheerfully, "I can help you a lot. Bring me your books this evening and let me
hear you read."
The poor fellow's look of gratitude was touching to behold. He needed no second invitation, and appeared that
evening in his Sunday suit, with a new shirt on, and his hands and face scrubbed with soap and water until they shone
like polished ebony.
A Dutch Bible, a book of hymns and psalms, and a small spelling-book were all he possessed, but Hansie found him
further advanced than she had expected, and wonderfully intelligent, and she soon added a few simple reading-books
to his small store.
Now and then she instructed him for a short hour, and it was a pleasure to see the change which came over him within
a few weeks. Learning became the joy of his life, and in his ambition to get on he forgot much of his anxiety and
distress at the enforced separation from his wife and children.
One evening when Hansie had gone into the kitchen to look over his work, there was a sudden fumbling at the door
and "Gentleman Jim" stumbled in with a campstool under one arm and a slate and Bible, an English one, under the
other.
"Coming to learn too, little missie," he said, grinning from ear to ear and settling himself comfortably on the stool.
Paulus bent over his writing and said never a word. Hansie nodded uncomfortably.
That this self-invited pupil was unwelcome was evident, but he himself seemed serenely unconscious of the fact.
There was no love lost between Paulus and "Gentleman Jim"—not that there had ever been an open rupture, but
Paulus despised the dandified Zulu, and "Jim" looked down (figuratively speaking, for he was quite a foot shorter in
stature) on Paulus's rugged simplicity.
They systematically ignored one another, and were only heard to exchange brief sentences, in English from Jim and
in Dutch from Paulus, when necessity compelled them to address one another, for Jim could speak no Sesuto and
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (86 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[203]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
Paulus knew neither Zulu nor English.
Their antipathy to one another was so marked, in fact, that "Gentleman Jim" refused to have his meals with Paulus
and had built a small kitchen apart for himself, under one of the big willows. On this occasion Hansie did not feel
pleased at "Jim's" appearance either, for it was one thing to teach the self-contained and reverent Sesuto, and quite
another to instruct the flippant "Gentleman Jim."
But Hansie did not know what to say and asked Jim to let her hear him read. He began laboriously, floundering
hopelessly over the long words.
"Fruits, meat and repentance,"[3] he read with painful uncertainty, when Hansie interrupted him with a laugh:
"That will do, Jim; you are wonderful, and you need not come again."
Other natives on the premises were of the shiftless, wandering type, changing hands continually, and many were the
instances of their simplicity, not to say rank stupidity.
On one occasion a "raw" Kaffir, on being ordered to take a heavily laden wheelbarrow from one part of the garden to
the other, was found half an hour later, still in the same place, vainly trying to place the wheelbarrow on his head!
I believe it was the same native who, when told to empty the contents of a waste-paper basket on a burning heap of
rubbish in the garden, returned without the basket, and when asked what he had done with it, pointed, with an air of
injured surprise, to its smouldering remains on the heap of rubbish.
Indeed, the patience of the housewife was often sorely tried. A relative of Mrs. van Warmelo's coming into the
kitchen one morning, found one of these new "hands" before the stove in a sea of hot water, desperately trying to fill a
small kettle by the spout, from a large one!
FOOTNOTES:
[2]
Mÿn en dÿn.
[3]
"Fruits meet for repentance."
[204]
CHAPTER XXII
ToC
THE SECRET RAILWAY TIME-TABLE
Thank God for the early rains!
After the long winter months, dry and dusty, terrific storms pass over the country, torrents of rain, lashing hailstones.
The beautiful world is washed clean, and everywhere the moist brown earth gives promise of a plentiful supply of
fresh young grass, which means food for the weary underfed horses on commando, and new life, new hopes to the
men.
Only the middle of August and already the first summer rains are falling!
Thank God again!
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (87 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[205]
[206]
[207]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
The cruel strain of anxious thought for our heroes in the field can be relaxed for a moment, and we turn our energies
with redoubled vigour and strengthened faith to the task at our hand. Heaven knows that we shall require all the
courage we possess to face the impending disasters, of which the shadows have already fallen on our hearts.
One morning the disconcerting news reached Harmony that Mrs. Naudé's house had been surrounded by armed
soldiers at break of day and that she had been taken away with her child, in a waggon, no one knew where.
The empty house was being closely watched.
Did the enemy really think that the sagacious Captain of the Secret Service would walk into the trap some fine
evening, there to meet with certain destruction? Evidently, for the house was guarded night and day.
August 5th brought new sensation and fresh material for thought and conversation.
There had been a brief lull in the adventures, and all were of opinion that as long as this spell of vigilance lasted no
spies would enter the town. It therefore came as a surprise when our little friend with the walking-stick was to be seen
coming up the garden path of Harmony, wearing that air of happy mystery so familiar to his fellow-workers.
The spies had come at last, not the Captain himself, but his secretary, Mr. Greyling, with two other men named Nel
and Els, on an important and extremely dangerous mission.
They had arrived too late to be brought out to Harmony, but they were staying with Mrs. Joubert, and, if they were
successful in obtaining the help they required, their intention was to leave again that night.
At this point in the visitor's narrative, Hansie, who had been engaged in making butter, came in with an expectant
look. Mr. Botha motioned her to draw nearer, and in hurried whispers, although there was no one in the room but
themselves, told them that these men had been sent to procure a copy of the secret railway time-table, an official book
containing full detailed information of the military trains, provision and ammunition—trains, in fact, laden with
clothing and everything required by the military. The women looked at one another and smiled at the audacity of the
request. They had never heard of such a time-table and might as well have been asked to send the moon to the front.
But their visitor was very grave.
This was no child's play, but a very serious matter, for a great deal depended on the securing of that book.
The horses on commando were in a very poor condition after the hard winter, and the men had no clothes to speak of.
So it was absolutely necessary that they should have their stock reinforced by the capture of some of the enemy's
trains.
Mrs. van Warmelo promised to do her best, but gave her visitor little hope of success.
Soon after he left, a carriage drove up with Mrs. Joubert, her son "Jannie," and her married daughter, Mrs. Malan.
Their mission was the same as Mr. Botha's, the secret time-table, and Mr. Jannie, as he drew Hansie aside, urged her
to do all in her power to procure a copy of this valuable book. The same ground was gone over, with the same result,
"We can but try." That whole morning was spent in seeing different people, trusted friends, on the subject, and
everywhere Hansie and her mother were met with the same objections. Most people had never heard of this timetable, and those who knew of its existence, were convinced that it would be quite impossible to get a sight of it, as it
was in the hands of officials only.
The afternoon again was spent in roaming disconsolately about the streets of Pretoria, weary and discouraged.
Suddenly Hansie exclaimed:
"Oh mamma, how stupid we have been! Why, we never thought of D. He is the only one who can help us. Let us go
to him."
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (88 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[208]
[209]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
Mrs. van Warmelo's tired face beamed at her daughter.
"Of course, but I dare not go to him direct—that would be indiscreet indeed. Let us send some one for him."
"F.?" Hansie suggested.
"Yes, he would do."
They were walking rapidly to an office on Church Square, when they met the very man they were in search of.
"This is wonderful!" Hansie exclaimed. "We were just going to ask F. to call on you, as we have a great request to
make."
Talking in rapid whispers, the trio walked across the Square. The man's face was inscrutable at first, but his curt and
business-like way soon gave place to a look of thoughtful contemplation.
"This is about the most unheard-of request that has ever been made to me. I know the book exists, but I have never
seen it—I shall have to think about this. When must you have it?"
"Before six o'clock this evening," Hansie answered.
"Will you leave me now?" he said. "I must think. If by any chance I am able to procure a copy, you will find it under
your front door between 5 and 6 o'clock."
Well satisfied, the two ladies proceeded on their way home, when they were met by Consul Nieuwenhuis, who
invited them to have tea with him at Frascati's.
Hansie looked at her mother.
"I think we have earned it—don't you?"
Mrs. van Warmelo nodded and laughed.
Arrived at Frascati's they found a regular gathering of the Consuls, gaily chatting while they partook of the good
things set before them.
"Oh, mother!" Hansie said regretfully, when they had parted from their friends. "What a pity we could not tell them
anything! How they would have enjoyed sharing our sensations! I can tear the very hair out of my head at having to
keep all these adventures to myself!"
They then went to Mrs. Joubert's house to tell the spies that there was just a chance that one of the people they had
seen that day would get the time-table for them.
Mrs. van Warmelo, with her usual prudent forethought, asked to see Mr. Greyling only, knowing that it was safer to
deal with one man than with several, so she was shown into the drawing-room while he was being brought from some
unknown back region, with much caution and bolting of doors and drawing of blinds. It was amusing, when he
entered the room, to see him going straight up to Mrs. Joubert and shaking her heartily by the hand. As a matter of
fact, these enterprising young men enjoyed her hospitality, slept under her roof, and partook of the food she secretly
prepared for them without ever setting eyes on their hostess.
She was not supposed to know of their existence, and as she was close and silent as the grave, no one ever got
anything in the way of information out of her.
It was good to see Mr. Greyling again.
He said that Captain Naudé was with General Botha near the Middelburg line and had been prevented from coming
into town that month.
Very little fighting was being done on account of the poor condition of their horses after the severe winter. The men
were in splendid health, and the same spirit of determination and courage which had always characterised them
possessed them still.
Mr. Greyling and his comrades had come in under some difficulties. They had been escorted on horseback as far as
Eerste Fabrieken on the North-east Railway, when they had nearly run into the enemy's lines. They altered their
course and rode to Irene, hiding themselves and fastening their horses in a clump of thorn trees, where they remained
until nightfall.
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (89 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[210]
[211]
[212]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
On their way to Pretoria in the darkness, Mr. Greyling's horse fell into a hole, throwing him out of the saddle, but his
foot caught in the stirrup and he was dragged about forty yards, bruising his head and severely wrenching his ankle.
Although by no means fit for the journey, he was determined to go back that night, because the friends who were
waiting for him with his horse did so at the utmost risk of their lives. The best news he brought was that the Boers had
retaken the Skurvebergen and that it was again the centre of the Secret Service. Three of the Boers had fallen there
during the fight.
Although he fully appreciated the obstacles in the way of procuring a time-table, he said he felt he could hardly go
back to the commandos without it. His instructions had been very explicit.
Whether she found the time-table at Harmony or not, Hansie promised to come back that evening, with the European
and Colonial newspaper-cuttings, so eagerly sought after by the men on commando.
Arrived at Harmony at about 5.15, Hansie could conceal her impatience no longer, but, running up the garden-path,
she threw open the front door with a flourish, and behold, a small flat parcel on the floor, a book wrapped carelessly
in a bit of white paper! The secret time-table!
She only had it in her hands for a moment, but one thing she will ever remember, the slate-coloured cover and the
thick red letters heavily scored:
For the use of officers and officials only.
The excited women looked at it as if fascinated, turning the leaves over slowly and murmuring blessings on his head.
"Look here," Mrs. van Warmelo whispered, "here we have the meanings of the different signals, and here the
different engine-whistles are explained. Every 'toot' has a meaning, Hansie——" But Hansie had flown to her room to
don her cycling dress, and was soon on her way, guarded by her faithful dog. On reaching her destination she was
again shown into the drawing-room, but Mrs. Joubert came to her and asked in a whisper whether she would not like
to go to the room.
Need I say that she jumped at the suggestion?
Away with caution, to the winds with prudence and reflection! Was not the mother safe at Harmony and her wise
counsels forgotten?
Hansie was led silently through mysterious corridors into the open back-yard, by a mute figure in black.
This figure pointed to a door and disappeared, and at the same time another figure rose from Hansie knew not where,
and stood sentinel over the gate leading into the street.
She ran up the steps and rapped smartly at the door, turning the handle after a moment and walking in, to the evident
consternation of the three young men inside. There was a general scuffle, followed by a laugh of relief, when her
figure became visible through the heavy clouds of smoke which filled the room.
Mr. Greyling came forward to meet her and introduced the other men, who shook her hand until it ached.
It was quite evident that the sight of a young lady was a wonderful and most welcome thing to them.
Hansie took Mr. Greyling aside and handed him the packet with strict injunctions not to mention her name on
commando, for it was a well-known fact that there were traitors in the field, who lost no opportunity of conveying
information to the British. She did not tell him how the book had come into her possession, although his surprise and
curiosity were plainly visible, and the worst that could have happened, had he fallen into the hands of the enemy and
turned King's evidence, would have been the betrayal of her name.
The other men were clamouring for a hearing, so she turned to them and inspected the huge brown-paper parcels
containing clothing, etc., to which they drew her attention and which they were about to convey to the commandos.
One of them, with a look of comical despair, was shaking his head, while he counted the parcels on his fingers. The
other showed Hansie how impossible it was for him to fasten his coat and waistcoat, for he had on three woollen
shirts and three pairs of trousers, of different sizes. So had the other two, and Hansie could not refrain from
expressing her amazement at their being so heavily laden on an expedition so perilous.
But, in high spirits, they laughed at her fears.
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (90 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[213]
ToC
[214]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
They had done the same thing before. One said it was his seventh visit, another said it was his third, and they so
evidently enjoyed their adventures that one felt they were to be envied rather than pitied.
They parted in fun and high good-humour, but Hansie's heart was wrung with many a pang, and many a deep and
earnest prayer for their protection was sent up by her that night.
"I wish you could have seen that room, mother," Hansie exclaimed as they sat in their cosy dining-room, discussing
the events of the day. "It was filled with so much smoke that I could hardly breathe, and it was littered with papers
and cups and plates. They wanted me to sit down and chat with them."
"I am surprised you did not," her mother retorted.
"Well, you see, I had no lamp and I was afraid I should be arrested, and besides, you would have been terrified to
death, thinking I was in the hands of the English with that precious time-table."
CHAPTER XXIII
SYSTEM EMPLOYED BY THE SECRET COMMITTEE
Mr. Willem Bosch, a cripple, unable to take active work upon himself, acted as Secretary to the Committee, Mr. Els
was old and infirm, and Mr. Botha, as we have heard, had been struck by lightning and was frequently prostrate with
headaches of an intensely severe nature.
But for these infirmities these men would have been on commando with their brother burghers.
The wider circle of conspirators consisted of ten or twelve men and women, who carried out the instructions of the
Committee, but in no case attended their meetings or conferred with them in the presence of the spies from the field.
Their work chiefly consisted in finding out men anxious to escape from town and ignorant of the way to go about it—
an exceedingly difficult and dangerous task, with so many National Scouts and other traitors in their midst.
In order to protect themselves from the danger of being led into a trap, the following precautions were taken by the
Committee and strictly carried out by their fellow-workers:
When a man was found anxious to join the Boers, he was instructed, under the most binding injunctions to secrecy, to
keep himself in readiness to depart at a given moment, on the shortest possible notice. The arrival of an escort from
commando was then awaited.
They did not have long to wait, as two or three times a week, without fail, a small escort of armed men was to be
found at a certain spot in the vicinity of the capital, while one of their number was sent into town to inform the
Committee of the fact.
The fugitive was then instructed to walk slowly in a certain street, from one point to another at a given hour. Here he
was met by a man unknown to him, usually one of the four, who signed to him to follow him.
He was not allowed to speak to or follow his leader too closely. It was not known to him beforehand whether his
destination lay north, south, east, or west. He had but to follow and to find himself, as darkness fell, in the hands of
the armed burghers.
The men in town were unarmed. It was one of the first rules of the Committee that no spy entering the town should
carry arms of any description, this rule having been made to safeguard them from death in the event of their being
taken by the enemy.
Too often was this precaution disregarded by young and hot-headed spies, who took the risk upon themselves,
preferring death to falling into the hands of the English.
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (91 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[215]
[216]
[217]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
Captain Naudé's case was recognised by the Committee as an exception when once it became known to them that a
heavy price had been set on his head.
Incidentally I may remark here that this sum was known, during the early part of the war, to be £500 and that it was
gradually increased to £1,500, as the Captain became more notorious for the daring nature of his enterprises. He was
told by an English officer; after the war, that the British had spent over £9,000 in the vain attempt to capture him.
This statement may, or may not, have been correct, but certain it is that nothing was left undone to put an end to his
activities, numbers of men and women being employed, under liberal payment, to trap him when he visited Pretoria.
In the field, too, his life was known to be even more precarious than in town, for many were the hirelings surrounding
him, watching their chances to capture him and hand him, dead or living, into the power of his foes.
It was therefore an understood thing that Captain Naudé should at all times be armed, heavily armed, in the field and
when he came to town.
Not so the Secret Committee. What might be his only safeguard would, in the event of their arrest, prove to be their
undoing, and this they fully realised as they remonstrated, not once, but many times, with the young spies who
worked for them.
The violation of this rule, which they wished to see enforced so rigorously, was sometimes followed by most terrible
consequences.
That this brave band of earnest men should have continued their work so long, beset, as they were, with a thousand
dangers and difficulties, is a marvel indeed. With so much treachery in the air, it is a wonder to us still that they were
able to carry out their daring enterprise with so much success and to escape detection for so long.
But they were prudent and cautious, they knew and trusted one another, and they observed, with conscientious
thoroughness, the unwritten motto of the Committee:
"Think quickly, act firmly, calmly, prudently, without fear. Speak as little as possible."
Terrible were the experiences of some of the men on their secret visits to the town.
Captain Naudé, arriving one night at the house of his friend Mr. Hattingh (the spies naturally did not take shelter in
their own homes), was informed that his mother lay dangerously ill in her house close by. It was feared that she
would not recover. In the shadows which enveloped her she seemed to have forgotten all about the war, and her only
cry was for him, her son.
What was he to do? His mother was surrounded by nurses, and the house was filled with relatives and friends.
As Captain of the Secret Service, his name was too well known. He could not show himself at such a time, when he
had every reason to believe that the enemy was watching him with extra vigilance.
The next news, while he was still in hopeless deliberation, was that his mother had passed away.
It needs a strong man's most powerful self-control to "act firmly, calmly, prudently," at such a time, and yet even then
he restrained the impulse to go to her.
Of what avail to kiss that icy brow?
Next day, from his hiding-place behind the window curtain, he watched his mother's funeral procession, passing by.
His comrade, Johannes Coetzee, nicknamed Baden-Powell, the man who had left the town with him on his second
expedition, once had a miraculous escape from death.
He was leaving for commando with a bag containing clothes, a number of Mauser cartridges which the Committee in
town had collected by degrees, when he was taken prisoner by the enemy just as he was nearing the wire enclosure.
He was immediately taken to the Commandant, who examined the bundle containing the contraband articles, and
ordered him to be escorted to another Department. Of his guilt, proof positive had been found, but this fact was not
conveyed to the armed soldier who was about to escort him to his doom.
On their way, he knew not where, Coetzee pleaded with the guard to release him.
"I have been taken under false pretences," he said. "I am innocent, an employee at the Lunatic Asylum. If you will
escort me over the railway line, I will pay you."
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (92 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[218]
[219]
[220]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
"How much money have you?" the man asked.
Coetzee took some silver from his pocket, counted it and said:
"I have only thirteen shillings."
"That will do," his guard replied, and conducted him in safety to the asylum, in the vicinity of which he found his
tethered horse, still waiting for his return, the soldier himself holding his horse and assisting him to mount with the
bag containing the ammunition.
Disregard for wise counsel from older men, head-strong self-will, and a sheer indifference to death and danger were
the causes of much disaster in those days.
On the other hand, recklessness and the very disregard for death mentioned above brought more than one man safely
through the fierce fires of adversity, as we shall see in the tragic and stirring events to be recorded in this and the next
chapter.
One there was amongst the spies, noted for his extraordinary bravery, a hero of the rarest type, of whom we can only
speak with bated breath and thrilling hearts. In the brief record of his heroic life—and still more heroic death—we
have a rich inheritance.
Adolph Krause was his name, a man still young, a married man. He was a German by birth, but a full burgher of the
State for which he sacrificed his noble life.
The first time Krause had left the capital he had been escorted out, with eight other Germans, by Mr. Willem Botha,
while Captain Naudé conducted seven or eight young Boers to the freedom of the veld.
There had been no adventures then.
Subsequently, in and out he came and went, with the greatest regularity, and as often as twice a week he would leave
the town with large numbers of Boers and Germans, eager to join the burgher forces in the field. His services became
more and more valuable.
One evening when, after two days' rest in town, he was again preparing to depart for the commandos, his friend
Willem Botha called to escort him through the town, as had been previously arranged.
Mr. Botha's house was in Proes Street between van der Walt and Market Streets, while not far away his trusted friend
and confederate Mr. Hocke lived, a man who rendered such innumerable services to the Boers that his name must not
be forgotten here.
These two men met at Mr. Krause's house and found him ready to depart.
Although a man of slender build, he had now attained to such gigantic proportions that his friends could scarce
believe their eyes, and, incredible as it may seem, the following is a full and accurate description of what he had
about his person that memorable night:
Two pairs of trousers; two shirts; two full Mauser bandoliers over his shoulders and crossed over his breast; a woollen
jersey; a thick coat; a long Mauser gun thrust into one trouser-leg; a German revolver belonging to Mr. Hocke; his
own revolver, and a bag of about two feet in length, containing Mauser ammunition, which had been buried by Mrs.
Botha and was now going "to the front"; boots, soap, washing soda, cotton, and a number of other small articles,
which had been ordered by the women on commando—that unknown band of heroic women, fleeing north, south,
east, and west with their men, for whom they cooked and sewed and prayed throughout the long years of the war.
Krause had been "shopping" in town for these brave sisters in the field, and I am sure his thoughts that night were not
of fear for the perils he was about to face, but of satisfaction and pleasurable anticipation of the joy his arrival at
commando would occasion the women at the front.
Would that one of their undaunted band could be induced to give the world a record of their unique and altogether
wonderful experiences of the war!
Mr. Krause's slight form was now twice, perhaps nearly thrice its usual size, and his friends, when they looked at him,
laughed in incredulous amazement.
"Oh, man, what would I not give to possess a photo of you as you are dressed to-night!" Mr. Botha exclaimed
between his fits of laughter.
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (93 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[221]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
It was now 7 o'clock and nearly dark.
The two guards, walking up and down the street on their accustomed beat, had just withdrawn; 7 o'clock was their
dinner hour, this the plotters knew.
In a moment, Krause, with the bag over his shoulder and one leg of necessity held very straight, limped out into the
open street, "Oom Willie" (Botha) following and crossing to the other side.
Close to a street lamp, at the corner of Market Street, Krause suddenly saw a soldier walking on ahead, upon which
he immediately turned down into Market Street, with the evident intention of pursuing his way along Vermeulen
Street. This his friend quite understood as, ever on the opposite side of the street, he watched and followed Krause in
his course.
Again a soldier appears on the scene, this time walking towards them in Vermeulen Street. No time to turn back now;
forward, boldly forward—the fugitive has been observed.
Under one of the lamps the watcher on the other side sees to his horror that one of the bandoliers has pushed its way
up to the neck and is showing plainly above the collar of the coat.
The British guard observes this too, for he turns under the lamp and watches the retreating form intently. Just a
moment, and he raises his whistle to his lips, giving forth the shrill alarm.
The game is up. Mr. Botha, unarmed, can be of no assistance to his friend, who now must fight his way alone from
death and danger. The Mauser gun, which has been impeding his every movement, is whipped out of the trouser-leg
as he flies, weapon conspicuously in hand, through the well-lit streets of Pretoria, until, making a sudden dive, he
disappears between the wires of a fence, into the seclusion of a peaceful private garden. There is no time to think. He
rushes through the garden from one side to another, out into the next street, and so on; block after block he takes, until
he finds himself alone in a quiet street, far from the scene of danger, and while his enemies are surrounding and
searching the block into which he first had disappeared, he is many miles away, plodding weary and heavy-laden to
friends and liberty.
Only half satisfied as to his comrade's escape, Mr. Botha returned home in sore distress that night to watch and await
developments, and it was not until Krause surprised him later with another and wholly unexpected visit that he learnt
the sequel and happy ending of that memorable flight.
[222]
CHAPTER XXIV
ToC
[223]
THE DEATH OF ADOLPH KRAUSE
Uninterrupted communication had once more been established between the conspirators, and all was going well.
So it seemed!
But the Prince of Darkness was at work. And with him an accursed band of Judas-Boers.
How can I tell the tale? How force into the background of my mind and soul the unspeakable horror with which all
my being is filled when I contemplate this aspect of the war, in order to collect my thoughts sufficiently to find the
words I need?
That week the town was full of spies.
Captain Naudé had come in on Thursday night and was to leave again on Saturday night. Another spy, young
Delport, a brave and reckless youth, was also in the capital, "recruiting" men to take out with him to commando.
That Saturday night, as Mr. Botha was on the point of leaving his home for the Captain's place of refuge, from where
he had to "see him off," as arranged, Mrs. Krause arrived at his house in some agitation and said that her husband had
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (94 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[224]
[225]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
just come in and wished to see Mr. Botha. Krause was suffering from an exceedingly painful whitlow in the thumb of
his left hand, she said, and he had come to see a doctor and to have the whitlow cut. She implored Mr. Botha and his
neighbour Mr. Hocke to come without delay, and to be present when the operation had to be performed.
With all the speed he could Mr. Botha hurried to the house in which Captain Naudé was waiting, explained the case
of Krause to him and took a warm and hearty leave, kneeling with him for a few moments first, as was his wont, in
earnest prayer to God for the protection of the traveller.
He then called for Mr. Hocke, and the two men hurried to Mr. Krause's house in Prinsloo Street, where they found the
doctor (a man initiated in all the mysteries of Boer espionage and a trusted friend) on the point of performing the
small, though painful operation.
When it was over, Mr. Botha, prompted Heaven only knows by what foreshadowing of disaster, gave his friend a
serious lecture on the dangers of his recklessness.
"How can you go about the town so much in broad daylight, whenever you come in?" he asked. "Always on that
bicycle of yours! Surely you must know that you expose yourself to untold dangers!"
"Oh, I could not always stay indoors! The house is far too close," the patient exclaimed, nursing his lacerated thumb.
Mr. Botha urged him to leave on Sunday night, not to remain longer than was necessary, and to take with him a
young German, who had been wounded and was now convalescent, after having been concealed and nursed for many
months by trusty friends in town.
And another warning he impressed upon him with unusual earnestness:
"Whatever you do, Krause, don't associate yourself with the party leaving under young Delport's guidance. I fear that
there is something terribly wrong. He is going out with far too large a number, fifty men in all, he told me yesterday,
and something warns me that amongst the men there are detectives on the English side. Delport is young and very
reckless, and the thought of the great number going out with him this time has made me more anxious than I can say."
Krause produced his revolver from an inside pocket, and declared that before he surrendered himself a prisoner more
than one British soldier would be killed or wounded by him.
With a heavy heart and many sad forebodings, Mr. Botha left him. For he remembered, with increasing anxiety, a
visit he had had from Delport, when the latter had asked for his assistance in getting his men—fifty, as he had said—
safely through the town.
Mr. Botha had refused at the time, pretending that he had never taken part in such proceedings, and warning the
young man that the game he was about to play was hazardous in the extreme.
"If you must go out with those men, leave on Monday night, when the others have escaped in safety," was his last
advice to Delport.
Unfortunately, Fate decreed that Krause and Delport should meet accidentally on Sunday morning, the day after Mr.
Botha's warning to Krause.
Together the two men, flinging caution to the winds, or perhaps in their enthusiasm entirely forgetting the wise
counsel of their friend, laid their heads together, and agreed to meet at a certain point that night, Krause with the
wounded German and two or three of his most faithful friends, and Delport with his party of fifty men.
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (95 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
ToList
[226]
ADOLPH KRAUSE.
As Mr. Botha, with strange intuition, had predicted, there were dastardly traitors in that group of fifty men—JudasBoers—who, under the pretence of seeking an opportunity of joining the burgher forces, had persuaded Delport to
allow them to accompany him. That he was innocent in this black crime of hideous treachery, no one who knew him
ever had a doubt.
At the appointed place the two men met. Farther on they were joined by the wounded German and his comrades; still
farther, beyond the boundary of the town, under a cluster of trees, well known to them as a secret trysting-place, the
large party had assembled one by one and was awaiting the arrival of its leaders.
The latter, seeing in the distance a group of moving figures which they took to be their friends, walked boldly and
serenely forward—to find themselves a moment later in a most deadly trap!
The conflict must have been a desperate one!
He who played so brave a part in it, Krause, the only armed man on his side, shot down his opponents one by one,
until they closed on him, and then, overpowered by the fearful odds and battered beyond recognition by heavy blows
from the butt-ends of their guns, he was at last pinioned to the ground by his infuriated captors.
Three men were taken, Krause, Venter (a mere boy, the son of a widow in Pretoria), and one other—who must be
nameless here.
Of the rest some fled into the open veld, while others, hopelessly ignorant of their surroundings or of the route to
take, wisely returned to town under cover of the darkness of the night.
With one exception. Fritz W., the wounded German, lost his way and was unable to go back to town before the
curfew-bell, the hour at which every resident was supposed to be indoors.
Finding himself near a small camp of soldiers in the vicinity of the Pretoria West Station, he cautiously crept into one
of the tents, where he found a solitary soldier, sound asleep. Without a moment's hesitation, he stretched himself
down on the ground beside him, thinking over the tragic events of that awful Sunday evening and dozing off at
intervals, from sheer exhaustion of mind and body.
During the night another soldier, evidently returning from duty as guard or outpost, entered the tent and lay beside
him on the other side.
So he spent the night between two British soldiers, and with the first approach of dawn he cautiously and stealthily
extricated himself from his perilous position and made his way to town.
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (96 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[227]
[228]
[229]
ToC
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
Three or four days after the perfidious betrayal of the Secret Service men the Committee was staggered with the
tidings of the execution of their comrades, Krause and Venter, in the prison-yard of the old Pretoria jail.
The third, the nameless one, had, it was said, saved himself by turning King's evidence.
Of their last days on earth nothing will ever be known, but those of us blessed or cursed with the divine and cruel gift
of imagination see in our mind's eye two men in prison-cells in solitary confinement, one a broken-hearted husband,
the other the beloved son of a widowed mother.
Wounded and suffering they lie on their last bed of pain. Friendless and alone they await the untimely end of their
brief but glorious career. Longing, with all the weakness of the human heart, for one last look of love, one reassuring
clasp from a tender woman's hand, they prepare themselves to meet the death they have faced so often and so
manfully in their heroic struggle for liberty and independence.
Fear? Despair?
No—a thousand times, No!
Could there have been fear or despair in the hearts of those two men, with the knowledge beating in their brains that
they held their lives in their own hands, that one word from them of information against their fellow-workers could
avert their doom, and that they, and they alone, could save themselves at the sacrifice of honour and fidelity?
How in the end they met their fate we do not know—we can but dimly guess.
The painful task of acquainting Mrs. Krause with the fate of her husband fell to the lot of Mr. Botha and Mr. Hocke.
As she would probably be destitute, the two men decided to collect a sum of money before approaching her with their
evil tidings, and this they had to do by stealth, in order not to bring suspicion on themselves.
They were successful in obtaining over £34 for the bereaved wife in a very short time, from friends and sympathisers
as poor as they themselves, and later, from the same source, in the same unostentatious way, a far larger amount was
collected in order to send the widow to her relatives in Germany.
These details, mundane though they may appear after the stirring acts of heroism described above, are significant of
greater things—self-sacrificing generosity, unswerving loyalty, and a compassionate desire to atone, in some practical
and helpful way, for their share in the disaster brought on innocent and helpless womanhood.
CHAPTER XXV
THE SHOEMAKER AT WORK
That the inborn sense of humour of the Dutch South African race should have been stunted in its growth, if not
completely crushed, by the horrors of the war, would be small cause for surprise to most people who have given the
matter a thought. But to those of us acquainted with the facts, an entirely different and wholly comprehensible aspect
of the case has been made manifest.
The blessed gift of humour is only sharpened by the hard realities of life, can never be appreciated to the full in the
calm and shallow waters of prosperity.
Of this we had innumerable proofs during those tempestuous days, and certain it is that the memory of a harmless
joke, enjoyed under circumstances of unusual stress and trouble, grows sweeter and is strengthened as the years go by.
For dry humour and keen enjoyment of the ludicrous, our friend Mr. W. Botha could not easily be surpassed; and I
advise you, good reader, if you have the chance, to induce him to tell you the following story in his own words, and to
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (97 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[230]
[231]
[232]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
watch the flicker of amusement in his eye.
Four of Captain Naudé's spies are in town again, resting, shopping, and exchanging items of war experiences with
their friends and relatives.
Countless parcels have arrived from various stores of note in town, and four big bags, full to bursting, are arrayed
against the wall for transportation "to the front" at 7 o'clock that night.
But what is this? Another bag? Impossible! There are but four men going out and each one has his load, quite as
much as he can carry already.
What does it contain? A beautiful brand-new saddle, the property of an English officer, which Willie Els, son of the
Committee member, has determined shall on no account be left behind.
Expostulations from the older men are all in vain.
The saddle, with the four other bags, is put into Delport's cab, which is waiting at the door, and, after many fond
farewells, the young men drive off in the direction of the Pretoria Lunatic Asylum.
At this time there is no better spot for exit from the capital, but in order to reach it one point of extreme danger has to
be passed—the point at which a British officer, with five-and-twenty mounted men, is stationed, in command of a
searchlight apparatus for scouring the surrounding country.
The dangerous spot has been frequently passed in safety by these very spies.
To-night they pass again in unobserved security, but alas! when they have crossed the railway line, immediately
opposite the asylum, where they are in the habit of alighting with their parcels, they find to their distress that, try as
they will, they cannot carry more than the four bags allotted to them in the first instance.
The bag containing the precious saddle must go back to town.
Oh, the pity of it!
The critical spot must be passed again, and, as ill-luck would have it, the British officer hails the passing cab and is
about to get in, when his eye falls on the bag.
"What is this?" he asks the driver.
No concealment possible now!
"A saddle, sir."
"A saddle! Whose, and where are you taking it?"
"From Mr. Botha to Mr. Els in town. On my way I was stopped and asked to take some passengers to the asylum,
which I have just done. I was going to Mr. Botha when you stopped me."
The officer looks doubtful, feels the bag all over and, taking a notebook from his pocket, enters all the details of this
most suspicious-looking affair, the number of the cab, the name and address of the driver, the names and full
addresses of the two men who have been mentioned.
Then he gets in and peremptorily orders the cabman to drive to such-and-such an hotel in the centre of the town.
With a throb of relief Delport deposits his fare at the hotel and, whipping up his horses, drives at the utmost speed to
Mr. Els' house, to warn him of the danger he is in.
Mr. and Mrs. Botha have just retired for the night, when they are aroused by a hurried knock at the front door. They
admit two girls, one of them the daughter of Mrs. Els, the other a sister to Mrs. Naudé, both extremely agitated.
Miss Els speaks first:
"Oom Willie, you must please come to our house at once. My father is very ill."
Oom Willie's heart sinks into his slippers.
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (98 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[233]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
This, the long-expected sign that their game is up, has come at last.
He hastens to the home of his friend.
When he learns the truth the case does not seem so hopeless after all and he feels his courage returning.
"We must think of some plan with which to meet the police when they come. Quick! There is not a moment to lose.
They may be here at any minute."
In an incredibly short time the officer's new saddle is buried in a bag of coal, which is again sewn up and thrown into
the back-yard, while an old and worthless saddle is produced, Heaven only knows from where, cut up into pieces and
placed in a large basin of water on the dining-room table.
"Now, Oom Gerrie," Mr. Botha says, as soon as he can find his breath, "you are a shoemaker by trade, and this old
saddle has been sent to you by me to make shoes for my children."
"But you have not got any! and I have never made a shoe in my life!"
"Well, then, for my nieces and nephews. Never mind about your ignorance. When any one comes in, remember you
are just on the point of beginning your work. I shall send you an old last when I get home."
A pocket-knife, a hammer, and a few nails scattered on the table complete the shoemaker's outfit, and there he sits,
with trembling hands and spectacles on nose, far into the night, for does he not expect the dreaded knock at his front
door before the dawn of another day?
Next morning Oom Willie raps smartly at the door and walks in unceremoniously, to find Oom Gerrie just about to
begin his work, as with shaking hand he adjusts his spectacles.
"How is trade this morning?" he asks, with a jolly laugh, as he settles himself on a chair to watch his friend's
discomfiture. But Oom Gerrie is not pleased at all. The trade is getting on Oom Gerrie's nerves, and he takes no part
in the hilarity around him.
Two days pass, three, four, and no English officer appears, no search is made for contraband of war in Oom Gerrie's
house; but every time the door is opened or a footstep heard on the verandah, Oom Gerrie may be found with one
hand plunged in a basin of water, while with the other he adjusts his spectacles.
Poor Oom Gerrie!
He gives up his trade in despair at last, for after all it does not pay, but as long as the old man lives he will be forced
to listen to the question:
"How is the boot-making trade?"
[234]
CHAPTER XXVI
ToC
BITTEN BY OUR OWN DOGS
The events about to be recorded in this chapter have just reminded me of an incident which took place immediately
after the occupation of the capital.
An old Kaffir, who had been with the English just before Pretoria was taken, told Mrs. van Warmelo that three Boer
men had ridden out on bicycles to the English lines, and held consultation with them—traitors evidently, in secret
understanding with the enemy, to whom they took information of some sort.
The old Kaffir wound up his remarks by saying:
"Missis, you are bitten by your own dogs."
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (99 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[235]
[236]
[237]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
How true this was, was soon to be brought home to us in the most forcible way; but before we go on to the next
developments in our story I must not forget to tell you, good reader, that the three spies from whom Hansie parted on
the evening of August 15th had quite an escape as they left the town.
They were driven in a cab, with their numerous parcels, as far as the wire enclosure, by a friend who always escorted
them through the most dangerous parts of the town.
This friend, a young Mr. van der Westhuizen, played an important but unobtrusive rôle in the history of the men with
whom we are concerned.
When Hansie met him first he was in the Pretoria hospital with a badly wounded arm, of which some of the muscles
had been completely severed. As he never recovered the entire use of that arm, he was detained in Pretoria with other
men unable to escape, and, carrying his left arm in a sling, he was made use of by the Secret Committee and by Mrs.
Joubert, who employed him as her coachman.
He carried a residential pass, which he produced on every imaginable occasion, and was able to render untold
services to the spies by conveying them with their parcels to the wire fence. But on this occasion they nearly got into
serious trouble, for, just as the cab was nearing the enclosure, a searchlight from one of the forts was turned full on
them. In consternation, one of the men ordered the driver to turn to the left, another to the right, but with great
presence of mind he ignored them both, and drove straight on, thus disarming a group of soldiers, standing near, of
any suspicions they might have had at seeing a cab so near the fence at night.
Fortunately, the light was soon turned in another direction.
The spies descended with their parcels, and were shortly in the deep furrow along which they had to creep to reach
the wire fence, cautiously wending their way to friends and liberty, when some one came running after them, shouting
to them to stop.
It was van der Westhuizen with a parcel they had left in the cab.
In this way the three men left the town with the railway time-table, not to come in again until September 10th.
My readers will remember the five men who were cut off from their refuge in the Skurvebergen some time back, and
one of whom Mrs. van Warmelo had refused to harbour.
I shall not name them, for I do not feel myself justified in damning the reputation of the Boer traitors for ever by
publishing their names, but the events I am about to relate cannot be excluded without changing the entire character
of this story.
These men had been concealed by other friends, and when the scare was over they escaped from Pretoria to the
commandos. They had nearly been forgotten when news reached the capital of their capture by the enemy, five of
them in all, and of their imprisonment in jail.
While their life hung in the balance a time of nervous dread, not to be forgotten, was passed through, for they would
either be shot as spies or they could save themselves by betraying their friends.
The suspense was soon over.
One of them—the very one, in fact, who had been refused admittance to Harmony through Mrs. van Warmelo's
prudence, turned King's evidence and, to save his own precious skin, revealed the names of the good friends who had
sheltered him at their own peril.
Rumour said that two of the betrayed would be shot on the evidence he gave against them.
Not only the names of his friends in town did he betray, but he also told the authorities how and when and where the
spies came in, the names of the men who worked with him on commando, and the families who harboured them in
town.
More than eighty people were incriminated.
On every side whole families were arrested, the men being put into jail, while their women and children were sent
away to Concentration Camps.
My readers must understand that this was an entirely different set of people, not known to those at Harmony, and with
whom they had had no dealings. It was no credit to Hansie that she and her mother were not on the list of the
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (100 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[238]
[239]
[240]
ToC
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
betrayed. She remembered with humility and shame her unreasonable fit of temper when her mother refused to
harbour the traitor, and determined to give ear to her wise counsel in future.
They and their friends were in no way affected by his treachery, except in so far that it cast a gloom over them and
made them realise that the Boers would not be able to hold out much longer against the machinations of these traitors
of their own flesh and blood. Another matter for grave concern was the thought that Captain Naudé might attempt to
pass through his usual route, not knowing that the enemy had been informed of it, and run straight into the traps
prepared for him.
How to get out a warning to the Skurvebergen in time was the problem before them now.
Hansie spent the next few days in flying about on her bicycle to find out if any one in the "inner circle" had been
arrested.
Thank God, no. Mr. Willem Botha was at home, the Jouberts were still in undisturbed security, all the other members
of the Secret Committee were safe.
They congratulated themselves and one another on their escape, and Mr. Botha, visiting at Harmony a few days later,
once more impressed on them the danger of coming into contact with any spies other than those they knew and
trusted.
And again he warned them to keep no papers in the house—"for," he continued, "we must always bear in mind that
we can never be sure we have not been betrayed. Our names may be on the black list already, and the enemy may
only be waiting to catch us red-handed. No one is safe, and no one ought to feel safe."
There was a moment's pause, and then he went on, with evident reluctance: "I have good reason for warning you
again. I do not wish to alarm you, but only last night, as I was walking in the moonlight with my wife, we passed a
man I know well, with a girl on his arm. The moon was shining very brightly, and, as they passed me, I distinctly
heard him say, 'This man has also been given away.'"
Hansie felt a thrill of acute anxiety for her friend. The two women looked at one another.
They tried to console themselves with the thought that the man might have mistaken Mr. Botha for some one else.
There was nothing to do but wait, but the suspense and uncertainty were very hard to bear, and long were the
discussions over every imaginable possibility.
They knew that the traitor was acquainted with the Captain of the Secret Service and his private secretary Mr.
Greyling. Did he also know the names of the members of the Committee? Did Greyling confide the secret of the timetable to him? These young men were reckless. Death was their daily bread, and caution was a thing unknown to them.
Wonderful developments could be expected within the next few days.
The lowering clouds of adversity gathered closely, surely, mercilessly, around our friends.
Clasp that hand again, and once again, in mute farewell. Look deep into those steadfast eyes. It may be for the last
time for many long, relentless years; it may be for the last time—on earth!
CHAPTER XXVII
THE BETRAYAL OF THE SECRET COMMITTEE. A MEMORABLE DAY OF TROUBLE
It was only a few days after the van Warmelos had parted from Mr. Botha that Mr. J. Joubert arrived at Harmony with
the tidings that four men had again entered the town that night. One of them was a lad of nineteen, young Erasmus,
whose parents had been killed by lightning when he was a child, and to whom Mrs. Joubert had been a second mother.
When he arrived at their home that night they were very angry with him, and demanded what he meant by coming
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (101 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[241]
[242]
[243]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
into the very heart of danger.
He meekly answered that he had merely come to see how they were all getting on, and to spend a few days at home,
casually remarking that there was a dearth of horse-shoe nails on commando, and that he had been ordered to bring
some out.
He and his comrades knew nothing of the recent betrayal, and it was their good fortune that they had used an entirely
different route, coming through Skinner's Court. They had not seen a single guard.
Besides the horse-shoe nails, there was the usual demand for clothing and European and Colonial newspapers.
Mrs. van Warmelo immediately made a parcel of the cuttings which she and her friends had been collecting for some
time past, and wrote a tiny note to Mr. Greyling, warning him and his fellows against coming in through the usual
way, which was now guarded, and informing him that his name had been betrayed. This note was hidden in a matchbox with a double false bottom, covered with matches, and given to Erasmus to be handed to Greyling.
Since the revelations made, it was not safe to see the spies, nor was it known by whom the match-box had been sent.
After all, in spite of Mrs. Joubert's vexation with the reckless youth, she was thankful to know that some one was
going out to Skurveberg with a warning to the Secret Service.
Erasmus had to leave without the horse-shoe nails, because, though J. Joubert hunted all over the town, he could not
procure enough to send out.
The stores sold them only to the military and blacksmiths, and the latter were curious to know why he did not bring
his horses to them to be shod.
Mother and daughter were there at 5.30 p.m., with their parcels, and at 6 p.m. the spies were to leave, Mrs. Malan and
van der Westhuizen driving out with them as far as they could.
That was a real danger, compared with which all other risks were as nothing, to drive through the streets of Pretoria
with spies, at a time when everyone was liable to be stopped to produce residential passes and to show permits for
horses and carriages.
But, indeed, those women were not to be intimidated by anything!
We have now come to a morning into which many events of disastrous importance were crowded, the fateful
September 9th. Before breakfast, an agitated girl, unknown at Harmony, arrived with the intelligence that Mr. Willem
Botha had been arrested at 8 o'clock the night before.
No other names were mentioned then, but it was felt instinctively that the entire Secret Committee had been betrayed
and arrested, and the news, when it reached Harmony during the course of the day, found mother and daughter to
some extent prepared. The shock, nevertheless, was so great, so crushing, that it took them some time to recover
sufficiently to form a plan of action.
Hansie hastily swallowed some food and was preparing to go to town, when her mother asked her what she meant to
do, whether she had thought of anything, or if it was advisable to show herself at all just then.
"I don't know what I am going to do afterwards, mother," she said, "but I am going straight to Mrs. Botha now."
"Hansie!" exclaimed Mrs. van Warmelo in consternation, "you will do nothing of the kind. Their house will be
watched, and you will be followed home. You can do nothing to help that poor woman now, and to be seen with her
would be an unpardonable and unnecessary risk."
But Hansie had made up her mind, and nothing could persuade her that it was not her duty to stand by her friend in
her hour of need. There was good reason, too, for her anxiety.
After thirteen years of happy, though childless married life, Mr. and Mrs. Botha's home was about to be blessed with
an infant child, and it was the thought of the expectant mother's anguish and despair that took Hansie to her side.
"Well" (Mrs. van Warmelo was secretly pleased with her daughter's behaviour), "if you are determined to expose
yourself to this danger, I think I had better begin to pack at once, for we shall certainly be sent away."
"All right, mother," Hansie laughed; "pack away, and I'll come home as soon as I can to help you."
She took tender leave of her mother, cheering her with hopeful words and whistling gaily to Carlo to come and
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (102 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[244]
[245]
[246]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
protect her on her adventurous expedition.
No one could have been more surprised to see Hansie than Mrs. Botha. She stared as if she could not believe her eyes,
and then fell sobbing on her young friend's shoulder.
"How could you risk it to come here?" she exclaimed.
"No one else has been near me, and I am deserted by all my friends since——" here she fell a-weeping again, and
clung to Hansie for support.
As soon as she could speak, she gave an account of all that had taken place.
She and her husband were sitting under the verandah the night before, talking about the miserable business of the
spy's infidelity and its disastrous results to so many people in town. Mr. Botha was just saying that, in the event of his
arrest, his wife need have no fear of his betraying a friend, and that the English might shoot him, but they would not
get a shred of information out of him, when two detectives on bicycles rode up and dismounted at the steps.
Mrs. Botha just had time to whisper hurriedly to her husband that she would rather see him dead than have him come
back to her a traitor, when the detectives, producing a warrant for his arrest, approached him.
He gave himself up quietly; there was nothing else for him to do. He was unarmed, for it was one of the first rules of
the Committee and practically their only safeguard in the event of an arrest, to carry on their work without weapons
of any sort.
The house was thoroughly searched for spies and all books and papers were taken away, but, thanks to Mr. Botha's
prudence and foresight, not a single incriminating document was found.
The remembrance of this was a source of great comfort to his wife, for, without proofs, his life was safe, although he
would probably be sent as prisoner of war to one of the distant islands.
Mrs. Botha was a brave and true woman. She did not think of herself at all, but she was so much concerned for
Hansie's safety that she urged her to go home at once and not to come again. The first part of her injunctions Hansie
obeyed, but she refused to promise not to be seen at that house again.
It was being closely watched, there was no doubt of that, and on getting into a cab she soon became aware of being
followed by two men on bicycles.
This was rather exciting, and Hansie actually enjoyed the chase. Instead of urging her cabby to whip up his horses,
she gave him instructions to go as slowly as possible, well knowing that it would be more difficult for any one on a
bicycle to follow a crawling cab unnoticed than to pursue a more swiftly moving vehicle.
When she reached Harmony and paid her fare she saw, out of the corner of her eye, that the men dismounted before
the War Office.
"Were you followed home?" was her mother's first question.
"Yes, indeed," she replied, laughing; "they are near our gate at this very moment, and I can just imagine them going
to the sergeant-major presently, asking questions about the people living here. And I am quite sure his answer will be,
'Bless you, no. Those two ladies are quiet and well-behaved, and you don't suppose they could be carrying on any of
that business under my very nose!'"
Hansie's diaries had all been removed to an office in town and placed in a safe safe. All safes were not "safe" in those
days, but this one belonged to a man who was known as a model of good behaviour throughout the war. White
envelopes, diaries, copies of official dispatches from the field, all had been removed from Harmony, except the
"White Diary" which lay open on her writing-table, and to which we owe a detailed account of the stirring events of
September 1901.
What it naturally did not contain was accurate information of the arrest of the other Committee members and their
subsequent experiences.
Trusted friends were beyond her reach, and she had to content herself with what information she could gather from
men "about the town," but this information, verified by what she was told by the men concerned long after the war
was over, will give the reader a fair idea of the events of this period.
Not only Mr. Botha, but all the members of the Secret Committee had been arrested that night, and two days later the
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (103 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[247]
[248]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
staggering tidings came of Mr. Jannie Joubert's removal to the Rest Camp, where "political prisoners" were detained.
Now indeed fears of a speedy raid on Harmony were justified.
Their fellow-conspirators were all in the hand of the enemy, and although they trusted them implicitly, and knew
there was no one amongst them base enough to betray his friends, they had no reason to think that the people who had
betrayed the others would spare them.
One revelation after the other was made that day, and Hansie learnt from some one, who said he was in possession of
all the facts, that, despicable though the treacherous spy's behaviour had been, he was not responsible for the exposure
of the Secret Service Committee.
Alas, no! the appearance of another traitor in our midst has to be recorded here.
One of the young spies in the service of the Committee had been taken by the enemy, how and where I am not at
liberty to say, but there were circumstances connected with his capture, and facts known to the enemy of the
hazardous part he had played on previous occasions, which made it clear from the beginning that he would be
convicted.
Some one who was allowed to visit him regularly in his cell told me that he stood his trial bravely and steadfastly
refused to betray a single name to save himself. Threats and persuasions were of no avail.
On Saturday night in his cell his death sentence was read to him.
The execution was to take place on Sunday morning at 6 o'clock, he was told.
Incidentally his jailers informed him that there was still a chance for him if he would give the authorities the names of
some of the people in town who were in communication with the Boers in the field.
He was then left to his pleasant reflections.
Reader, we must not be too harsh in our judgment of him. He was only a boy, not yet twenty years of age, and we
shall never know what anguish of mind he endured that night.
When day broke he was in no way fit for the harrowing scene awaiting him. His father, his sister, and his fiancée
were admitted to his cell at the fateful hour that morning, to take their last leave of him.
They clung to him, sobbing, wailing, and imploring him to give the names of his fellow-conspirators. What
arguments were brought to bear upon him we shall never know.
He yielded, and in that God-forsaken cell on Sunday morning he gave the names required of him, the five members of
the Secret Committee and other names familiar to us all, Jannie Joubert, Franz Smit, Liebenberg, etc.
Ah, if he had been executed that day, how his memory would have been revered by his friends and respected by his
foes! But what was he now?—a traitor, oh God! a traitor to his land and people!
And a coward too, base and craven-hearted, shielding his miserable life with dishonour and treachery.
That the enemy would not have shot him in any case, because of his youth, makes no difference to the blackness of
his deed, except perhaps to add to the bitterness of his remorse when afterwards he was apprised of this fact.[4]
The death sentence was commuted, and instead he was sentenced to several years' hard labour; he was, in fact, still
"doing time" in Pretoria and Johannesburg two years after peace had been declared.
Of the women who were the cause of his downfall I can only say that they were never in any way connected with the
"Petticoat Commando."
When the news of Jannie Joubert's arrest became known, Mrs. van Warmelo positively forbade her daughter to go to
Mrs. Joubert's house.
There was nothing to be done, and although they had every reason to believe that their names were on the list of the
betrayed, nothing could be gained by exposing themselves to unnecessary danger.
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (104 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[249]
[250]
[251]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
It was told Hansie, the day after the last sweeping arrests had been made, that Mrs. Joubert's carriage had been
standing before the Military Governor's office for some time.
This information brought the reality of the situation vividly to her mind.
What was the old lady doing there? Pleading for her son? Was there no way of helping her? These questions preyed
on Hansie's mind, until she obtained permission from her mother to visit Mr. Jannie's sister, Mrs. Malan.
Mrs. Malan was in bed with influenza, she said, but it was quite evident that acute distress of mind had a large share
in her indisposition.
On Sunday night, after the fateful morning of the last betrayal, the Jouberts were surprised by a visit from the ProvostMarshal himself, accompanied by another officer.
They asked permission to search the house for the ammunition which they knew to be concealed there. Ammunition!
Jannie said he knew of none, except a boxful of cartridges standing in the loft. They had been found lying about the
house and were stowed away when the English had taken possession of Pretoria. He took the officers up to the loft
and showed them the box, but they were not satisfied, and ordered him to appear before the Provost-Marshal the next
day, to give a satisfactory explanation.
A search was also made for documents, but nothing was found except an old heliographic chart which his father,
Commandant-General Joubert, had used long ago in Kaffir wars.
Jannie Joubert went the following day to give an account of himself, and the next thing his mother heard was that he
had been arrested and removed to the Rest Camp. (Arrest Camp, some people called it!)
He was very independent and refused to take the oath of neutrality, which, strange to say, he had hitherto avoided,
and it would certainly not have been to his taste had he known that his mother had been to the Military Governor to
intercede for him.
The result of that interview was not satisfactory. He would only be released on signing parole.
This, Mrs. Malan thought, he would certainly refuse to do.
"We were treated with marked kindness," she continued, "and this may be taken as proof that the English are not
aware of the real facts."
The two women laughed in mutual understanding of their conspiracies.
"Still this leniency may be only a blind, Hansie. It is painful not to know how much the enemy knows."
"What will you do if Captain Naudé and Mr. Greyling come in to-night?" Hansie asked.
"Shelter them, of course!" was the undaunted reply.
That night as Hansie lay on her sleepless pillow, she felt as if all the batteries of the gold mines were thumping on her
heart.
Mrs. Malan's last words to her rang continually in her ears:
"Willie Botha will be executed without a doubt."
But before day dawned Hansie's heart was at rest and she slept, for she had solved the problem in her mind.
She would go to General Maxwell and plead with him for the life of her friend.
He was human and tender-hearted, that she knew, and she would tell him how an innocent young life hung in the
balance, how the lives of both mother and child would be imperilled if such a cruel fate befell the father. If her
pleadings were of no avail, she would offer to give, in exchange for his life, the name of one well known to her as a
dangerous enemy to the English.
And when she had made sure of his release, hers would be the name she would reveal.
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (105 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[4]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
During the dark days which followed Hansie found her strong support in the thought of this resolve.
FOOTNOTES:
The writer was misinformed on this point. After the age of fourteen, boys are liable to be executed.
[252]
CHAPTER XXVIII
ToC
[253]
[254]
HANSIE EARNING THE VOTE
Events moved quickly in those days.
The conspirators had hardly had time to recover from the shock of the recent arrests, they were just beginning to
wonder what would happen if their unsuspecting friends from commando walked into the pitfalls prepared for them,
racking their brains for plans to avert such a catastrophe, when the very thing they feared took place.
Instead of the familiar figure of Willie Botha coming up the garden path with news, Mrs. Malan drove up with Jannie
Joubert's fiancée, Miss Malan.
Their appearance at Harmony brought all that had happened most forcibly to the minds of the stricken inmates, filling
them with the sense of acute loss; and when they heard what their visitors had to tell, four women more forlorn would
have been hard to find.
In short sentences Mrs. Malan told how four young men, all ignorant of the fate of their fellows in town, had tried to
come in from the High Veld, bearing with them dispatches from Captain Naudé to the President and to the Committee
of spies in town.
These men had gone to and fro for months without a single encounter with outpost or guard, but on this occasion,
when they reached the wire enclosure, they were unexpectedly met by a storm of bullets.
One of them, as he stooped to get through the fence, felt the hot air of a bullet passing under his nose.
He hastily gave the order to retreat over the "koppies" and across the railway line, thus entering Pretoria on the
opposite side.
When they met again, before entering the town, one of them was missing!
Young Els had disappeared, and no one knew whether he had been shot or taken, or whether he had fallen into some
hole and perhaps been so severely injured that he could not follow them. His comrades were in deep distress. To go
back and search for him was impossible, so they entered the town at the utmost peril of their lives. Torn and bleeding,
they slunk through the streets of Pretoria, avoiding the light of the electric lamps, and concealing themselves behind
trees at the sight of every man in khaki, until they reached Mrs. Malan's house.
Their guardian angels must have kept them from going to Mrs. Joubert's house, as usual, that night.
Imagine their surprise and horror when they heard of the betrayal of the Committee, for the warning sent out to
Skurveberg did not reach them, they having come from the High Veld.
The news of Jannie's arrest and of Mrs. Joubert's house having been searched, and now being so closely watched that
they could not possibly take shelter there, came as a crushing blow.
True to her word, Mrs. Malan determined to shelter them that night, but the house being too dangerous a hiding-place,
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (106 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[255]
[256]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
they were stowed away in Mr. David Malan's waggon-house, closely packed in one small waggon, and there they still
lay when the van Warmelos heard of their arrival.
From the bosom of her dress Miss Malan produced the dispatches and a number of private letters.
The dispatch to the President Hansie offered to send by the first opportunity, without telling her friends that it would
go by the very next mail per White Envelope. This was a secret she naturally could not divulge to her most trusted
fellow-workers, although she could guarantee that the work would be carried out, and they had enough confidence in
her to leave the matter in her hands.
The letter from the Captain to the Committee was left at Harmony to be read and destroyed. Needless to say, Hansie,
with her mania for collecting war-curios, made a full copy of both letter and dispatch in lemon-juice before
regretfully consigning them to the flames. It was hard to destroy original documents for which such risks had been
run!
What was most disconcerting was to hear that the authorities, evidently aware that the men had come through in spite
of having been fired upon, were searching for them in town. It was imperative that they should leave that day, or at
least as soon as night fell, for the risk they ran was very great.
Hansie promised to think of some way of helping them to escape safely, and said she would see them in the afternoon.
The feeling of responsibility on her young shoulders was very great. There was no one to turn to, no man to whom
this dangerous mission could be entrusted, except one, her young friend, F.
She thought of him and wondered whether she could confide to him a scheme which had been slowly forming in her
mind.
That afternoon she was on the point of leaving for Mrs. Malan's house, with a packet of letters and newspapers, when
two lady callers arrived at Harmony brimming with the news that the town was in a great state of excitement. Armed
soldiers were patrolling the streets, men were stopped to show their residential passes, and every cab and carriage was
held up for inspection.
The general opinion was that there were spies in town, for the lower part of the town and west of Market Street were
cut off by a patrol, while a systematic search of the private houses was being carried on.
Hansie chafed at the delay, listening with impatience to their excited talk, and wondering what they would say if they
knew that she was on the point of going to those spies with the parcel in her hands.
By a happy coincidence, when the callers had taken their departure, another visitor arrived—F., the very man she
wished to see.
But he, too, was full of the excitement in town and did not notice the unusual anxiety in Hansie's manner.
"General Botha has come in 'to negotiate,'" he said. "The town is alive with soldiers, but there must be something else
brewing at the same time, for every house is being searched, and a cordon has been drawn round some parts of the
town. It is impossible for any one to get through from one place to another beyond Market Street."
Hansie's heart sank for a moment.
Then she said: "I have to go to town at once, F.; will you come with me? I have a great deal to tell you and we can
talk as we go along. You remember you once said that I must come to you if ever I got into any trouble. Well, I am in
serious trouble now—not for myself—but, tell me, have you your residential pass with you?"
He produced it.
She continued: "Then we are safe for the present. Let us sit in the Park while I tell you in what way I want you to help
me."
They found a secluded spot under one of the trees in Burgher's Park, and there Hansie took him into her confidence,
unfolding her plan to him.
"If, as you say, F., a cordon is being drawn around the houses that have already been searched, those three men may
be cut off at any moment. They cannot wait where they are at present, no more can they show themselves on the
streets without residential passes. If you can help me to borrow three passes for them, I myself will walk with them as
far as the wire enclosure and bring the passes back to you."
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (107 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[257]
[258]
[259]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
F. whistled, called her "plucky," but thought the whole thing far too risky.
"You would all be taken near the wire fence," he said, "and what about the men who would be without their passes
while you had them?"
"They must not show themselves," she said.
"And if they are found in their homes?"
"Oh!" she cried impatiently, "they must be willing to risk something too."
"Have you thought of any one?" he asked.
"Yes, I have thought of D. and G., if you will bring them to me. Fetch them, F. I'll go and tell the men to wait for the
passes. You will find me at your gate."
"But then you would have only two passes, Hansie."
She looked earnestly into his eyes, and he turned away without a word.
He went off in one direction and Hansie in another, and when she reached Mrs. Malan's house she was told that the
three men had decided to risk the dangers of the street and to leave immediately. In this they were impelled, not so
much by the consideration of their own safety, as the thought of the perils to which they exposed the Malans by
remaining in their house. When Hansie told them she was procuring residential passes for them, they held a short
consultation and eventually decided to wait another half-hour. With passes in their pockets they would be
comparatively safe.
Promising to come back immediately, Hansie rushed to F.'s rooms, where she met him coming through the gate with
D. and G.
"F.," she whispered, "be quick. They are on the point of leaving."
He drew her aside and said: "I am very sorry, Hansie. The fellows refuse to lend you their passes."
"Refuse!" she echoed in miserable incredulity. "Refuse! oh Heaven, and this means life or death to those men! They
cannot appear on the streets to-night without passes."
"It is a great thing to ask, Hansie. You cannot blame them."
"F., I must once again remind you of your promise. Help me now. I am not pleading for myself."
He drew his residential pass from his pocket and placed it in her hand, motioning her to go. She gave him a quick
look of gratitude, but returned the pass with the words, "No good to me unless I have three. Think of something else."
He called to the two other young fellows who were standing moodily apart and ordered them to think.
They thought. Perhaps they would have been standing there thinking still, if F. had not suddenly burst out with:
"Look here, you fellows, it is not safe to stand out here like this, and we are losing time. Let us go into my room and
talk this thing over."
They walked rapidly towards the house, where a number of bachelors lived together, and reached the room
unobserved.
F. drew the blinds, locked the door, and placed Hansie in an easy chair, while he and D. rummaged in a writing-table
for some papers. G. sat on the bed with his long legs stretched out in front of him.
The two young men were whispering together, bending eagerly over some papers they had found.
"This one will do," Hansie heard F. say, "but it will take some time."
"Don't you think I ought to go and tell the men to wait?" she asked.
"No, better not be seen walking in and out here. We will make haste!"
Ah, why did Hansie not obey the warning voice within, and go?
For the next ten minutes nothing was said. The men cut and glued and typed without a word, and the result, when it
was placed in Hansie's hands, was a document exceedingly well-planned and put together.
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (108 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[260]
[261]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
This was what she read:
Military Governor's Office,
Pretoria.
Special Pass
for J.W. Venter, G. Vermaak, and L. Erasmus to be out until
midnight, on Secret Service.
Signed by Major J. Weston,
Assistant Military Governor.
What puzzled her at first sight was the small official crown above, undoubtedly authentic, and the unmistakable
signature of the Major below; but on closer inspection, she observed that the part containing the original letter had
been cut away from the centre, the top part with the heading and the bottom part with the signature being pasted down
on the blank page underneath.
On the middle part of the blank sheet the "Special Pass" was typed, and the whole when completed, with the date
plainly typed underneath, looked like a single sheet of paper folded in three.
Hansie shook hands with them all, and asking G. to go to Harmony to reassure her mother, she sped on her way to
Mrs. Malan's house.
F. called out after her, "If you come back this way, Hansie, I'll wait for you and see you home."
"All right, thank you," the answer came.
It was now past 6 o'clock and nearly dark. Every one else was at supper, and Hansie flew through the deserted streets
with apprehension at her heart.
She was met at the gate by Mrs. Malan, wringing her hands and crying out:
"Oh, where have you been so long? Why did you not come sooner? They've gone!"
Then Hansie felt inclined to lie down and die.
Fortunately there was no time for that.
There was still something to be done, and, with the precious paper clasped to her heart, she could at least pursue the
men. Perhaps she could overtake them before evil should befall them.
"What direction did they take, and how many of them are there?" she asked.
"Four," Mrs. Malan answered. "One has a residential pass. If they are held up, the other three will escape while he
pretends to be searching for it. Go over the Sunnyside bridge and call 'Jasper' when you see four men——"
Without waiting to hear more, Hansie turned and ran, stopping only a moment at F.'s gate to call out his name. She
did not wait to see whether he had heard, but ran again, and he, sauntering towards the gate a moment later on the
look-out for her, saw her flying form just disappearing in the darkness.
"Something has evidently gone wrong," he muttered, and he, too, in his turn began to run, pursuing the figure of the
girl as she sped after the Secret Service men.
She did not stop when he caught up with her, pulling her arm through his, but ran on, telling him in brief sentences
what had happened.
Every few yards she called, "Jasper! Jasper!" in the vain hope that this might bring the fugitives forward, should they
have concealed themselves behind the trees along the road.
Poor Hansie was becoming thoroughly exhausted, when suddenly, as they neared the Sunnyside bridge, four men
under the electric light became plainly visible.
"You must run again, Hansie," F. said, and putting his arm around her, he literally carried her along.
Alas! the figures proved to be four Kaffirs coming towards them, and, with a broken sob, Hansie realised that all their
efforts were in vain.
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (109 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[262]
ToC
[263]
[264]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
It was no use running now.
Sunnyside was badly lit, and one could barely see two yards ahead, so the plotters walked slowly to Harmony,
encouraging one another with the thought that the men must already be beyond the outskirts of the town.
"We have heard no shots, and that is a good sign," Hansie said, "for the men were armed, and in the event of a
surprise they meant to fight for their lives."
CHAPTER XXIX
A WAR-BABY AND A CURIOUS CHRISTENING
As far as was known, no men were arrested that night.
The man who had escorted the spies through Sunnyside and over the railway line, the dauntless van der Westhuizen
with the bandaged arm, had left them not far from the wire enclosure, and had then waited some time, listening for
sounds of commotion.
As no shots had broken the stillness of the night, he had every reason to believe that they had escaped with their lives.
For some weeks there was a "lull in spies." But there was no lack of other sensations, for September 1901 will ever be
remembered as one of the most trying months throughout the year of the war.
It reminded one of that September month before war was declared, when the air was filled with the sweet, penetrating
odour of orange-blossoms and many hearts were torn with the agony of suspense and a feeling of impending disaster.
Again the orange trees were in full bloom, bringing back to one's senses the remembrance of past suffering, and the
full realisation of present horror and unrest.
The great weeping-willows were showing their first mysterious tinge of pale yellowish green, and Hansie, watching
them, wondered what developments would have taken place before those overhanging branches would be crowned
with the full beauty of midsummer. September 1901 was a month of proclamations and peace negotiations, all of
which "ended in smoke."
After General Botha's visit to Pretoria the Boers concentrated their forces around the capital, strong commandos
under General Botha, de la Rey, Beyers, and Viljoen. It was said that there were quite 6,000 troops in town awaiting
developments, and Hansie coming home one evening, surprised her mother by saying that "Khaki was in the deuce of
a funk!"
Her mother remonstrated with her, expressing her strong disapproval of such language, but Hansie only laughed.
"I was told so in town, mother. The enemy seems to expect our people to sweep through the town, if only to release
our prisoners. How I wish they would come and carry off some of our splendid men in the jail and Rest Camp!"
The fate of the Committee men had not yet been decided.
As they were kept in solitary confinement and naturally not allowed to hold communication with any of their friends,
nothing was known at the time of the troubles undergone by them, and it was some years after the war before Hansie
came into full possession of the facts.
Ten men in all had been taken that night, the five members of the Committee and five other men in their service, and
they were kept separate, not being allowed to see one another during the sixteen days of their imprisonment in the
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (110 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[265]
[266]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
Pretoria jail.
Now, the remarkable part about this story is, that though nothing had been arranged between these men in the event
of an arrest, no line of action agreed upon by them by which they could safely guard themselves and their friends,
they one and all adopted the same policy under the severe cross-questioning to which they were subjected in their
cells.
My readers must understand that trials under martial law are not necessarily conducted with the ordinary formalities
of a court of justice; in fact, in the case of these men it cannot be said that there was a trial at all, for they were crossquestioned in their cells apart, and without witnesses.
They never saw the light of day except for a ten-minutes' exercise in the prison-yard every morning; and, on
comparing notes afterwards, they found that they had been subjected to the same treatment undergone by the
unfortunate men who had turned King's evidence and who had been the cause of their undoing. To some of them the
death sentence was read at night, with a promise of pardon if they betrayed the names of their fellow-conspirators in
town, and sometimes they were visited in their cells by officers who informed them that one or other of their fellowprisoners had "given away the show."
"You may safely speak out now, for we know everything. So-and-so has turned King's evidence." But these brave
men saw through the ruse, and steadfastly refused to sell their honour for their lives. With one accord they answered,
"So-and-so may have given you information, but I know nothing."
They were subjected to severe treatment, half-starved, threatened, told that they were condemned to death, and then
severely left alone with the sword hanging over their heads—to no avail. Not a word of information was wrung from
them, no murmur of complaint crossed their lips.
This lasted sixteen days, and during that time they suffered intensely, the food being unfit for consumption and their
surroundings filthy beyond words. As I have said before, there were among their number men physically unfit for
hardships like these.
Mr. Willem Botha was one of them, and as the days dragged on, the headaches with which he was afflicted became
more frequent and increased in violence.
He feared that he would lose his reason and, in losing it, betray all to his jailers, and he was consumed with anxiety
for his wife.
After the first shock of his arrest, he was suddenly overwhelmed with the recollection that he had forgotten to destroy
the slip of paper on which the message concerning the Boer traitor in the Free State had been conveyed to him
through a prisoner in the Rest Camp. He tried to remember what he had done with it, but in vain. Each day found him
torn with anxiety, searching his memory for the threads of recollection, broken in the stress of the last stirring events
before his arrest. Suddenly one day it flashed across his mind that he had pushed the slip of paper between the tattered
leaves of an old hymn-book.
Bitterly he reproached himself with his unpardonable negligence. That slip of paper, containing injunctions to the
Committee to convey information of such a serious character to the Boer leaders, would be sufficient proof against
him and his fellows. No other evidence would be required to bring them to their death, if it had fallen into the hands
of the enemy.
The unfortunate man, in his prison cell, prayed for deliverance, not only for himself, but for the trusty comrades who
would be exposed to such deadly peril by this, his one act of indiscretion.
The weary days dragged on.
Suffering, not to be described by words, was the daily portion of this man.
His fellow-prisoners shared the same fate, with one exception.
Mr. Hattingh in his prison cell, who had been taken in his deacon's frock-coat that Sunday night, reaped the rewards
of the sagacity he had displayed on the occasion of the visit to his house of the Judas-Boer.
There was a marked difference in the treatment he received at the hands of his jailers. He was not once condemned to
death, and he was hardly cross-questioned during the entire term of his imprisonment—better food, kinder treatment
being accorded him than to any of his fellows, as he found on comparing notes with them afterwards.
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (111 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[267]
[268]
[269]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
It was quite evident that he was the only man about whose guilt the enemy was in a certain amount of doubt.
His family, too, was privileged, his wife being allowed a few days' grace to sell her household goods before she was
conveyed to a camp with her children, while the families of the other men were instantly removed and their homes
taken into possession by the English.
If the enemy had only known it, Mr. Hattingh, who was known for his uprightness and moral integrity, had no
intention of perjuring himself in the witness-box, but had fully made up his mind to confess his complicity and to face
his death like a man and a patriot.
There is no doubt that this brave man would have been endowed with the required courage to uphold his word when
the hour came, but it is equally certain that no word of accusation in evidence against his fellow-conspirators would
have been wrung from his lips.
When at the end of the sixteen days no proof of their guilt had been found, their captors, recognising and appreciating
their staunch fidelity and unswerving loyalty, removed them from their cells in the dreary jail to the Rest Camp,
where they were able to enjoy the privileges of the ordinary prisoners of war, and refreshing intercourse with their
brothers from the field.
But before they were admitted to the Rest Camp they were brought one by one into the presence of a British officer,
who pompously read their sentence to them.
How the other men passed through their interview with him I do not know, but Mr. Hattingh's story, told in his own
words, runs thus:
After a few questions had been put, the British officer said to him:
"You have been found guilty of high treason, but Lord Kitchener has been kind enough to commute your sentence to
banishment as prisoner of war."
"But how could you find me guilty?" Mr. Hattingh asked. "I have never been tried."
"Be silent," the officer commanded sternly. "You have nothing to say."
Mr. Hattingh says he was only too glad to "be silent," and betook himself to the Rest Camp with alacrity.
During the weeks of their imprisonment in the jail those at Harmony were not living in a bed of roses.
Of Willie Botha's loyalty they never had a doubt, but the other men were unknown to them, and they knew that all
were aware of the part played by them in the Secret Service. And even if they were not betrayed by one of the
prisoners, it was a mystery that they had not been betrayed with them.
Many of their friends, the families of the men in jail, had been sent to Camps or across the border, and no one was
more surprised at finding themselves still in Pretoria than Mrs. van Warmelo and her daughter.
They felt the strain, the uncertainty of their position keenly, and throughout those weeks they were obliged to conceal
from their good friends, the Consuls and their families, the danger to which they were exposed and the intense anxiety
with which they were filled, not only on their own account, but for those brave men in the Pretoria jail.
Towards the end of September, when the prisoners had been removed to the Rest Camp, a baby-girl was born in
Willie Botha's house.
The mother had been left undisturbed in her home, a consideration for which she and all who were concerned for her
were devoutly grateful, and now she had passed through the portals of Gethsemane and the wide gates of Eden, in the
bitter-sweet experiences of motherhood.
The news of the birth of a daughter was duly conveyed to Willie Botha in the Rest Camp, with a request to the
authorities to allow him to visit his wife and see his child before leaving South Africa's shores for Bermuda.
Permission was granted for a two-hours' visit.
An armed soldier escorted him to his home and sat outside, under the verandah, drinking coffee and enjoying the
good things with which he had been provided, while, inside, his prisoner, speechless with emotion, knelt beside the
mother's bed, showering kisses on the tiny feet of his infant daughter.
When the first greetings were over Mr. Botha said:
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (112 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[270]
[271]
[272]
ToC
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
"Wife, what became of that old hymn-book which was standing on the shelf in the dining-room?"
"I don't know," she answered; "I suppose it was taken away by Elliot with all the other books and papers."
"Elliot!" he muttered between his teeth.
"Elliot, betrayer of friends, and Judas-Boer!"
This man had been intimately known to them all, had, in fact, for many months lived with his wife and family, as
guest and friend, under the hospitable roof of Mr. and Mrs. Hattingh, at whose hands they received innumerable acts
of love and kindness.
Elliot was the man by whom the members of the Secret Committee were arrested that Sunday night.
Verily it can be said of him—
"For it was not an enemy that reproached me; then I could have borne it; neither was it he that hated me that did
magnify himself against me; then I would have hid myself from him. But it was thou, a man my equal, my guide, and
my acquaintance. We took sweet counsel together, and walked unto the house of God in company."
The occasion of Willie Botha's visit having been made to serve at the same time as a christening, there were quiet,
sacred rejoicings when the minister, who had in the meantime arrived, performed the ceremony.
As soon as the service was over Mr. Botha walked rapidly to the dining-room and glanced over the empty bookshelves. Nothing there!
He stood on tiptoe for a moment, surveying the topmost shelf, and was about to turn away disappointed, when his eye
fell on the tattered psalm-book, lying unnoticed in a corner of the shelf.
He could hardly believe his eyes! He pounced on the book, turning over the pages in the greatest agitation and
suspense.
The fateful slip of paper fell into his hands!
Triumphantly he marched back to his wife's bedroom and held the magic paper before her astonished eyes, telling her
of the sleepless nights and days of suspense he had endured through it.
With unspeakable thankfulness in their hearts, they then and there reduced the fragment of paper to ashes, thanking
God for His wonderful deliverance.
But the hour of parting was now at hand—and over this, good reader, we must draw the veil.
On their way back to the Rest Camp the armed escort, becoming confidential, positively assured his charge that peace
would be proclaimed before October 10th. The "Powers" had intervened, he said, and the English were leaving the
country!
He was an Irishman.
CHAPTER XXX
FORMING A NEW COMMITTEE
Not until it became positively known at Harmony, towards the middle of October, that the members of the Secret
Committee had been sent away to Bermuda, did Mrs. van Warmelo and Hansie breathe freely again.
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (113 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[273]
[274]
[275]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
The suspense of five full weeks was over at last, a suspense not to be described, and never to be forgotten by those
who endured it.
It did not seem possible to grasp the fact that those brave men had escaped with their lives, and Hansie, looking up at
the stars that night, felt that she had learnt something of unspeakable value in the relief and gratitude with which that
period of concentrated suffering had been followed.
Carlo looked up at the stars too, for he invariably followed his young mistress's gaze, but on this occasion, seeing
nothing unusual in that vast expanse, he stood up on his hind legs before her and gave a short bark of inquiry.
"They have gone, Carlo," she said. "I know you won't believe it, but they have really gone, and if 'Gentleman Jim'
knew anything about this, he would surely say, 'I 'spose their time hadn't come yet, little missie.' That's it, Carlo. Their
time had not come yet. But they have left things in a fearful muddle, and we will have to work as we never worked
before. The first thing to be done to-morrow morning will be——"
She stopped suddenly—not even to her faithful Carlo could she confide the secret plan which she had made for
reorganising and re-establishing on a safer footing the Secret Service of the Boers in town.
She would form a new Committee, of five women this time, who would carry on the work on the same lines which
had been adopted by the Secret Committee, and this plan, when she unfolded it to her mother that night, was received
with warm approval.
The first and last meeting was held at Harmony on October 15th and was attended by Mrs. Malan, Mrs. Armstrong,
Mrs. Honey, Mrs. van Warmelo, and Hansie, who was appointed secretary.
Bound together by the sacred oath of fidelity and secrecy, these five women vowed to serve their country and people,
as an organised body of workers, as long as they had the power to do so.
On the occasion of his next visit to the capital Captain Naudé was to be informed of the formation of the new
Committee, but for the rest its very existence was to be kept a dead secret.
Mrs. van Warmelo told the members that she was in a position to communicate with the President in Holland by
every mail, and that the methods employed by her would be revealed to them after the war. With this they expressed
themselves satisfied, willingly leaving the matter of sending away dispatches from the field in Mrs. van Warmelo's
capable hands.
It was felt that the greatest responsibility resting on them at the time was to have a suitable place of refuge ready to
receive the Captain when next he entered the town.
There was no house free from suspicion since the arrest of the Committee, except—except—Harmony!
Harmony, surrounded as it was by British officers and their staffs, by British troops and Military Mounted Police—
Harmony was at last chosen as the most suitable, the only spot in Pretoria in which the Captain of the Secret Service
could be harboured with any degree of safety.
It was arranged that he would immediately be brought to Harmony when he came again, and in the meantime the
Committee would be on the look-out for an opportunity to send a warning and instructions out to him not to approach
the houses hitherto frequented by him.
For many weeks no spies belonging to his set came into town. No war news of any description reached his friends,
except one day the information, conveyed we know not how, of the safe arrival at the Skurvebergen of young Els, the
spy who had been fired upon and was missing from his companions on that eventful September 12th. That this news
gave his relatives and friends great joy and relief after the intense anxiety gone through on his account, my readers
will readily understand.
The discovery of the White Envelope was not always a source of unmixed satisfaction.
One of them, containing news of the betrayal and arrest of the Committee, and sent to Alphen in the ordinary way,
failed to reach its destination. This caused the senders so much anxiety that for some time they did not dare risk the
sending of another. The letter might have fallen into the hands of the censors and the secret be discovered by them, in
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (114 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[276]
[277]
[278]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
which event they were probably waiting quietly to catch up further information.
It may have been only a coincidence, but at this time the plotters at Harmony observed that the censorship on their
post had been withdrawn altogether.
They knew only too well what this meant! And their hearts sank when they thought of the White Envelope!
It meant, good reader, that there was a most disquieting increase in the vigilance of the censor; it meant that their
letters were opened by steam, to throw them off their guard, and to encourage them to write with greater frankness to
their absent friends.
Mother and daughter felt the hair rising on their heads when they thought of one of their precious White Envelopes
being subjected to a treatment of steam by the censor, and of his exultation on beholding the result.
As the days went by, their dread of him and his evil machinations increased, for hardly a letter reached them that did
not betray traces of his handiwork—or unhandiwork, for he was not always judicious in the quantity of glue used by
him in reclosing the envelopes. He should have been a little more economical in the use of Government property if he
really wished to hoodwink his enemies, and he would have saved Mrs. van Warmelo the trouble of damping the
envelopes afterwards where they stuck, on the inside, to the letters.
While the steaming process was being carried on at the General Post Office, no White Envelopes were taken to the
censor, but they were posted at Johannesburg by friends, and in this way the distant correspondents were warned of
danger, until it became evident that the steam-censorship had been withdrawn and the old reassuring order of things
been established once more.
A week or two later another White Envelope from Holland reached Harmony in safety, by which it was known that
the secret was still undiscovered, but the fate of the missing envelope remained a mystery to the end, and was a
constant reminder and warning to the conspirators to be careful in the use of their priceless secret.
I am sure the Post Office officials had plenty to do during the war, but there is no doubt that their labours were
considerably lightened by the "smugglers" who chose to dispense with the services of the censors entirely. And then
we must not forget the activities of the spies and of their fellow-workers in town.
Quite a large private postal service was carried on by them, as we all know, and every week, before the entry into
Pretoria became so difficult and dangerous, hundreds of letters were carried backwards and forwards, to and from the
commandos.
One man in town was in the habit of receiving great batches of these smuggled letters, which he distributed to the
various addresses, until one day he was very nearly caught. He had just received a packet of communications "from
the front" and had opened it on his writing-table in his quiet study, when the doors were opened unceremoniously and
some officials entered with a warrant to search his house. Carpets were taken up, walls were tapped, furniture was
overturned and examined, books were removed from their shelves and every cranny inspected with the greatest
thoroughness, but the pile of letters lying open on his writing-table, over which they had found him bending when
they entered the room, was passed over without so much as a glance.
This may sound a bit unreal, unlikely, but there are similar cases on record, which we know to be true beyond a
doubt, and one of these I must relate, because it so closely concerned our friends at Harmony and so very nearly
proved to be their undoing. They did not know it at the time, but were told by Mrs. Cloete, after the war, that she had
sent all their uncensored, their "smuggled" letters, to her friend at Capetown, Mrs. Koopmans de Wet, with
instructions to read and return them to her as soon as possible, which Mrs. Koopmans had done, with the alarming
news that her house had been thoroughly searched for documents while the pile of letters was lying open on her
writing-table.
The authorities must have been "struck blind," she had said, for though they had overhauled the place and had taken
away with them every suspicious-looking document, they had passed and repassed the papers on her table without a
word and with nothing more than a superficial glance.
This information had alarmed Mrs. Cloete so much that she had immediately packed every incriminating letter and all
her White Envelopes into a tin, which she secretly buried, with the help of her German nurse, under one of the trees at
Alphen.
And there they, or what is left of them after ten years, still lie, for the spot has never again been found, although every
effort was made to do so.
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (115 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
[279]
CHAPTER XXXI
ToC
[280]
"TEA FOR TWO"
It was at the time when the northern territories were being swept by the enemy for the first time that Mrs. van
Warmelo heard that a relative of hers had been put over the border, and was staying with her husband at the Grand
Hotel in Pretoria.
She therefore asked Hansie to call at the hotel to inquire whether she could be of any assistance to them in their
trouble, and Hansie donned her prettiest frock that very afternoon on her "calling" expedition, Carlo walking with
unusual sedateness by her side.
"We'll go and see General Maxwell too this afternoon, Carlo," she said, "and see whether we can get that permit.
Always put on your best clothes when you go to the Military Governor, my boy. You'll find that Tommy Atkins never
keeps you waiting then."
Arrived at the hotel, she suddenly remembered that she had forgotten her young relative's name, and did not know
whom to ask for.
She was waited upon by a hall-porter, who watched her with a face of stolid patience while she searched her memory
for the forgotten name.
At last she said: "The lady I want was a Miss Maré, but she has married an Englishman since last I saw her, and I
have forgotten his name. Can you tell me whether there is a young couple with a baby, from Zoutpansberg, staying at
the hotel?"
"I'll find out, miss."
He came back with the information that there were four young couples from Zoutpansberg, each with a baby.
Hansie wondered that he did not smile.
"Are they all in?" she asked.
"Some are in and some are out," he said.
Suddenly he seemed to wake up.
"Would it be any help if I told you their names?" he inquired.
"Yes, indeed," she exclaimed; "I would know the name at once if I heard it."
He brought her the book in which the names of visitors were entered, and read one name after the other slowly.
"That's it," Hansie said. "Knevitt! Is Mrs. Knevitt in?"
"No, miss, she is out, and I happen to know that she is leaving again soon. They only arrived yesterday. They were
put over the border by the Boers."
"I don't understand," Hansie answered.
"Don't you see, miss? The Boers are still in possession of Pietersburg, and Mr. Knevitt, as a British subject, has been
put over the border."
"Oh yes, I see. Well, will you please give these cards to Mrs. Knevitt when she comes in?"
Once on the street, Hansie again addressed herself to her faithful companion:
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (116 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[281]
[282]
[283]
ToC
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
"It is not hard to believe that the world is turning round, Carlo, when one has to believe that Pretoria is the other side
of one's own border. I wonder what our next sensation is to be."
She was soon to find out.
The Military Governor was engaged, and she was shown into the office of an under official, a tall, fair man whose
name she did not catch.
She was politely asked to take a seat and the nature of her business inquired into.
The tall, fair man bent over some papers he had before him and toyed with a gold pencil, while she stated her case as
clearly and concisely as she could.
He asked her a few questions, with long pauses in between, and again bent over his papers, making pencil marks and
turning the pages over slowly.
The silvery chime of a tiny clock told the hour of five.
"You—er—will have some tea?"
"No, thank you," surprised.
A moment's silence, then he pressed an electric bell at his right hand.
An immaculate "Buttons" instantly appeared.
"Tea for two," the officer commanded, without raising his head.
Buttons disappeared, to return in an incredibly short time, bearing aloft a well-appointed tête-à-tête.
When he had withdrawn, the hospitable officer, of whom it could well be said that "he had a teapot in his soul,"
poured out two cups of tea with an abstracted air, pushed one towards Hansie with his right hand, while he slowly
stirred his own with his left.
"Have some tea," he said persuasively.
There was no answer, and he again bent over the work with which he was occupied.
Hansie got up quietly and left the room, but she had not gone many yards in the long corridor before she became
aware of hurried footsteps following.
It was the tall officer, very straight now, who called out to her:
"Stop, stop a moment. Where are you going?"
Without turning round she replied:
"To General Maxwell. He never keeps me waiting," and walked on rapidly.
"Don't go," he implored. "Come back to my office. I have your permits quite ready for you. I was busy with them all
the time."
She turned round slowly and walked back with him to his office.
"Thank you very much," she said as she took the papers from his hand.
He opened the door for her with exaggerated courtesy, and she went on her way, brimming over with delight.
"I missed two teas this afternoon, but I got my permits and came off with flying colours," she confided to her dumb
companion. "Let us go home and tell the mother all about it, Carlo mine."
CHAPTER XXXII
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (117 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[284]
[285]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
KIDNAPPING MAUSER THE KITTEN
One afternoon when Mrs. van Warmelo and Hansie were returning home, as they passed the house occupied by one
of the biggest "lords" in the British Army, they saw an exquisite black kitten sitting on the steps leading from the
street to the garden.
Such a kitten! Coal black she was, except for a snowy shirt front and four dainty, snow-white paws.
A delicate ribbon of pale blue satin was fastened in a bow round her neck, and she blinked at the passers-by in
friendly consciousness of her superior beauty.
"Oh, you darling!" Hansie exclaimed. "I wish you belonged to me!"
"She does," Mrs. van Warmelo answered, and stooping, she picked up the unresisting kitten and placed it in her
daughter's arms.
It was done in a moment and was meant for a joke, but Hansie took the matter seriously and walked on, rapturously
caressing her small "trophy of the war."
"Hansie, put that cat down," Mrs. van Warmelo said, looking anxiously up and down the street.
"No indeed, mother; you gave her to me."
"You know very well I did not mean you to keep her. I decline to have anything more to do with the matter."
She walked rapidly on and Hansie followed in some uncertainty, but holding on to her new-found treasure as if her
life depended upon it.
Soon she caught up with her indignant parent and said in a conciliatory tone of voice:
"Surely, mother, you don't suppose I would steal a cat from any one else! But Lord —— is trying to take my country,
why should I not take his cat?"
"Two wrongs never made one right," her mother answered, "but do as you please. You always do."
Hansie kept that kitten and, after Carlo, loved it better than any other pet, and even Mrs. van Warmelo relented as she
watched the playful creature hiding in the shadows and springing out at every passer-by.
"What are you going to call her?" she asked her daughter.
"Oh, I don't know. Perhaps I'll go and ask Lord —— what he called her."
She stopped, observing her mother's frown, and then went on:
"We must think of a name, a nice, appropriate war name."
A few moments later the kitten crept into a corner, with a small mouse held firmly between her jaws.
"Oh, mother, look, she has caught a mouse already. She is going to be a splendid mouser. And oh, now I have a name
for her. We'll call her 'Mauser,' mother dear!"
So be it. "Mauser" is her name, and hereafter she may be seen invariably in Hansie's company, a welcome addition to
the small, harmonious family.
Perched on Hansie's shoulder as she sat reading under the verandah, or purring round her as she lay under the trees,
with Carlo watching by her side, Mauser was ever to be found where her young mistress was; and when the latter
went to town she and Carlo were invariably escorted to the gate by the faithful Mauser, who again welcomed them on
their return.
This kidnapping episode had taken place a few months after the British entry into Pretoria.
A full year had gone by; and Mauser, the kitten, had developed into a beautiful full-grown cat and was the mother of
five mischievous little ones, grey-striped and very wild, for whom she had made a home in a deep hollow in the trunk
of one of the big weeping-willows, the very tree under which "Gentleman Jim" had built his small kitchen of
corrugated iron.
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (118 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[286]
[287]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
It is a stormy night in November 1901, a month remembered by all for the violence and frequency of its storms.
Hansie is bending over her diary, trying to make her entries between the crashes with which the house is shaken.
Her mother is lying on a couch near by; her tired eyes are closed, but she is not asleep. Who could sleep in such a
storm?
Perhaps we may be allowed to look over the writer's shoulder.
"Nov. 8th, Friday, 10 o'clock p.m.
"And this terrific storm has been raging for hours! It seems incredible.
"It was the same last night and the night before. As I write, the roar of thunder never once breaks off, peal after peal,
crash after crash, vivid, dazzling flashes of lightning, torrents of rain mixed with hail, and a howling wind.
"Such a night is never to be forgotten.
"One is thrilled and impressed by its magnificence, by its awful grandeur and its majesty, and yet I think one would
go mad if it continued for any length of time.
"I feel as if I am going mad with the thought of our thousands and thousands of women and tender little children
exposed to all this fury....
"Where is the God of pity to-night?
"Surely not in our desolate land, not in our ruined homes—not in South Africa!
"The fourth storm within a few hours, each more violent than the last, is just approaching, and this one threatens to
surpass the others in unabated fury.
"The Lord hath turned His face from us.
"The hand of the Lord is laid heavily upon us. His ear is deaf to our cries and supplications. I cannot write, my soul is
crushed by the sorrow, suffering, and sin around me....
"I feel better now, but the struggle has been great....
"At the front, fierce blows have been struck lately. Our men are fighting as they never fought before....
"How the storm rages on! In my sheltered home, safe from the fury of the elements, I think I suffer more than the
women under canvas, for their sakes....
"The letter I have before me must be answered now. He asks me to bind myself to him definitely....
"I have decided to do so. It is a weighty step, and God knows....
"But I have long prayed for guidance, and it seems to me clear enough that we are destined for one another.
"So to-night, in this raging storm, with a heart filled with the desolation of land and people, the blackness of the
present, the hopeless misery of the future, I am going to write the words which will bind me for ever to L.E.B.
"Strange betrothal! Strange sequel to a stormy life!
"But perhaps—perhaps, the future holds something for me of calm and peace...."
With throbbing brow she went out into the night to watch the storm, from a sheltered corner under the verandah.
Nothing fascinated her so much.
Suddenly a blinding flash, accompanied by a sound like the sharp cracking of a whip and instantly followed by a
deafening roar of thunder, drove her to her mother's side.
"Are you all right, mother? That bolt fell very near. I thought it struck the house."
"It was frightfully close," Mrs. van Warmelo answered.
"Come and sit beside me here. I am quite sure one of our big trees has been struck."
She was right, for walking through the demolished garden next morning, they came upon the spot where the bolt had
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (119 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
fallen and found one of the gigantic willow trees furrowed from top to bottom, with the outer bark scorched and
curled up like paper and the white bark showing underneath.
Jim was breaking down his little kitchen with all the speed he could.
[288]
"What are you doing, Jim?" Hansie asked.
"Jim's shifting," was the answer, soberly and sadly made.
"But the storm is over. All the danger is past. You can safely stay on now."
"No fear, little missie. The Big Baas was very cross last night, and when Him cross He don't care what He do. Jim
want to live a little longer."
Hansie laughed.
"I wonder where Mauser could have been with her kittens last night!" she exclaimed, putting her hand into the deep
hollow of the tree. "The nest is empty. Do you know, Jim?"
"No, little Missie. I 'spose Mauser's time had not come yet," he said, with stolid philosophy.
"I suppose not."
But alas, alas! Mauser's time was soon to come, for the soldiers, setting a strong trap to catch a wild cat which was
nightly plundering them of their meat ration, caught Hansie's beloved Mauser instead, killing her instantly.
No reproaches from her mother were added to her keen remorse as she bent over the motherless kittens, whispering:
"I will care for you, as she would have done; but oh, remember this, that honesty is the best policy, and all is not fair
in love and war."
Tragedy was in the air.
[289]
A bee-keeper came to Harmony one morning to help Mrs. van Warmelo to take out honey from the hives, and this
disturbance, combined with the fact that the soldiers had unwisely set up a smithy near the beehives under the row of
blue-gum trees dividing their camp from Harmony, enraged the bees so much with the noise and the smoke and heat
of the smithy fires, that they attacked man and beast in vicious fury.
ToList
THE APIARY, HARMONY.
In a few moments all was confusion.
The servants rushed about frantically, in their endeavours to bring the fowls and calves under shelter in time.
The two women took refuge in the house, closing the doors and windows, while they watched the consternation and
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (120 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[290]
[291]
ToC
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
disorder in the camp.
Fortunately there was only one horse in the smithy at the time, a beautiful chestnut mare belonging to the ProvostMarshal, Major Poore, so Mrs. van Warmelo was told afterwards.
The soldiers seemed to lose their heads entirely. They ran away, not into their tents, but right away into the "koppies"
on the other side of the railway line.
The bee-keeper cut the halter with which the unfortunate horse was tethered to a post, then he too took refuge.
What followed was pitiful to behold and will never be forgotten by the women, helplessly, and as if fascinated by the
scene, watching from their windows.
The infuriated bees, deprived of all other living things on which to wreak their vengeance, turned, in their thousands,
on the hapless mare, which stood unmoved, as horses do, when lashed by hail or panic-stricken under flames.
She made no attempt to save herself, but with bent head and ears laid flat she stood still under the furious attack of
countless bees.
One or two of the men, wrapped up to the eyes in the coats and waistcoats of their comrades, cautiously approached
the mare at their own great peril, and tried with all their strength to move her from the scene.
In vain. As if rooted to the spot she stood, with her four feet planted firmly on the ground, and they desisted in
despair, once more fleeing to the hills.
All day they sat upon the hillside, homeless, many of them hatless, until towards afternoon, when, the fury of the bees
abating, they ventured a return to their tents.
The next day, when the dead mare had been removed for burial, a letter was brought to Mrs. van Warmelo from the
Provost-Marshal, commanding the immediate removal of the beehives to some safer spot in the lower portion of
Harmony.
This was done by degrees, little by little every night, in order to accustom the bees to the change gradually, and there
was never any repetition of the attack.
Hansie, writing to her brother in his prison-fort at Ahmednagar, that his bees had put a valuable English horse out of
action for ever, received in reply a postcard, with the single comment, "My brave bees!"
CHAPTER XXXIII
THE FIRST SPIES AT HARMONY
As we have said, the Committee of women had decided on Harmony as the only safe spot for harbouring Captain
Naudé on his next visit. It was still hemmed in by troops on every side, and, as the weeks went by, and the van
Warmelos became more convinced that their name had not been betrayed with those of the Secret Committee, they
settled down with a sense of peaceful security and prepared themselves once more for the reception of their friends.
Their wonderful "escape" was a topic of daily conversation, and they congratulated themselves over and over again
with not even having been approached by the military and put on their best behaviour.
No promises had been given by them, and they felt free as the birds of the air to continue their work of outwitting the
enemy, whenever occasion presented itself. But occasions were rare now.
As far as was known, there was no longer a spot in the fencework around Pretoria through which a spy could enter
unobserved, and no word or sign had been received from the brave Captain for more than three months. By this they
knew that he had been informed of the calamities which had befallen his friends in town.
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (121 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[292]
[293]
[294]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
Still they doubted not that he would at least make an attempt to come in again. His friends remembered his once
having said that his keen enjoyment of the perils he underwent was only enhanced by the obstacles which lay in his
way, and when the English thought they had made it quite impossible for any man to cross their lines, it would be his
greatest pleasure to prove how much mistaken they were.
There was no vain boasting in the quiet and natural way in which he made these remarks, and they were remembered
with a strong conviction that he would keep his word. But still it was realised that his greatest difficulty would not be
so much his entrance into the town as his perplexity when once he found himself there.
He would not know where to go. His friends had been banished, their houses were occupied by the enemy, and as yet
he did not know of the existence of the new Committee. Sending out word to him was impossible.
No man could risk the unknown dangers of leaving the town under the present conditions to warn him; no one would
know where to find the Secret Service Corps in the field. His friends decided to possess their souls in patience,
trusting in the capabilities of the wily Captain and knowing full well that if any one could find a way out, or in, he
would.
He did not disappoint them, and they might have known that on this occasion everything he did would be exactly
opposed to his former methods.
It was to be a time of surprises for every one.
Hansie and her mother were just talking about the Captain and regretting the appearance of the young moon—which
meant under ordinary circumstances, no spies in town—and wondering how much longer they would be able to
endure their suspense—wondering, too, how they would communicate with the Commander in future and longing for
reliable news from the field—when the unexpected happened.
At break of day December 17th three travellers entered the town, travel-stained, torn, and weary. They walked boldly
through the streets of Pretoria in the dim light of a summer's dawn, and what their destination was we shall see
presently.
The van Warmelos were having supper that night at 8 o'clock when the door opened unceremoniously and Flippie's
shock head was thrust in.
"There are two ladies looking for Harmony," he said. "They are at the front gate and want to see you."
Hansie immediately went out and met two girls, strangers to her, coming up the garden-path.
"Good evening," she said. "Do you wish to see my mother?"
"Who are you?" was the somewhat unexpected but perfectly natural question.
"I am Miss van Warmelo. Do you want any one here?"
"Yes," one of them replied in a hurried and mysterious way. "There are two men at your garden gate and they want to
see Mrs. van Warmelo."
"Won't you ask them to come up to the house?" Hansie asked. "You can't very well expect my mother to——"
"Oh yes, she must," the other broke in hurriedly; "it is all right—she knows them. They will tell her themselves what
they want."
"Wait here a moment. I will call my mother."
Hansie had some trouble in persuading her mother to leave the house.
"I am not going down to the gate to see any men," she said. "Let them come up to me."
"They won't, mother. It is no use. There is something behind this. They are either our own spies or the English are
setting a trap for us. Be on your guard, but come out into the garden."
Sorely against her will Mrs. van Warmelo hurried out of the house, where she gave the girls a cool and haughty
reception, saying:
"I don't understand this. Will you be good enough to ask your friends to come up to my house if they wish to speak to
me?" And with that she turned back to the house alone.
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (122 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[295]
[296]
[297]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
Girl No. 1 said, "I think I had better go and fetch them, they are waiting near the wire fence," and walked rapidly
down the path, while Hansie followed slowly with girl No. 2, asking many questions, but getting none but the most
unsatisfactory replies.
When they reached the gate, girl No. 1 had disappeared altogether and there was no sign of the men. Hansie thought
this very suspicious, and was about to turn to her companion with an impatient remark, when she suddenly said
something about going to look for girl No. 1 and disappeared too, leaving Hansie standing alone at the gate with her
troubled reflections.
Men and girls had now disappeared for good it seemed, and, after what seemed an endless time of waiting, she
decided to go back to the house, when she was suddenly joined by her mother, now thoroughly alarmed.
"It must be a trap, dear mother," she whispered. "I can't make it out. Ah, here is some one coming at last"—but then
her heart stood still, for a tall English officer, with helmet on and armed to the teeth, advanced, saluting the two ladies
in the pale light of the young moon.
"Naudé," he whispered, stretching out his hands to them.
Captain Naudé in an English officer's uniform! Thank God, thank God!
In a moment all was happy confusion.
The Captain introduced his corporal, Venter, warmly took leave of girls No. 1 and 2, thanking them gratefully for
services rendered by them that night, and then the four people sauntered up to the house, talking loudly as they passed
the sergeant-major's tin "villa" on the other side of the fence.
The glimpse Hansie caught of the good man, calmly sitting inside, smoking his pipe and reading, little dreaming that
his arch enemies were within a stone's throw of his peaceful abode, added a delightful thrill to the sensations
experienced by her that night.
Very little was said when once they got inside. The hostesses took in the condition of the starved and exhausted
heroes at a glance and busied themselves with preparations for a feast, while the men stretched themselves on the
sofas in the dining-room. When Mrs. van Warmelo had lit the fire in the kitchen and set the kettle on to boil, Hansie
opened the windows of the drawing-room as wide as possible, lit the lamps and candles, and opening the piano,
played some "loud music" for the edification of the sergeant-major.
"I've made him understand that we have visitors," she said, laughing, when she got back to the dining-room. "He will
quite understand the all-pervading smell of coffee, even if he can't account for the ham and eggs at this time of night."
Home-made bread, butter, and preserves, rusks, cold plum-pudding, and fruit completed the repast—and how the men
tucked in! They were so bruised and worn-out that they could hardly sit up straight to eat, and when they had each
"forced a square meal into a round stomach" they once more stretched themselves out on the sofas, supremely content
with their pipes.
Mother and daughter sat beside them talking until nearly midnight.
"Tell me" (Hansie began at the end)—"tell me where you disappeared to from our gate. I can't quite forgive you the
nasty fright you gave us. You might have come straight up to the house."
"Well," Naudé answered, "I did not know whether you were still in town and alone at home, and we could not risk
finding you with visitors. While we were at the gate some of the Military Mounted Police passed and we thought it
safer to go for a walk. Unfortunately we walked right into their camp, and before we knew where we were, we were
falling over their tent-ropes, and in our hurry to escape from them we found ourselves before the house of the Military
Governor, where the sentinels on guard saluted me most respectfully. I can't tell you how glad we were to find you
waiting for us when we came back to the gate." The diary shrinks from the attempt to describe the thrilling adventures
these men had to relate, their hairbreadth escapes, their hardships, privations, and fatigue.
They sat talking with them far into the night, their hostesses hung on every word, their hearts full of admiration and
respect for men so brave, so strong and calm, facing death a thousand times without flinching, looking their troubles
philosophically in the face, trusting implicitly in their God.
The faith of Captain Naudé was sublime.
By degrees they got the story of their entering into the town from them.
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (123 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[298]
[299]
[300]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
It seemed that at this time Pretoria was so well guarded that it was almost impossible for the wiliest of spies to pass
through the sentries unobserved, but, after much cautious inspection, one single unguarded spot had been found, the
drift of the Aapies River, over which the S.E. railway bridge passed. This drift, which was about twenty feet wide,
was so completely fenced in with a network of barbed wire that it was evidently not considered necessary to place
sentinels there. By throwing over their parcels first and working away the ground for more than an hour under the
barbed wire, the men were able to crawl and wriggle their way through the barrier.
They made it a rule never to clip the wires around the town, because this would betray the route used by them, but out
in the veld no wire fences were spared.
When they had removed the worst traces of dust and dirt from their clothes they walked boldly through the streets,
Naudé in the uniform of an English officer and Venter and Brenckmann, as his orderlies, dressed in khaki.
They were anxious to get under cover before the full light of day overtook them, but none of them knew where
Harmony was, and they actually walked over the lower portion of Harmony's grounds, across the main road and over
the Sunnyside bridge, hiding themselves in the thick poplar bushes beside the river. Here three Kaffir police sprang
up and saluted Naudé as he passed. But for his uniform, he and his men would have been lost.
After a short consultation it was decided that Brenckmann should risk walking through the town in daylight to his
home in Arcadia and send some one in the evening to escort Naudé and Venter to Harmony.
The two men had a terrible day in the bush, lying as flat as possible in the choking heat, without food and nothing to
drink but a little filthy water in a hole near by.
When night fell Brenckmann sent his sister, with one of Venter's, to their hiding-place, and then the search for
Harmony began. It was the unsuspecting Flippie, lounging about the streets after his day's work was done, who gave
the required information and volunteered to show them the way.
Before they retired for the night Naudé took Mrs. van Warmelo's hand, and, looking earnestly into her face, said:
"Do you know what it means to harbour me? There is a heavy price on my head, and in the event of an attack I do not
mean to be taken alive. There will be a fight under your roof. I am well armed"—he tapped his revolvers
significantly; "it means confiscation of your property and imprisonment for you and your daughter. Are you prepared
for this? If not, say the word; it is not yet too late for us to seek refuge elsewhere."
"You are heartily welcome here," she replied, "and if it comes to fighting——"
"We have arms too," Hansie broke in, "a revolver and a pocket-pistol. It will not be the first time that Boer women
have fought side by side with their men——" She stopped in some confusion, suddenly remembering General
Maxwell and the permits he had given her.
"I fervently hope there will be no fighting," she continued. "I am sure there will not be. There are too many troops
lying around Harmony, we shall never be suspected of harbouring spies; but if we should be surprised in the night,
don't begin shooting at once. We have a hiding-place for you."
Mrs. van Warmelo led the way to her bedroom, where the men were to sleep, and, removing a rug from the floor
beside the bed, she lifted two boards and disclosed an opening large enough for the body of a man to pass through.
"Put all your belongings in here and creep in at the first alarm," she said. "We will cover you up securely. Leave the
matter in our hands."
"By the way," said the Captain suddenly, "who is Flippie?"
She gave him a brief outline of Flippie's history and how he came to be at Harmony.
"Why do you ask?"
"Well, I should like to cultivate Flippie's acquaintance. I must find out what he thinks of how we come to be with
you."
"Oh, Flippie is all right," she declared. "You can trust him with anything. But perhaps it will be safer for you to
remain in hiding while you are with us, not to be seen even by the servants."
"We can arrange all that to-morrow," Captain Naudé answered. "I am sure you must be tired now, and perhaps you
will not get much rest. There are many things to do and to discuss to-morrow. I must see several people and give you
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (124 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
the reports for the President."
"Will you let me be your secretary?" Hansie asked. "I am secretary to the new Committee."
"I shall be very glad if you will," Captain Naudé replied.
[301]
CHAPTER XXXIV
ToC
[302]
[303]
THE CAPTAIN'S VISIT
Needless to say, there was not much peace or rest for any one that night.
Mrs. van Warmelo and Hansie kept guard all night in the dining-room. Every time Carlo barked outside they sprang
up in alarm, their hearts throbbing, their breath held up in listening suspense, but nothing happened; and when day
broke and the glorious sunlight flooded the garden, all their fears vanished, and they felt as if they had been
harbouring spies all their lives.
They were up early, and as soon as their guests heard sounds of life about the house they cautiously emerged from
their rooms, looking about them anxiously and inquiringly.
"Come in and have some coffee," Mrs. van Warmelo said warmly. "Did you have a good night? The servants are not
in the house yet and you are safe for the present, but we must make our plans immediately. Are you going to be seen
about the house or not?"
Captain Naudé then informed her that his orderly Venter wished to go home to his people in Arcadia towards
evening, if she could lend him civilian clothing to wear, for once in the town the khaki was more of a danger than a
safeguard to him, and Captain Naudé was in the same difficulty himself.
It would never do for him to be seen at Harmony in an English officer's uniform—"unless," he added inquiringly,
"you are in the habit of entertaining the British military?"
"No, indeed we are not!" she exclaimed indignantly, and told him the story of the officers who had tried to visit her.
"Only one dear old colonel comes now," Hansie said, "but he has not been here for a long, long time. I would enjoy
introducing you to him."
"Not in these clothes," Naudé replied. "An English colonel would know at once to whom they belonged. No; if I am
to remain at Harmony as an ordinary visitor, you will have to provide me with ordinary clothes."
Mrs. van Warmelo promised to do that during the course of the day, and in the meantime it was decided to keep the
men in the unused spare bedroom, out of sight of the prying eyes of servants and possible callers.
There their meals were served to them, the women washing up their dishes without a sound in the privacy of their
own bedrooms, and at the same time doing all in their power to look and act as usual, showing themselves all over the
house and garden, and busying themselves with the usual household duties.
"What did those two khaki women want with you last night, Miss Hansie?" the irrepressible Flippie asked as soon as
he saw her that morning.
"Khaki women! What do you mean, Flippie?"
"They were khaki women," he said aggressively. "I saw two English officers with revolvers with them, and they were
pretending they didn't belong to them. What did they want with Harmony?"
"I don't know them, Flippie. I never set eyes on them before. I am sure they were up to no good."
"But what did they say they wanted with Harmony?" he persisted.
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (125 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[304]
[305]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
"They told me they were looking for something else," Hansie answered lamely. "Have you fed the fowls, Flippie?"
"No, but I wonder—"
"Then go and do so at once," Hansie interrupted severely. "It is long past 6 o'clock."
He went unwillingly.
On comparing notes, she found that he had carried on the same conversation with her mother. There was no doubt
that his suspicions had been thoroughly roused, and for the next few days they had their hands full, trying to keep his
curiosity in check. Perhaps if they had taken Flippie into their confidence and trusted him with their secret, it would
have saved them all the anxiety and unrest they had to pass through afterwards, but they acted for the best, and
perhaps they would have been betrayed in any case.
What use to speculate now on what might have been?
Hansie's first duty that day was to go to town and inform the members of the Secret Committee of Naudé's arrival in
Pretoria, and to procure clothing for Venter.
A friend of hers, whom she judged to be about the same size as Venter, gave her a splendid suit of clothes, nearly
new, without asking many questions, and placed his further services at her disposal.
She then went to Venter's relatives in Arcadia and told them on no account to visit him at Harmony, as he was coming
home to them that evening. Too many people knew about the spies at Harmony, and there was good reason for
beginning to feel uncomfortable.
The women of the Committee promised to call at Harmony that afternoon.
When Hansie arrived home she sewed on Venter's buttons, supplied him with studs and ties, a clean pockethandkerchief, and a new hat.
I believe he had on clothing belonging to six different people when he sallied forth soon after sundown, and Mrs. van
Warmelo was glad to see the last of him, for her cares and responsibilities were multiplying, and his presence in the
house was one more.
The Captain was still in his uniform, but he was provided with clean underclothing from the "boys'" wardrobes, and
from that moment the unmistakable smell of commando no longer pervaded that home!
The rest of the morning was spent in making copies of the dispatches to the President and drawing up a list of the
necessaries to be provided by the Committee for the men to take out with them, and in the afternoon Harmony was
besieged with a stream of callers.
Poor Hansie thought they would never end, and while she was entertaining them in the drawing-room her mother was
keeping the others quiet in the dining-room—Mrs. Honey, Mrs. Armstrong, Mrs. Malan, and the two spies.
That night their sleep was deep and refreshing, for they were worn out in mind and body. There was only one man in
the house, and they were getting used to his presence, and the thought of the secret hiding-place gave a sense of
security.
They were up early again next morning, and, all the "business" transactions having been done the day before, they
devoted themselves to the entertainment of their guest.
A more delightful day they never spent, and the memory of it clings to them still.
Captain Naudé was beginning to feel the restrictions of city hospitality, and, longing to get out into the big garden,
where the early figs and apricots held their tempting sway, he asked Mrs. van Warmelo once more to provide him
with a suit of civilian clothing.
He was taller and slighter of build than the "boys," but she gave him a suit belonging to the youngest son, Fritz, and
from that moment he walked freely about the house and garden.
His helmet and uniform lay buried in the hiding-place under the floor, but his revolvers he kept on under his coat, in
the leathern belt strapped around his waist. This fact was significant of the deadly peril in which they all were.
While the women were hastily getting through their household duties in order to have a long talk with him, he roamed
about the garden and finally stretched himself out on the benches under the six weeping-willows at the foot of the
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (126 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[306]
[307]
[308]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
orange avenue.
"Who dat lying under our trees, Miss Hansie?" "Gentleman Jim" inquired, from his perch in the mulberry tree behind
the house.
"A friend of ours, Jim. He has been very ill in the hospital and has asked us to let him spend the day in our garden."
"Oh yes, I can see him's cloes much too big for him."
"Hand me that basket, Jim, if it is full," Hansie commanded. "Here is another; and when you have finished, make a
big fire in the kitchen, because we must have a nice dinner to-day for the baas."
"All right, little missie," was the respectful answer.
"Gentleman Jim" was settled, and the same performance was gone through casually with Flippie and Paulus; but the
three Italian gardeners and the eight or ten Kaffirs employed by them were left to think what they pleased, and they
went about their work without taking the slightest notice of Captain Naudé.
"The people in your hospital have nice ruddy complexions," Mrs. van Warmelo said laughingly, when Hansie told her
what the Captain was passing for; but the ruse answered, and, for the time at least, all suspicions were lulled to rest.
When they joined the Captain in the garden later on they invited him to help them to gather strawberries for the
people who were coming to see him again that afternoon. They were just engaged in the pleasant task, chatting gaily
and feeling, oh, so safe, when Mrs. van Warmelo started violently.
The sergeant-major was standing on the other side of the fence, watching them intently.
Captain Naudé bent low over the strawberry plants and whispered: "Don't move. Go on picking quietly. He will soon
go away."
He did, apparently satisfied with the appearance of the stranger, but the ladies had been seized with a sudden
nervousness and implored the Captain to come into the house.
Mrs. van Warmelo pointed out to him a group of dense loquat trees, with dark-green, glossy foliage, a suitable place
of refuge should he be compelled to flee from the house at night.
He was not a man of many words, but, once started, there was no difficulty in getting all the information they wanted
out of him, and he answered their leading questions in a simple, straightforward way, his every word bearing the
unmistakable stamp of truth.
I have avoided going into the details of the actual war as much as possible.
It has not been my intention to weary my reader with dry facts concerning battlefields, nor to give the war reports and
war rumours, so often unreliable, with which Hansie's diary is filled, but the events connected with Captain Naudé's
first visit to Harmony I wish to give in the smallest detail. Great historical truths stand out in bold relief against a
background of minute details and the realistic description of the common life. This background Hansie's diary affords
better than anything written from memory after many years could have done.
While the Captain slept Hansie made her notes, and when he woke she was with him again for further news.
Her thirst for information was insatiable.
"I have been longing to ask you, Captain, where you got your English uniform," Hansie said as they sat down in the
dining-room with the great bowls of scarlet strawberries before them. "Tell us everything while we remove these
stems."
"You have heard of the terrible battle we had at Bakenlaagte—when Colonel Benson fell, mortally wounded? I was
there."
"Were you?" they exclaimed in breathless surprise.
"Yes, and the uniform lying buried under your floor I myself took from the dead body of Colonel Thorold after the
battle."
By degrees a full description was given of that great British reverse on the High Veld and what took place after.
When the battle was over and Colonel Benson lay mortally wounded, surrounded by doctors and officers in high
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (127 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[309]
[310]
[311]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
authority, Naudé advanced, and asked to be allowed to take his papers. The men protested, but Naudé ordered them
all aside and gently removed every paper from his pockets. He had no important documents with him and the private
papers were of course returned to the men in charge of the dying officer.
He expired soon afterwards and was mourned by the Boers as well as the English, for he was admired and respected
by all for his courage and daring, and his fame as an honourable foe had spread throughout the Boer lines.
Many of them were heard to say that they had only meant to catch him and that they bitterly regretted his death.
It was one of the worst battles, under General Botha, Naudé had ever been in. About twelve Boers were killed
instantly, and three wounded to death.
With the storming of the cannon, Boers and English were so close together that the one could hear what the other
said, and Naudé's corporal, Venter, saw a poor soldier fall back mortally wounded, gasping out with his dying breath,
"Oh, dear mother!"
God of pity! who will tell that bereaved parent that her son's last thoughts and words were for her alone?
It was terrible to hear the wounded and dying praying and calling to their God for help. Nationality, language, enmity,
and bitter hatred were forgotten as side by side those mortal foes prepared to meet their God—one God!
Imploring one another for help, praying for one drop of water to alleviate their dying agonies—in vain!
Two cannon were taken by the Boers, one of which they destroyed at once, keeping the other for their future use.
When all was over General Botha spoke a few touching words to his men, thanking them for their bravery, and
congratulating them on their success.
Unpleasant though it may be to think of, it is my duty to relate that, before burial, the soldiers were stripped of their
clothes, and every Boer permitted to take what he required, but the bodies were treated with respect.
Naudé, for purposes of his own, chose the uniform of the dead Colonel Thorold, which had six bullet holes through it
and was covered with blood-stains.
Revolvers, leggings, whistle, helmet, all was complete, even to the stars and crown on the Colonel's shoulders.
Naudé felt himself rich indeed in the possession of articles which he knew would be invaluable to him on his next
entry into Pretoria.
One of his men took Colonel Benson's uniform, but handed the crown to him (Naudé) at his request, and then the
bodies were covered with blankets for a hurried burial.
Oh, cruel war when men slay one another!
"Oh, blest Red Cross, like an angel in the trail of the men who slay!"
There were about ten dead English officers on the field and nineteen wounded, of whom three or four died afterwards.
"When did you see General Botha last?" Mrs. van Warmelo inquired.
"About three weeks ago, and then he was looking well and brown. He told me of a narrow escape he had had. He was
completely surrounded and barely got off with his life. His hat was left behind, also his Bible and hymn-books. Lord
Kitchener, courteously, and with a touch of humour, returned the books to him with a boy's hat which had been found
on the field, thinking evidently that it belonged to the General's little son, who was known to go everywhere with
him; but General Botha sent the hat back to Lord Kitchener with a message to the effect that it was not his son's, but
had belonged to his 'achter-ryder,' and thanking him for the books."[5]
"Tell us some of your own escapes," Hansie begged, "I am sure you have had many."
"So many that I have forgotten them nearly all," he answered, "but one I shall never forget."
He then related how he and twenty of his men had once been pursued for four hours by about one thousand English.
The bullets fell like hail about them, and he was keeping the saddle he rode on, as a curiosity, because of the many
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (128 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[5]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
bullet holes in it. Once a bullet passed between his coat and shirt along his stomach, the shock taking his breath away.
He was sure he had been mortally wounded, but could not stop to find out, and the very recollection of it still caused
him to experience the sensation of coming into close contact with death.
FOOTNOTES:
General Botha tells me that the hat which was returned to him by Lord Kitchener had first belonged to
his little son, Louis, who had written his name in full, in blue pencil, on the inside of the crown, and had
given it, when he had no more use for it, to his little native orderly.
[312]
CHAPTER XXXV
ToC
[313]
[314]
MEMORIES BITTER-SWEET
The Captain's visit was not an unmixed joy. Some bitter revelations were made, much pathos mixed with the humours
of the situation and tragic experiences related by all—but on these I shall merely touch, as unavoidable and necessary
for the completion of my story.
After the treachery of their own people and the arming of the natives, nothing troubled the men so much as the fact
that the fighting burghers were, in some parts of the country, suffering from sore gums and showing signs of scurvy,
caused by an unchanging diet of meat and mealies. The spies wanted to communicate this to some good, trustworthy
doctor and to get medicine for them to take out to the commandos, but Mrs. van Warmelo told them that no medicine
in the world could cure that. What they wanted was a change of diet—fresh milk, vegetables, fruit, and an abundant
supply of lime-juice, etc.
Sending out lime-juice would be as absurd as impossible, for it would be as a drop in the ocean of want—and as it
was, the men were handicapped by the two bottles of good French brandy which they were taking out for medicinal
purposes. These could not be thrown across with the other parcels, but would have to be carried on their persons as
they wriggled through the barbed wires across the drift of the Aapies River.
In some districts, where the destruction of farms had not yet been completed, the commando found a sufficient supply
of fresh fruit and vegetables and were in no immediate danger of the dread disease, but in the neighbourhood of the
towns there was nothing more to be done in the way of devastation, and the only fresh food they got was what they
took from the enemy. As an instance of the thoroughness of the system of destruction, Naudé related how he and his
corps of hungry men had one day come upon a kraal containing the bodies of over 500 sheep in an advanced stage of
decomposition, with their throats cut or their heads cleft in two by swords. Too far away from towns or camps to be
driven to some place where they could have been kept for the use of starving and suffering humanity, they had been
slaughtered and left to rot—anything to prevent their falling into the hands of the Boer commandos.
No provisions of any sort were left within their reach and they lived entirely on what they took by main force from
the enemy.
A precarious existence indeed!
Not to know from day to day where the next meal would come from and with appetites sharpened by the healthy,
roving, outdoor life they led, no wonder these men uttered imprecations on the heads of those responsible for the
systematic devastation of the country and wholesale destruction of food.
The privilege too of stripping their prisoners of their clothes had its disadvantages, for in many cases they swarmed
with vermin and had to be boiled before they could be used, while a camp deserted by the English had to be
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (129 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[315]
[316]
ToC
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
approached warily and with the utmost caution on account of the vermin with which it frequently was infested.
English prisoners were set free (what could the Boers do with them otherwise?), but the traitors caught with them redhanded were shot without mercy—and it was Naudé's duty, as Captain of the Secret Service, to see that these
executions were carried out. This was to him the hardest task of all.
"His fallen brothers" he called them, and voice and eye when he spoke of them betrayed compassionate horror and
wrath unspeakable.
Armed natives met the same fate, and in a few words he described to his shuddering listeners how it was done, how
he informed the doomed man of his fate, how the prisoner pleaded for mercy and offered to join the Boer ranks, how
he prayed in despair when he found no mercy, no relenting, how he covered his face or folded his arms, how the shots
rang out and he fell down dead.
Scenes such as these were witnessed without number, but the execution of a "fallen brother," when the details were
arranged, took place some distance apart, beyond the vision of the burghers who had captured him.
But it was when the subject of the Concentration Camps was broached that the darkest gloom settled over Harmony.
Captain Naudé had a young wife and two children in one of the Camps in Natal, and Mrs. Malan had procured, as a
surprise for him, snapshots of his dear ones taken in the Camp. When they were placed in his hands he gazed on them
for a long time in silence, finally muttering under his breath, "For this the English must die!" and from that moment
he was moody and silent.
His thirst for information on the condition of the Irene Camp, as Hansie had found it, was insatiable, and hours were
spent in discussing the subject and its probable effect on the duration of the war.
"What do the men think of the Concentration Camps?" Hansie asked. "Will they give in for the sake of the women
and children?"
"No," was the emphatic answer—"never. We all feel that our first duty is to fight until our independence is assured.
We are not responsible for the fate of our women and children, and they let no opportunity pass of urging us to be
brave and steadfast in the fulfilment of our duty to our country. Our spies come from the Camps continually with
messages of encouragement and hope; but that the mortality among them is more bitter to bear than anything else,
you can understand...."
There was a long pause, and then, the Captain continued gloomily:
"I did not recognise my wife on that photo—she has become an old, old woman.... Sometimes on commando we
actually enjoy ourselves. You must not think that it is all hardship and trouble! I gave a concert, quite a good one, on
the President's birthday, and occasionally, when we come to a farm where there are still some girls left, we take them
out riding and driving."
CHAPTER XXXVI
A SILENT DEPARTURE. "FARE THEE WELL"
As the afternoon wore on, an extreme nervousness came over all at Harmony, a feeling of tense anxiety which no
words can describe, and was betrayed in a restless flitting through the house, arranging something here, peering
through the blinds at the camp of the Military Mounted Police.
Unconsciously voices were lowered and final instructions given in hushed tones.
Only a few hours remained of the Captain's visit to Harmony and much had still to be arranged.
The tension was broken by the arrival of Mrs. Malan, with large parcels containing the articles of clothing, etc.,
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (130 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[317]
[318]
[319]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
ordered by Naudé—hats, boots, riding-suits, soap, matches, salt, and a number of the small necessities of life. This
gave the women something to do, for everything had to be sorted and made up into smaller parcels as compactly as
possible, while Naudé donned a surprising quantity of clothing and disposed of various articles about his person.
In the excitement of the moment Captain Naudé, while he was dressing, must have forgotten to take off a waistcoat
lent to him by Mrs. van Warmelo and clearly marked D.S. van Warmelo.
This caused her a great deal of anxiety for some days after the departure of the spies.
Had Naudé reached the commandos in safety or had he fallen into the hands of the enemy with the tell-tale waistcoat
on?
They wondered and speculated, but as the days went by and no startling reports convulsed the town, they once again
settled down—not to the same old sense of security as far as they were personally concerned, but to the comforting
conviction that all was well with their friends.
Their own fate—but this is coming presently.
Mrs. Malan did not stay long, and there were fortunately no unexpected visitors that afternoon—except, strange to
say, the English colonel who had all but ceased his visits and was on this occasion entertained by Hansie and her
mother in turn.
His presence gave a great sense of security!
Hansie walked with Mrs. Malan to the gate, where her carriage was waiting for her, and the sergeant-major, slowly
sauntering past and saluting to the girl as she gave the coachman her directions, little knew that the words spoken in
Dutch were:
"You must be here at 7 to-night, and bring your residential pass without fail."
Van der Westhuizen, with the bandaged arm, was going to help to carry their parcels through the bush and escort the
three men through the most dangerous parts of the town.
When all the preparations were complete there was an hour or two to spare before the other men, under cover of
darkness, should join Naudé near the six willow trees at the foot of the orchard. That time was spent in making plans
for the future.
"Promise me that you will never take in strange men," Naudé said earnestly. "Do not even harbour any one who
professes to come from me unless he gives a watchword. What shall our watchword be?"
They thought for a few moments, and then Mrs. van Warmelo said:
"'Appelkoos' [apricots], because you came to us in the apricot season!"
"So be it." This was agreed upon.
"And if anything should happen to us before you come again?" Hansie inquired. "By what sign will you know that we
have been taken and that Harmony is a pitfall instead of a refuge?"
Again they pondered. This was indeed a serious problem, for in the event of an arrest they would not be allowed to
see or communicate with any of their friends, and there would be no possible chance of sending out a warning.
After a great deal of discussion it was decided that they should use one of the posts of the enclosure dividing the
upper part of Harmony, where the orchard was, from the lower, on which the vegetable gardens of the Italians were.
On one of the posts they would, if they had time to do so, fasten a small piece of plank, and this would serve as a
warning to the men not to approach the house.
In case the enemy was not considerate enough to give them time to put up signs and signals, it was agreed to have this
done at dead of night by one of the few remaining men in town, van der Westhuizen for instance, at the first news of
their arrest.
This arrangement eased their minds of some anxiety, and the rest of the time was spent in quietly chatting about other
matters.
"I suppose you cannot let my wife know that I have been here and am well?" Naudé asked.
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (131 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[320]
[321]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
"I am afraid not," Mrs. van Warmelo answered thoughtfully.
"We know no one in the Camp in which she is, and her correspondence will no doubt be closely watched, but we
could write an ordinary, cheerful letter, urging her to be hopeful and strong."
"Thank you very much," he answered gratefully, "but do not use your own names on any account. Get other people to
write, people less implicated than yourselves."
Towards 7 o'clock Hansie walked slowly down to the willows, the faithful Carlo by her side, wistfully looking into
her face. Did he feel the suppressed agitation, the unrest in the air?
I do believe Carlo knew and felt every changing emotion in his young mistress, and sympathised or rejoiced
accordingly.
There was no one in the garden.
Hansie waited ten minutes, twenty, half an hour, then she went back to the house.
There the form of the tall young man in his English officer's uniform, from which the traces of blood had been
removed as well as possible, was to be seen walking to and fro in restless nervousness.
"Have the others not come yet?" he exclaimed impatiently. "Where can they be so late?"
"I think it is too light still for them to be abroad," Hansie answered; "you should have made the appointment for 8
o'clock."
"But then the moon will be up," he objected. "I hope they will be here soon."
Hansie once more walked to the six willows, and the next half-hour was spent in a restless pacing up and down
between the orange trees of the avenue.
"Will they never come? Have they fallen into some unforeseen pitfall?
"At this, the most critical moment of our whole adventure, when all arrangements seem to have come to a smooth and
successful termination, must our plans be frustrated, and a bloody encounter be the climax?"
Hansie walked boldly towards the Military Camp, whistling to Carlo and admonishing him thus audibly:
"Why can't you leave the kittens alone, Carlo?" Then more softly: "A peaceful serenity pervades the camp. Evidently
nothing brewing here!"
With a lighter heart she went back to the house, but one glance at the face of the Captain was enough, and once more
she sped down the garden-path to the ill-fated trysting-place.
As she neared the spot she heard no sound of life and her heart once more sank, but only for a moment. Suddenly she
started violently. "What is this?"
The place seemed in a moment alive with silent figures. From the depths of the overhanging willow branches they
emerged, one by one, and approached the tense form of the girl as she stood immovable, with straining eyes trying to
distinguish the moving, silent figures in the darkness.
The white dress of a woman fluttering among the leaves reassured her.
"What is this?" she whispered. "Who are you? Why are you here?"
One of the men came forward.
"Venter and Brenckmann," he said softly, "come for the Captain."
"Yes, yes," Hansie said hurriedly. "I know. We have waited for you more than an hour. But these people? Who are
they?"
"Our friends and relatives come to see us off," came the unexpected reply.
Hansie was silent, trying to hide her indignation, her rising resentment, as another and yet another form cautiously
emerged from behind the foliage.
"Do you know," she said at last, "that you are not only exposing us to great danger by coming here at a time like this,
but that you are making it a thousand times more difficult for the Captain to depart unobserved? How could you be so
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (132 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[322]
[323]
[324]
ToC
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
indiscreet?"
"These people are all trustworthy," one of the men volunteered.
"I have no doubt of it." Hansie extended her hands cordially to them. "But you must all go now as quietly as you
came. Say good-bye and go, please, before I go to call the Captain."
She turned away with a lump in her throat, for no sounds broke the stillness of the night save those of stifled sobs and
murmured caresses.
"Fare thee well. God be with you!"
There was Brenckmann with his three sisters, there was Venter with one sister and a sweetheart, and there was the
sweetheart of one of Brenckmann's sisters, to say nothing of the other relatives and friends whom I have been unable
to place.
Some distance from the scene, and unobserved by all save one, was the figure of the ever-cautious and discreet van
der Westhuizen, guarding the parcels which had previously been conveyed there, lurking among the trees.
Swiftly and silently Hansie sped up to the house to meet the Captain, just as he, unable to bear the suspense any
longer, had made up his mind to set out on his perilous expedition alone and was cautiously emerging from the bathroom door, concealing himself under the vineyard as he went.
"They are there, Captain," she said in a quick and lowered voice, "waiting for you under the willows. Lower down
near the bush van der Westhuizen is also waiting. He will distribute the parcels when you come. I think everything is
in order and the coast clear. The military camp is quiet, the sergeant-major is in his 'tin villa.' Good-bye, Captain. God
bless you."
The man removed his helmet and stood before her in the pale light of the rising moon. His face was very white.
"I shall never be able to thank you. God keep you. Good-bye, good-bye." He clasped her hand and was gone, as silent
as the shadows into which he disappeared.
When Hansie rejoined her mother a few minutes later no word was said on either side. The extreme tension was over,
the reaction had set in, and they could not trust themselves to speak, but set to work at once, firmly and decently
removing every trace in the house of confusion and disorder.
In the room vacated by Captain Naudé they found the snapshots of his wife and children taken in the Concentration
Camp.
Mrs. van Warmelo held them up to her daughter's view with a significant look.
"I am not surprised that he would not take them with him," she said.
CHAPTER XXXVII
BETRAYED
Hansie was one of those unfortunate women who cannot cry, but I believe she cried that night when the awful strain
was over, the house quiet and deserted, and the feeling of "nothing to do but wait" creeping over her.
She and her mother lay for hours listening for sounds of commotion in the suburb, following in spirit the brave men
on their route to the free veld, so perilous and insecure, watching and praying for their safety.
At last Hansie fell into a heavy, unrefreshing sleep, from which she was roused in the early dawn by her mother's
voice, hurried and extremely agitated.
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (133 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[325]
[326]
[327]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
"Hansie, Hansie, come here quick!"
"Where, mother? Where are you?"
"In the dining-room! Come at once, come and look!"
Hansie sprang out of bed, alarmed and now thoroughly roused, and ran into the dining-room, where she found her
mother concealing herself behind the lace curtains and cautiously looking out of the window to the Military Camp.
She half turned as her daughter approached and said in a whisper: "Don't show yourself. Look, Hansie, we have been
betrayed. Our house is suspected. See how it is being watched."
Hansie looked and looked again. There was no doubt of it.
The sergeant was in excited conversation with a man on horseback, well known to Hansie by sight as a detective in
plain clothes. Here and there the soldiers were grouped around other private detectives, on horseback and on foot,
talking and gesticulating and pointing to the house in wild excitement. What struck Hansie as almost ludicrous, even
at that moment, was the unbounded astonishment betrayed by them.
Their looks and gestures spoke as plainly as the plainest words: "Can it be possible? Has that been going on under our
noses? And pray, how long?"
"There is no doubt about it. We and our house have been betrayed. But cheer up, mother; forewarned is forearmed.
Oh, silly fools, to give away their game like that!"
"They have not seen us yet, Hansie. They think we are asleep."
"Even so, the servants are about. Oh, mother!"
"Go and get dressed, Hansie, and let us behave exactly the same as usual. All we can do now is to see that we do not
betray that we know we have been betrayed. How do you think this has come about?"
"The crowd under the willows last night?"
"Gentleman Jim?"
"Flippie?"
They looked at one another inquiringly and slowly shook their heads.
Good reader, after more than ten years, when they talk about this period of their lives, they still look inquiringly at
one another and slowly shake their heads.
Who could it have been? How did it come about?
When Hansie went out into the garden an hour or so later to gather roses for the table, Harmony was flooded with the
exquisite morning sun, the birds were twittering and bickering among themselves, and Carlo sprang up to meet her,
barking an affectionate "good morning," as he playfully capered round his mistress.
As she stooped down to pat him she glanced through her hair to the camp, where some of the men were bending over
their camp-fires and others were rubbing down and feeding their horses.
Will you believe it? At the first sight of the girl every man dropped his work, stood up straight and stared at her in
open-mouthed astonishment as if he had never seen her before. They even got together again in little groups of twos
and threes and began talking rapidly to one another. Their amazement, their consternation was so obvious that Hansie
found it difficult to pretend that she saw nothing unusual in their behaviour, and when she joined her mother at the
breakfast-table and told her what a commotion her appearance had created, Mrs. van Warmelo said: "It is the same
with me. Wherever I show myself under the verandahs or in the garden, I am met with stares that can only be
described as thunderstruck."
"And that, after all the months they have spent within earshot of all that went on at Harmony! Why, mother, those
men have never lifted their heads when we have passed them for a year and more, they had got so used to us, but now
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (134 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[328]
[329]
[330]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
——!"
She went on more seriously:
"We can never be thankful enough that you found this out in time. The members of the Committee must be warned
not to come to Harmony, but we must invite lots of other people. Let us give a few fruit parties and musical evenings
for the young people, and above all, let us invite the Consuls and their families." Hansie was feeling hopeful, buoyed
up by the unlooked-for privilege of having been put on her guard, but Mrs. van Warmelo was silent and depressed.
"I am thinking about the spies," she said at last. "How can we ever harbour them here again? How can we let them
know that Harmony is being watched? How shall we get through the anxiety and suspense when we begin to expect
them again? Naudé's last words to me were, 'We shall be with you four weeks from now, when the moon is young
again.'"
Hansie looked thoughtful, but brightened up again immediately.
"We have always the sign on the gatepost to fall back on, you know, mother dear, but I hope it won't be necessary to
put that up. In the meantime let us watch developments. We have nothing to be anxious about yet, and when the time
comes we shall know what to do. Just think how terrible it would have been if this had happened yesterday while
Naudé was in the house!"
But poor Mrs. van Warmelo could not shake off her gloom, and Hansie, who, strange to say, was usually most
hopeful and strong in the presence of depressed folk, but pessimistic and downhearted when others were most bright,
sighed for once and allowed herself to be cast down by her mother's forebodings.
They realised that an anxious time was before them, their worst fear being that Naudé and his companions had been
captured the previous night and that some time would probably elapse before they knew with any certainty what his
fate had been.
That they were safe in his hands they never doubted for a moment, but there were too many others, practically
unknown to them, concerned in this enterprise, and every conspirator more added to the list made their own position
less secure.
"I think I must go to Mrs. Joubert this afternoon, mother, to see if I can get hold of van der Westhuizen. Perhaps he
can throw some light on the subject. At any rate he will be able to tell us whether he parted from Naudé under
favourable conditions last night."
"Do that," Mrs. van Warmelo answered, "if you can make sure beforehand of not being watched. Don't go to that
house if you have any reason to think you are being followed. We are on the black list now, but that makes it all the
more necessary for us to protect our friends."
"Yes, mother; but the Jouberts have been under suspicion so long and have so successfully escaped detection that I
am sure their names have long since been removed from the black list."
"Don't be too sure. Jannie's transportation was not a sign of the cessation of hostilities. The enemy is not asleep, but
merely slumbering, as far as they are concerned—that is, if this thing" (waving her hand over Harmony) "has not
roused him completely."
All day long, and in fact for many days after, an unusual commotion was apparent in the Military Camp.
Detectives could be seen coming and going, little groups of soldiers clustered together, and even "Judas-Boers" made
their appearance on the lower portion of Harmony, examining the ground and following the tracks made by the spies
in their escape from the town.
Beyond that the van Warmelos could not follow their investigations, and whether they found conclusive evidence in
the marks made by the men at the closely barbed and netted drift, under the railway bridge, will never be known, but
there was reason to believe that the last remaining route of the spies had been discovered. Brave hearts sank at the
thought of their probable fate when they tried that route again.
But, thank God! the birds had flown—for the time at least.
That afternoon, when Hansie cycled to Mrs. Joubert's house, the streets were quiet and practically deserted. She was
quite sure that no one followed her, for she dropped her handkerchief once and had suddenly to turn and pick it up.
Carlo was some way ahead of her and did not notice the interruption until she was on her bicycle again, when he
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (135 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[331]
[332]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
came tearing back to find out what had happened, furious with himself for having missed the smallest piece of
excitement. After that he did not leave her side again, but trotted quietly along, watching her every moment from the
corner of his eye.
When Hansie entered the house in Visagie Street, Carlo stretched himself as usual beside her bicycle, ostensibly to
sleep, but in reality on guard and alert with every nerve in his quick body. Hansie was thankful to find van der
Westhuizen in; in fact, he was expecting her and wished to see her, but did not think it advisable to go to Harmony.
"Tell me all about last night," she said. "Tell me everything, and then I have something to tell you too."
"Well," he said, and the inscrutable face was for once turned to her in frank confidence, "after we left Harmony last
night things did not go as smoothly as we expected. It was all right as long as we were in the bush, and we were able
to get our heavy parcels through safely, but when we came to the drift we found it strongly guarded. We retreated at
once without a sound and lay down in the thick shrubs to wait. The men were nervous and impatient, and after a little
while Brenckmann borrowed my residential pass from me and walked on ahead to see if the coast were clear.
"He soon came back and said it was impossible to get through.
"After a short consultation, Naudé advised me to come home. They would stay in the bush and wait until the moon
went down, he said. I hated leaving them in such a plight, but Naudé insisted, and I only came away when he said he
thought there would be more chance for them to get through unobserved if they were fewer in number. How they
managed without residential passes and handicapped by those parcels, I do not know."
"God only knows how they do manage," Hansie answered sombrely. "Well, I have nothing good to relate either."
She told him in a few words what had happened at Harmony, and the steadfast face opposite her, so calm and strong,
grew more grave as she proceeded.
"This is very serious," he said at last; "then the fact of their being in town, and the route they had taken, must have
been known to the enemy yesterday. That is why we found the drift guarded. But do not be downcast. I am sure they
got through unharmed, for there has been no commotion of any sort in town. I always know when prisoners have
been taken. We must be thankful they were not discovered in your house."
Hansie nodded, and the quiet voice went on:
"You are in no danger now——"
But the girl broke in impetuously:
"Oh, that does not trouble me at all, but I would give my life to know that those men were with General Botha now. I
am only anxious about them."
"I am not," he answered. "The Captain is a man of vast experience. This was not his first visit to Pretoria. Venter has
been five times in Pretoria and nine times in Johannesburg under the same conditions. Brenckmann, too, can speak of
unique experiences—but I can bet you anything that he will never come in again."
"Why not?"
"Oh, he had an awful time here. There are khakis and handsuppers living all round his house, to some of whom he is
well known by sight. It was found necessary to conceal him, and for three days and two nights the poor boy was
stowed away in a tiny attic, just under the corrugated-iron roof and hardly large enough to hold a man. There he lay in
the suffocating heat of those endless days, only coming out at night for a few hours like the bats and owls. No, he
won't trouble us again!"
Before she left she told him what had been arranged about a sign on the gatepost and asked van der Westhuizen to
warn her friends of the "inner circle" that Harmony was no longer a safe place to visit, begging them to keep this
information to themselves, "because," she added, "the enemy must not know that we know." Later on she hoped to
see him again when the time approached for Naudé to come again, but she advised him not to visit Harmony
unnecessarily, as much would depend on him in the event of a raid on Harmony and the transportation of its
inhabitants to other regions.
I can only say in conclusion of this chapter that the friends of the "inner circle," Mrs. Malan, Mrs. Joubert, Mrs.
Armstrong, Mrs. Honey, and a few others, bravely scorned the idea of avoiding Harmony.
"Why should we not come?" Mrs. Armstrong asked, with her cheerful, ever-ready laugh; "don't other people come
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (136 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
here still?"
"Oh yes, but——"
"Then why not we? The more the better, say I! Surely we cannot all be arrested and sent away!"
[333]
CHAPTER XXXVIII
ToC
[334]
[335]
THE RAID ON HARMONY
It was the peacefullest, decentest raid I ever heard of, and it would be difficult to think of anything with a termination
more tame and commonplace.
But we have not got there yet.
The events which led up to it must be got over first as briefly as possible, and then we go on to what was called a
formal declaration of war between the inmates of the Military Camp and the two principal actors at Harmony.
After the van Warmelos had discovered on December 20th, through the enemy's rank stupidity, that they had been
found out, a regular game of hide-and-seek began to be played in and around their beautiful garden.
The curious thing about this game was that it was only carried on under cover of darkness and intense silence, a
silence which could almost be felt, and which became so uncanny as time went on that the women found it quite
insupportable and had no peace by night or by day until the day on which, a month later, the enemy took the initiative
and made what may be called an attack in front. There was only one noisy actor in the game, which was played for
four solid weeks before the crash came, and as many after, and that was Carlo, but, although his feelings found relief
in constant growlings and furious barkings, I do believe even his nerves suffered under the constant strain, for he
became more and more irritable and restless as time went on.
That dog gave a lot of trouble in those days and was a source of great anxiety, as my reader will see presently.
The fruit season was at its height. The garden, heavily laden with the burden of luscious fruits and blooming flowers,
was a scene of beauty and riotous luxury impossible to describe; and as the different fruit trees bloomed and bore
their rich harvest in rapid succession, each after its kind—apricots, figs, pears, plums, apples, peaches, and, last but
not least, the noble vine with its great bunches of purple and white—Hansie and her mother revelled in the wealth of
Nature's extravagance from morn till eve.
Mrs. van Warmelo, an energetic and tireless gardener, spent all her time amongst the fruit, while indoors the task of
putting up in jars for winter use fell mainly on Hansie's shoulders.
Nothing was allowed to run to waste, and that year was always remembered as an exceptionally fine fruit season.
It was nothing for Mrs. van Warmelo to have 100 lb. of grapes cut before breakfast and have them conveyed to the
early market, and even then the vines bore no trace of having been robbed or tampered with.
The soldiers, too, got their share, and the sergeant-major's small basket was often filled—for were they not on the best
of terms with one another?
But when the shades of night fell over the land, and silence settled on the birds and beasts and flowers, the sense of
careless freedom and security deserted our heroines entirely.
Unseen eyes watched them from behind the leaves, and they knew that the very trees under which they sat had ears,
straining to catch up their every conversation.
The Military Police—unknown to the women, as they thought—were guarding them and their property from
intruders, and this was known by Carlo's incessant growlings and his furious, sudden fits of barking whenever he
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (137 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[336]
[337]
[338]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
came upon some midnight prowler hidden under the trees.
I am sure the good dog never understood Hansie's apathy on this point.
After all he did to warn her of foul play, to have his efforts rewarded with a scolding or a careless "Do be quiet, Carlo.
The kitty is only catching moths," seemed unjust and quite unlike his mistress's usual ready sympathy.
In time he got used to finding strangers in the privacy of his domain and only showed his dissatisfaction with an
occasional low growl or a vicious snarl.
Perhaps "Gentleman Jim" was not so bad after all, or perhaps he was only stupid, because a few days after the flight
of our friends he came to Mrs. van Warmelo with the information, given with an amused smile and more drawl than
usual, that "the officer had promised him plenty money" if he ever caught a Boer on the premises or in the garden,
and that in future a strict watch would be held over the property and an extra vigilance preserved whenever the dog
barked.
What more proof could be wanted after that? Now they knew exactly how the land lay, and in their hearts they
thanked their simple servant and still more simple foe, for the confirmation of their suspicions.
As the weeks went by and the time for the Captain's next visit drew near, Mrs. van Warmelo again and again urged
the necessity of putting up the danger-signal (a small block of wood, which was kept ready with a nail through it,
lying hidden behind the post), only to be met with an obstinate refusal from her daughter.
"How can you be so reckless and foolhardy, Hansie?" her mother would exclaim. "We know that the men may come
in any night, and we know that the house and grounds are being watched, and yet you want me to let our friends run
right into the trap, without lifting a finger to save them! It would be an unpardonable thing, and I do believe you are
only longing to have the excitement of harbouring spies again!"
Hansie laughed.
"Perhaps that is it! But think of the disappointment of the men to be turned back at our very doors after having come
so far through untold dangers! Depend upon it they will not come in again for nothing. They went through too much
last time, and there will be work of some importance for us all to do if they come in again, you may be sure of that.
No, dear mother, let us risk it, I beg of you. We are still in the house, and Naudé is no chicken. He will reach us in
spite of guards and fences, and——"
"Be followed right up to the house and be taken here like a rat in a trap," Mrs. van Warmelo continued gloomily.
"I am not so sure," Hansie exclaimed, as cheerfully as her sinking heart allowed, when this horrible picture rose
before her.
"You know what our experience has been of English vigilance and English sagacity; now, if they had some of Carlo's
intelligence we would have some reason to be anxious."
The danger-signal was not put up, but that things would have ended exactly as Mrs. van Warmelo predicted I now
have not a shadow of doubt.
The spies would have glided into the house in the false security occasioned by the absence of the danger-signal, they
would have been watched and followed to the very doors by the hidden foe, the house would have been surrounded
and stormed by armed men, and a fierce, an unspeakably horrible encounter would have ended in death and
destruction—if they had come. But they were prevented on commando from keeping their appointment that month—
and at the very time when they expected to be safely housed under Harmony's hospitable roof, the place was
surrounded, an entry forced and every corner of the house searched for spies.
It happened "like so," and we must now turn our attention for a moment to a matter of small importance in order to
understand why Hansie was from home at a critical time, and how she missed the keen enjoyment of being present at
the "raid."
For some weeks the advisability of leaving home on a pleasure trip had been discussed. While the moon was on the
wane their friends from commando would not be likely to pay them a visit, but Mrs. van Warmelo, who never had
much inclination to leave her little paradise, persuaded Hansie to go to Johannesburg for a few days alone to a dear
young friend, newly wed, who had repeatedly begged her to come.
They hoped that such an attitude of innocent pleasure-making on their part would avert some of the suspicion which
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (138 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[339]
[340]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
rested on their heads and cause a part, at least, of the surveillance to be withdrawn from Harmony.
Hansie hoped to be back home before the appearance of the new moon, the time appointed for Naudé's next visit, and
it was red-tape, nothing but red-tape, through which she was undone.
So many difficulties were placed in the way of her obtaining the necessary permits that by the time she got away she
should have been on her return journey.
Let us see what her diary says.
"January 10th, Friday.
"My poor old diary! I begin to foresee that it is going to die a natural death, simply because I am tired of
recording lies and rumours [this was the black-and-white diary, kept on purpose to mislead the enemy,
should it fall into their hands].
"I am now busy preparing for a little trip to Johannesburg, but oh dear! the difficulty one has in getting
permits!
"The English have never been so strict before!
"Major Hoskins (who could have helped me without further reference had he wished) sent me to the
Commissioner of Police, who asked me to produce a note of recommendation from my 'ward officer' in B.
Ward.
"My 'ward officer' refused to give me a permit without a medical certificate that I required a change of air.
"I told him shortly that I was going for pleasure and that I would appeal to General Maxwell if he could
not assist me. He said 'that made all the difference!' (what did he mean?) and asked me for the name and
address of the people with whom I would be staying in Johannesburg, so I gave him Pauline's box number.
"No, that was not sufficient, he must have the name of the street and the number of the house.
"'I do not remember the number, but I shall go home to look it up and come back at once.'
"'It will—er—be more convenient if you bring it to-morrow,' he said."
And Hansie understood that he was gaining time.
After all the fuss that had been made, she was not surprised next day when the Commissioner of Police asked her,
very politely, while closely inspecting the "note of recommendation," to call for her permits on Monday (this was
Thursday), as there would be some delay in having them "approved" by the other officials.
This was again done to gain time while the authorities were putting their heads together, trying to find out "what the
dickens" she could want in Johannesburg.
Hansie knew this well enough, although she filled her diary with lamentations and wonderings.
"Will you be all right alone, mother, at a time like this?" Hansie asked, as, with her permits at last in her possession,
she hugged her mother in affectionate farewell.
"Oh yes, I am well guarded, as you know," Mrs. van Warmelo answered, laughing; "there is plenty of time, and you
will be back before anything can happen."
Hansie looked doubtful. Was her mother play-acting? Did she mind being left, and was she only eager to have her
daughter out of danger's way? Or did she intend putting up the danger-signal, after all?
You see, Hansie was getting so used to plotting and scheming that she could not help turning her newly acquired
detective propensities on her nearest and dearest when occasion offered, and she even misdoubted the behaviour of
her mother, tried as she had been, and never found wanting, in many a crisis in the past.
"You will wire for me, won't you?" she asked suspiciously.
"Of course, of course—but there will be nothing to wire about, I am quite sure."
With a sigh and many anxious forebodings, Hansie drove to the station on her way to her "pleasure trip."
She was met in the Golden City, now more like a Dead City, by loving friends and a magnificent St. Bernard dog,
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (139 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[341]
[342]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
Nero, who soon made her feel at home, although they could not altogether banish the cares, dimly guessed at by
them, with which she was oppressed.
The most reassuring news from home continued to reach her until one morning, on the sixth day after her arrival, a
brief postcard from her mother informed her in a few bald words that Harmony had been searched on "Sunday
morning the 19th inst."
A few hours later Hansie was in the train, speeding, with remorse tugging at her heart, to her mother's side.
It was something of a disappointment to her, on arriving at Harmony, to find everything exactly as she had left it.
Carlo greeted her with his old extravagant demonstrations of affection and delight, and when she looked searchingly
into her mother's face she was met with a beaming smile. There was no trace of the ordeal she had faced alone, and
Hansie's anxious heart gave a throb of relief.
She was soon in full possession of the details of the adventure, and it appeared that the "raid" had been made in the
early hours of the 19th (Jan.), Sunday morning.
It had been raining heavily all night, and the torrents were still coming down drenchingly when Mrs. van Warmelo
was aroused by a knock at her bedroom window and "Gentleman Jim's" voice, with all the drawl gone, calling out
anxiously, "Missis, come, the police want you!"
Mrs. van Warmelo dressed hurriedly, and on opening the front door was met by an officer, who informed her that he
had been ordered by the Commissioner of Police to search her house.
Armed soldiers were standing about, guarding the different entrances.
Mrs. van Warmelo led the way, and the officer went through the house with her alone, glancing under beds, opening
wardrobes and moving screens in his search "for men," as he said in reply to her questions.
"I am surprised that you should have been sent to search my house for men," she said, with righteous indignation.
"I was surprised to see your name on the black list, Mrs. van Warmelo," he answered.
She watched him in puzzled silence.
Evidently he knew her, or her name. Quite evidently he was no Englishman—only a South African could pronounce
her name like that.
When they reached the passage leading to the kitchen the officer suddenly started at the sight of Flippie's form lying
curled up in deep sleep. He bent over him, pulled his blanket down cautiously, and said below his breath, "Oh, a boy!"
The house having been thoroughly searched, he turned to Mrs. van Warmelo and, courteously thanking her for having
allowed him to do so, asked permission to go through the out-buildings, which was instantly granted. There was no
one, of course, and the military, if they had expected to make any sensational discoveries that morning, were
grievously disappointed.
"Well, I am glad it is over, mamma," Hansie said when the story came to an end.
"It is better to have the house searched in vain, than not to have it searched at all, when one is on the black list.
Perhaps the surveillance on Harmony will now be removed, at least to some extent, and the danger to Captain Naudé,
when he comes in again, considerably lessened."
That this was the case we shall see in our next chapter.
[343]
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (140 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
CHAPTER XXXIX
ToC
[344]
[345]
THE WATCHWORD. OILING THE HINGES
Three weeks went uneventfully by.
Visitors at Harmony were few and far between, for the story of the "raid" went quickly through the town, and many
people who had been in the habit of visiting the van Warmelos, all unsuspecting of the cloud under which they rested,
took alarm at this first open hint of danger and discreetly withdrew from the scene.
When Hansie thought of them it was with some contempt and bitterness, but her mind was, at the time, occupied with
more important matters, and her fair-weather friends soon passed from her life, never to return again.
Only about a dozen remained, mostly women, friends staunch and true, upon whom one could depend through days
of the most crushing adversity.
How close we came to one another in those days only those who have been through similar experiences can ever
realise.
Those three uneventful weeks were by no means the least trying of the long war. Sorely tested nervous systems were
giving way, fine constitutions were being broken down, and powers of resistance had reached their limit. It needed
but the acute anxiety and intense strain of the last adventure which I am about to relate, to reduce our heroines to a
state bordering on the hysterical.
The phases of the moon were watched in suspense, and when the time drew near for the next visit from the spies,
Mrs. van Warmelo took the precaution of locking Carlo up in the kitchen before retiring for the night. Although she
let him out very early every morning in order not to arouse the suspicions of the servants, "Gentleman Jim," ever on
the alert, soon found out that something unusual was taking place.
"Why you lock up the dog every night, missis?" he inquired one morning.
Mrs. van Warmelo was completely taken by surprise, but answered with great presence of mind:
"Oh, because he barks so much that we cannot sleep. But I think I will have to let him out again, because thieves will
help themselves to the fruit if there is no watch-dog about."
The ruse had been found out and Carlo had to be released, although his vigilance added greatly to the dangers of the
situation.
The grapes were ripe, great luxurious bunches of purple and golden fruit were weighing down the sturdy old vines.
"I wish Captain Naudé would come," Hansie sighed. "Harmony is at its very best."
"He won't come again, I am convinced of that," her mother answered mournfully. "No more news from the field for
us. The dangers are too great, and nothing could be gained by coming into town now that our friends have nearly all
been sent away."
"We shall see," Hansie said cheerfully. "I have a strong presentiment that the men are coming in this very night. I am
going to put everything in readiness for them, and we must go to bed early, dear mother. Perhaps we shall have very
little rest to-night."
This was Sunday night, February 9th.
Hansie packed away various little articles lying about the bedrooms and bathroom, and generally prepared herself for
the midnight adventure which she felt more than ever convinced would take place within a few hours, while Mrs. van
Warmelo went about with a feather and an oil-can, oiling the hinges and locks.
She was soon sound asleep in her mother's bedroom, for the two women were not as brave as they had been during
the first part of the war and had got into the habit of sleeping together "for company."
Suddenly at about 2 a.m. they both started up violently, at the sound of Carlo's furious barking near their window,
where he usually kept guard.
Mrs. van Warmelo sat up and panted "Here they are," but Hansie's heart was beating so loudly in her throat that she
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (141 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[346]
[347]
[348]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
was unable to reply.
Mrs. van Warmelo went quickly to the window, and on cautiously raising the blind saw the forms of two men close to
the window, undistinguishable in the darkness but quite evidently the cause of Carlo's startled and furious barkings.
She ran through the bathroom and, opening the door leading to the garden, asked softly, "Who is there?"
"Appelkoos," the welcome answer came clearly and cautiously, and Mrs. van Warmelo drew the men
unceremoniously into the room, noiselessly locking the door.
"Not a word, not a sound," she commanded, "remove your boots—you have never been in greater peril."
"Hush! What was that? A man's voice outside! The sergeant-major? The police? My God! then we are lost indeed!"
But no! Only one moment of agonising suspense and the familiar voice of "Gentleman Jim" could be heard,
reprimanding the growling watchdog.
"What for you make so much noise, Carlo? Go to sleep, bad dog—you frighten everybody when you kick up so much
row."
Muttering discontentedly, he retired to his room, evidently reassured by the dead silence which pervaded the house.
For some time the four people inside stood close together without a word. No lights were lit, no sound whatever made
until Carlo's restless growlings ceased and he had settled himself to sleep again.
Then only were a few whispered words of welcome and greeting exchanged and a breathless account given of the
dangers with which Harmony was surrounded.
"How did you come in?" Mrs. van Warmelo asked.
"Through the drift," Naudé replied. "There were no guards—in fact, we did not see a soul from first to last, and the
dog was the only one to object to our midnight wanderings. We were nearly on top of him before he woke."
Nearly on top of the sensitive and alert watchdog before he became aware of their proximity! No wonder, then, that
the Boer spies frequently glided up so close to the English outposts that they were able to knock them down with a
wooden stick or the butt end of a gun before they could give the alarm or utter a sound!
The men were tired and exhausted, and gladly stretched themselves on the beds to get what sleep they could before
morning, having first divested themselves of their outward trappings, helmets, etc., which they buried under the floor.
As before, the Captain came in a khaki uniform, while his orderly, Venter, was dressed like a soldier.
As it was necessary for them to remain in Mrs. van Warmelo's bedroom in order to be near their place of refuge under
the floor, mother and daughter retired to the dining-room, there to watch and wait for the dawn of day.
Would the long night never end?
Every time Carlo barked the two women started up from their couches and listened with straining ears for sounds of
commotion outside—but in vain. Nothing disturbed the serenity of the night, and when the rosy glow of dawn broke
in the eastern sky and gradually spread its glory over the hushed and expectant earth, Hansie fell into a fitful slumber.
Not so her mother. Mrs. van Warmelo had been quietly pondering over "Gentleman Jim's" unexpected appearance at
the first sign of commotion in the night and had come to the conclusion that something should be done to disarm his
suspicions.
That the guard of Military Police had been withdrawn from Harmony was very evident, but it was quite possible that
the task of maintaining a vigilant watch had been transferred to Jim, with promises of a liberal payment if he
succeeded in getting information which might lead to the arrest of Boer spies.
Mrs. van Warmelo therefore cautiously rose, while the rest of the household lay in sleep, plucked clusters of grapes
from the vines and strewed them about the garden paths. The ruse answered excellently.
"Gentleman Jim" himself discovered the grapes lying about the garden and was loud in his expressions of indignation.
"Them thieves have been at the grapes again," he called out.
"Look here, missis, here is a bunch—and another, and here is some more." He shook his head in despair.
The sergeant-major too was sent for and informed of the plundering that had been carried on in the small hours of the
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (142 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[349]
[350]
[351]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
morning.
"What is to be done?" he asked. "Shall I put a guard here again?"
Mrs. van Warmelo thanked him for his kind offer, but thought that very little damage had been done, and was of
opinion that Carlo's vigilance would be sufficient to prevent the thieves, whoever they might be, from returning on a
second pilfering expedition.
When Hansie woke it was past six o'clock, and the Captain was sitting near her, drinking coffee and chatting with her
mother in a matter-of-fact way, evidently quite at home and glad to find himself in such comfortable quarters again.
The whole of that eventful February 10th was spent in writing dispatches and procuring articles of clothing and small
necessaries for the men to take out with them; three pairs of riding-breeches, shirts, brown felt hats, leggings, boots,
soap, salt, cotton, etc., etc.
Fortunately, among the few remaining men in town who could be trusted to carry out these commissions was the
young man behind the counter in the store in Church Street.
To him Hansie went with a small list, which she laid before him without a word.
He glanced over it and whistled softly.
"Leggings? Riding-breeches? When must you have them?"
"If possible this evening," she replied.
"I'll do my best," he said, and she departed joyfully.
"Now, I could never have got those things myself without rousing great suspicion," she thought as she cycled rapidly
to the next person whom she had been instructed to see—van der Westhuizen with the bandaged arm.
"The Captain came last night with Venter," she whispered hurriedly. "They are at Harmony, and Naudé wishes to see
you as soon as possible on a matter of great importance. No one must know of his presence in town this time, not
even our best friends, for he has a dangerous mission to fulfil and you must help him."
"I shall be there some time to-day," he said.
Hansie thanked him and departed.
Much writing work waited her at Harmony, and the rest of the day was spent in drawing up dispatches at the
Captain's dictation and making notes of the condition of the various commandos.
In the course of a long conversation with him he told her the object of his visit and why he required van der
Westhuizen's services.
"My flying column of scouts is over sixty strong, picked men and wonderfully brave," he said. "They are all in khaki
and scour the country, doing the enemy incalculable harm, but they would be of more service to the commandos if
they had better horses. Our horses are worn-out and underfed, their life is very hard, and it is imperative that we
should have them reinforced. Now, we have heard that there are many magnificent horses kept at Skinner's Court,
remounts kept in good condition for the special use of officers. Those horses we must have, and we have come to get
all the information we can about the strength of the guards at Skinner's Court. For this I require van der Westhuizen's
assistance."
Hansie felt a thrill of excitement.
The adventure was very much to her taste, and she remembered with delight that first successful raid on British
stables. She wished she could supply the desired information. To steal the enemy's best horses seemed to her an
enterprise worth toiling for, for there would probably be little or no bloodshed connected with it and, if successful, the
reward would be very great.
But she felt assured that the adventure could not be in more capable, more trustworthy hands than in those of the
silent van der Westhuizen.
When van der Westhuizen arrived, he and the Captain were closeted together in the bedroom for nearly an hour, and
then he departed as silently as he had come, but Hansie had observed the look of steadfast determination on his face,
and was satisfied.
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (143 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[352]
[353]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
Very unlike the previous visit was this, the last sojourn of the Secret Service men at Harmony.
There was no entertaining of shoals of trusted friends, no lying about under the trees, no sociable gathering of
strawberries.
The men were not allowed to leave their bedroom during the day, but remained in safe proximity to the place of
refuge under the floor, where their belongings lay buried.
Of the many plans devised by Mrs. van Warmelo for the safety of her guests, the following was decided upon as
being the most ingenious:
A large bath was brought into her bedroom and half-filled with soapy water, bath-towels, sponges, and other toilet
requisites being placed near by in readiness for use. In the event of a raid, Mrs. van Warmelo (if she had time to do
so) would rush into the room, locking the door on the inside, while her daughter (if she had the presence of mind and
kept cool enough) informed the police that her mother was having a bath. Thus time would be gained to enable the
men to creep into their hiding-place.
The bath of soapy water, standing in readiness night and day, was a constant source of amusement during that time of
suspense.
The men begged to be allowed to smoke, but Mrs. van Warmelo protested strongly. In case of an unexpected search,
how was she going to account for the smell of smoke in her bedroom?
Seeing, however, that this restriction was becoming a source of great discomfort to them in the monotony of their
imprisonment, she gave them permission to smoke in the dining-room while she and Hansie kept watch outside.
Even with these precautions Mrs. van Warmelo seemed to feel very uneasy, and Hansie coming into the kitchen
unexpectedly one afternoon, found the Captain standing beside the stove and blowing vigorous puffs of smoke up the
chimney!
Volcanoes and earthquakes would have been a welcome change to every one after those never-to-be-forgotten days of
strain and tension; and much as Hansie had longed to see some one from commando again, her longing to see these
men depart became a hundred times more intense. There was no pleasure for any one during that visit of two days, for
the very air was charged with treachery, and not even the servants could be trusted with the dread secret.
The men were waited on stealthily, food was brought in unobserved and the plates and dishes washed surreptitiously
by the two watchful women, who took turns in guarding the place and enjoyed what conversation they could get in
fragments from their guests.
That night was spent in anxiety and unrest, and again the glorious day was hailed with joy and relief.
Van der Westhuizen was an early visitor that morning, and the report of his investigations of the past night must have
been highly satisfactory to the men, to judge by their faces. The women were not taken into their confidence, but
Hansie watched and wondered, and dared not even ask whether the attack on Skinner's Court was to be made or not.
It was better not to know.
The long summer's day went slowly by, broken only once when Hansie rushed into the bedroom with a breathless,
"Danger, danger—hide yourselves!"
It was not at all funny at the time, but afterwards, when Hansie thought it over, she laughed and laughed again at the
recollection of those two men, diving for the hole in the floor, and of their resentful looks when they emerged, on
hearing that the alarm had been caused by the unexpected appearance of "Um-Ah."
The departure that night was in dead silence. There was no hearty "send-off" under the six willows, no escort through
the bush, van der Westhuizen alone going on ahead to see if the coast were clear.
The events of that night are blurred and vague in the memory of the two solitary women, and Hansie's diary contains
but meagre information on the subject—in fact, her war-diary practically ends here.
Frail womanhood had reached the breaking-point.
A period of dull suffering, of deadly indifference followed, broken one day by the news, with which the whole town
rang, that Skinner's Court had been stormed by the Boers and that every horse had been taken, fourteen in all,
valuable remounts of the officers.
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (144 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[354]
[355]
[356]
ToC
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
Hansie just glanced at her mother and then asked hoarsely, "Was any one hurt? Was any one taken?"
"No," the answer came, with a curious look at her strained face; "the attack was so wholly unexpected, and the Boers
so evidently informed of every detail of the place, that they were gone with all the horses almost before a shot could
be fired."
This meant not only that the Captain had reached his men in safety, but that the enterprising object of his visit had
been successfully carried out, beyond his most sanguine expectations.
And now we take our leave of the brave Captain whose name appears so often and so honourably in this book, and in
leaving him, we quote, at his request, the tribute with which he closed his little book In Doodsgevaar ("In Danger of
Death")—published in August 1903—a tribute to the women who assisted him.
"I feel it my duty, before closing this story of our personal experiences of the war, to direct a word of
thanks and appreciation to those faithful South African mothers and sisters who personally supported us
during those difficult days and did what they could in Pretoria to further our cause in the field. But how
can this be done? I have no adequate words at my command, and I feel that the work of these women is
above all expression of appreciation."
"When I look back on those days, there floats across my mind not only the names, but also the personality
of each of these worthy women, and I remember to the minutest detail their self-sacrifice and the zeal
with which they stood by us during our visits to Pretoria, while exposed to the danger of themselves being
plunged into the greatest difficulties. But for this they had no thought, no care, as long as the sacred cause
could be advanced. I feel, however, that it would be out of place to mention the names of a few where so
many risked their all, willingly offering even the sacrifice of their lives, if necessary, to further the
interests of our cause."
"How fervently I should have wished to see their great work crowned with a well-deserved reward!"
"He who rules the destinies of nations decreed it otherwise, however, and we must bow in resignation to
His will, but, faithful women and girls of South Africa, rest assured that your noble work and selfsacrifice have not been in vain. For myself I find in that which was performed by you this great abiding
comfort, that so long as South Africa possesses women and girls of your stamp, so long can we go
forward to meet the future hopefully and cheerfully; so long as the spirit, nourished by you, still lives and
thrives in our midst, so long may we pursue our way fearlessly."
"The struggle is over, brought to an end more than a year ago, and some of us have already learnt to adapt
ourselves to our altered circumstances. We have been taught by those whose position, as leaders of the
people, gives them the fullest right thereto, how to conduct ourselves, and we require no further
encouragement to follow that advice."
"But we feel that we cannot lay sufficient emphasis on the injunction to be true to one another as a nation,
to be true to our traditions of the past, true to the lessons we have learnt in the recent conflict."
"We have seen to what a pass one can be brought by infidelity."
"Let us in future live in such a way that nothing may be lost of the honour which is our inheritance from
the battle-fields of South Africa."
"Farewell."
CHAPTER XL
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (145 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[357]
[358]
[359]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
PEACE, PEACE—AND THERE IS NO PEACE!
If I may dare to hope that there are, among my readers who have followed me with so much patience through this
book, some sufficiently interested in the heroine to desire information on what befell her in her future lot, I should
wish to give to them just a glimpse or two into scenes as totally different from the events recorded in this volume as
night is from day. And to do this freely, unreservedly, I must endeavour to forget my close connection with the
heroine, a connection the thought of which has hampered and restricted me, from first to last, in choosing and
rewriting the material from her diary.
Her diary, as I have said before, had ended soon after her last adventure with the spies, never to be resumed again.
I do not, however, write from memory in this brief chapter on her subsequent experiences, for I have before me for
reference a pile of letters from her to her mother.
Almost her last word when she left her native land was an injunction to her mother to preserve her letters for the
future,—"for when I am married, mother dear, you will be my diary."
Hansie's health gave way.
Not in a week or a month, not in any way perceptible to those around her, but stealthily, treacherously, and
relentlessly the fine constitution was undermined, the highly strung nervous system was shattered. This had taken
place chiefly during the desolate and dark hours of the night, when, helpless in the grip of the fiend Insomnia, the
wretched girl abandoned herself to hopelessness and despair.
And the time was soon to come when she feared those dreadful waking hours even less than the brief moments of
fitful slumber which overcame her worn-out, shattered frame, for no sooner did she lose her consciousness in sleep
than she was overpowered by some hideous nightmare, and found herself, shrieking, drowning in the black waters of
some raging torrent, or pursued by some infuriated lunatic or murderer, or enveloped in the deadly coils of some
hideous reptile.
Shuddering from head to foot after each of these most awful realities of the night, she was soothed and comforted by
the tender hands of her distressed and anxious mother.
Something had to be done, of that there was no doubt. Not even the strongest mind could have endured such a strain
for any length of time, and that Hansie's reason was preserved at all I put down to the fact that she had never once
throughout the war entertained the idea, the possibility, of the loss of her country's independence.
The blow, when it came, found her so far from the scenes of her recent sufferings, as we shall see presently, that she
was able to endure it, as one, far removed from the death-bed of her best beloved, is spared the crushing details, the
cruel realities of that last parting scene.
The thought of the strong heart across the seas, waiting to receive her, would have been of more support to her in
those days had she known by experience what it could mean to a woman, tried as she had been, to place herself and
all her grief in the protecting, understanding love of a good and noble man.
But even this comfort was denied to her; in fact, the thought of her uncertain future, and her fear that the step she was
about to take might prove to be a great mistake in her abnormal condition, were an added burden to our sorely tried
and now completely broken-down patriot.
Plans were made to send her out of the country.
Her sister, Mrs. Cloete, who had for some months been trying to procure a permit to visit the Transvaal, was, after
great trouble and inconvenience, successful in her endeavours and arrived at Harmony on Saturday, March 29th, 1902.
What words from my poor pen can describe the emotions of that meeting?
Even Hansie's diary has nothing to say except "let us draw the veil," but memory is strong and the bands of love and
kinship are unbreakable, even under the adversities of long and bitter years—nay, rather are they strengthened by the
threads of common woe, woven into their very fibre at such a time of bitter trial.
The mother spent hours with her elder daughter, happy beyond power to express, relating her experiences and
adventures, comparing notes and making plans for their future.
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (146 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[360]
[361]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
All that month of April was filled with rumours of an early peace, and hopes were buoyed up with the certainty that
"peace with honour" would and could be the only termination to the peace conferences. Incredible as it may seem to
some of my readers, the Boer opinion was that England was about to end hostilities and that, under certain terms, the
independence of the two Republics would be assured.
No reliable information reached our friends at Harmony, for the activities of the Secret Service had ceased entirely—
at least, as far as the town was concerned.
Uncertainty, excitement, expectation filled the air, reaching their height on April 12th, when the news of the Boer
leaders' arrival at the capital spread like wild-fire through the town.
Steyn, Botha, de Wet, de la Rey, Reitz, and a host of others were amongst "their own" again, under circumstances of
unique importance. They were not allowed to mix freely with the crowd, but kept in a state of highly honoured
captivity in the beautiful double-storied house known as "Parkzicht," opposite Burghers Park, well guarded night and
day by armed patrols, who kept the crowd at bay with a friendly "Move on, please," when they touched the limit of
their beat.
Mrs. van Warmelo and her two daughters, like so many other citizenesses, lost no opportunity of walking in the
neighbourhood of "Parkzicht," and they were fortunate beyond their wildest hopes in being greeted by the Generals
on more than one occasion.
One day as they were passing they observed the familiar figure of General Botha on the balcony.
They waved their handkerchiefs and there was no doubt about his recognition, for he took off his hat and waved it,
kissing both his hands to them.
(General Botha it was who, after the war, said to Mrs. van Warmelo, clasping her hand and looking earnestly into her
eyes:
"You have done and risked what even I would not have dared.")
After six or seven days in Pretoria the Boer leaders left for their commandos, to deliberate, with what result Hansie
did not know until nearly two months later in mid-ocean, where at a distant isle the news of the declaration of peace
was made known to her.
The three women at Harmony now turned their thoughts into another channel.
The mother being far from well herself, arrangements had to be made to leave her in the companionship of some
suitable and congenial woman, until her "boys" came home—one from the front, if he were still alive, the other from
captivity. A girl friend offered to take Hansie's place at Harmony and promised not to leave Mrs. van Warmelo until
the country was in a settled state again.
This was Hansie's only crumb of consolation during those last days at home.
Many difficulties were made about her permits when she applied for leave to go to Holland, and many were the
questions asked, her interview with General Maxwell being the least unsatisfactory when she told him of her
approaching marriage.
"You may go with pleasure," he had said; but a few days afterwards Hansie received a letter from the ProvostMarshal, saying that "the present regulations do not allow burghers or their families to leave South Africa."
Hansie wrote to Lord Kitchener, but received no reply, and it was nearly the middle of May, after some weeks of
uncertainty, harder far to bear than trouble of a more decided character, when she and Mrs. Cloete left the capital for
Cape Colony.
Hansie's last words in her diary are:
"There is quite a history connected with the procuring of my permits, which I shall relate another time. I am too tired
now."
Words significant of what the girl had endured in parting from her mother and leaving her beloved country at a time
so critical!
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (147 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[362]
[363]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
On an ocean-steamer she found herself at last—alone, for in that crowd there was no face familiar to her to be seen.
She mixed freely with the crowd; she sought, in the games with which these voyages usually are passed, to forget—to
forget; but the nights of sleeplessness remained—her waking terror, with which she was consumed.
Two men there were who proved sympathetic, one a Scotchman, the other an Englishman—both anti-Boer and sadly
misinformed when first she met them, both "converts" by the time they reached their native shores.
Sitting at table she listened intently to the conversations on the war—the war, the never-ending war. On no occasion
did she breathe a word of what she knew, of what she felt, until one day at dinner a young English lieutenant,
"covered with glory" and returning home a hero of the war, enlarged on the services rendered by one brave officer,
well known by name to Hansie.
"It is not only what he achieved with so much success in the field," he continued. "I am thinking now of those two
years he spent in the Pretoria Forts before the war, as a common labourer, doing menial work with other men, and
secretly making plans and drawing charts of the Pretoria fortifications. Every detail was made known to our military
before we went to war."
Exclamations of surprise, a murmur of admiration, ran along the table.
Hansie waited until there was a lull, and then she asked:
"The work carried out by him, was it done under oath of allegiance to the Transvaal Government?"
There was one moment's painful silence before the young lieutenant answered, with a laugh:
"Of course; it could not possibly have been done otherwise—but all is fair in love and war."
"War?" Hansie exclaimed—"I thought you said that this was done some years before the war."
"Yes, but we all knew what things were leading to!"
This incident was the first hint among the passengers that she was not one of them.
At first they looked at her askance, but as the days went on and the girl steadfastly avoided every allusion to the war,
refusing to express her opinions to any one, except the two men mentioned above, the feeling of discomfort passed,
and she was once again included in the pastimes of the ship's company.
As they were nearing Teneriffe the longing for news, for the latest cables from England and South Africa, possessed
every soul on board—and now I find that, search as I will, within the recesses of my mind, for words with which to
describe adequately such scenes, brain and hand are powerless.
There was peace in South Africa—peace "with honour" for England, peace and defeat for the Boers!
In a moment the ship's crew went mad, as the wild cheering rolled over the waves.
Hansie stood stupefied until (and strange it is that at a time like this an insignificant detail should stand out in sharp
relief against the background of her dulled sensibilities) an hysterical woman ran up to her with outstretched hands,
crying:
"Oh, my dear, my dear, let me congratulate you! Let us shake hands!"
The girl, thus taken by surprise in all that crowd, recoiled in shuddering distress, while, with hands clasped
convulsively behind, she murmured:
"Oh, I could not—I could not!"
A wave of deep resentment passed over the ship's passengers, and hostile eyes looked on her frowningly.
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (148 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[364]
[365]
[366]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
That night, as the good ship was ploughing the waters on her way once more, a solitary figure stood on the deserted
decks.
In the saloons great bumpers of champagne were passing round, while the strains of "God save the King" and "Rule
Britannia" floated over the ocean waves.
A man in search of her, fearing perhaps, I know not what, approached the drooping figure of the girl, and pressed her
hand in silent sympathy.
"There is no peace!" she said. "Do you think I believe these lying cables? The Boers will never yield. If you knew
what I know, you would take these reports for what they are worth. I have been trying to think what it all can mean,
and this is the conclusion I have come to. If it be true that peace has been proclaimed, then the Boers have preserved
their independence, and this last fact has been excluded from the cables in view of the approaching Coronation. But
my own conviction is that there is no peace at all, but that these cables have been sent to reassure the English public,
and to make it possible to celebrate the crowning of the King in a splendour unclouded by the horrors of the South
African war. Believe me, when the Coronation is over you will hear of a mysterious renewal of hostilities."
The man was silent, troubled. He had not the heart to argue with the girl, perhaps he thought, and rightly thought, that
this strange illusion of the brain, this confident belief in her own convictions, would help to tide her over the first days
to follow.
"I cannot understand," he said, "how Mrs. —— could have asked you to shake hands with her."
"Oh, I was wrong," Hansie said. "She meant it kindly. How could she understand? I will apologise—to-morrow."
It had been arranged that Hansie should spend a few days in London to see some friends before proceeding to
Holland.
She found the mighty metropolis in the throes of preparation for an event of unparalleled magnificence.
Every sign of splendour and rejoicing was a fresh sword through the heart of our sorely tried young patriot.
The people with whom she stayed, old Pretoria friends, had not an inkling of what was passing in her mind.
Their warm and loving greetings, their loud expressions of delight that the war had come to an end at last, were so
many pangs added to her grief.
"You will come with us to the Coronation?" her hostess said; "we have splendid reserved seats, and this event will be
unparalleled in the history of England."
Again the unfortunate girl found herself recoiling, taken by surprise; again she said:
"Oh, I could not! Not to save my life!"
"Not go to see the Coronation! I am surprised at you. Very few South African girls are lucky enough to benefit by
such an opportunity. I must say I think it very narrow-minded of you. You disappoint me. The war is over now, and
while we are all trying to promote a feeling of good-fellowship you nourish such an unworthy and narrow-minded
spirit."
Narrow-minded, unworthy!
The iron entered deep into her soul; and when she looks back now and takes a brief survey of what she suffered
throughout those years, that moment stands out as one into which all the fears, the hopes, the agonies of one short
lifetime had been crowded.
Sometimes the human heart, when tried beyond endurance, will reach a point where but a trifling incident, an unkind
word, is needed to break down life's stronghold.
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (149 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[367]
[368]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
This point our heroine had reached.
Something passed out of her soul, an undefinable something of which the zest for life is made, and as she felt the
black waters of despair closing over her she almost gasped for breath.
She turned away.
"You will never understand. I think it very kind of you to make such plans for my enjoyment, but—to the Coronation
of the English King I will not go. Leave me here—I have some writing to do—no need to be distressed on my
account. My one regret is that my presence here, at such a time, should be a source of so much painfulness to us both."
With cold courtesy the subject of the approaching Coronation was dropped, until the next day, when the appalling, the
stupefying news of the postponement of the Coronation spread through the hushed streets of the great metropolis.
The King was dying, was perhaps already dead. The King had undergone a critical operation and his life still hung in
the balance.
The King could not be crowned.
Already the black wings of Death seemed to be stretched over the mighty city, with its millions and millions of
inhabitants. The multitude was waiting in hushed expectancy, in breathless suspense.
Hansie, walking through the streets with one of the men whose sympathy on board had been of such unspeakable
comfort to her, never felt more unreal in her life. Her mind was in a maze, she groped about for words with which to
clothe her thoughts, but groped in vain, for even the power of thought had been suspended for a time.
Her companion, glancing at her face, asked suddenly, curiously:
"Would you be glad if King Edward were to die?"
There was a long pause, while the girl strove to analyse her feelings.
At last she answered slowly, simply, truthfully:
"No; I would be sorry."
And in these words, good reader, when I think of them, I find a certain solution to the problem of her behaviour on
many occasions when brought into close contact with her country's enemies.
There was never anything personal in the most bitter feelings of resentment and hatred of her country's foes, and
never at any time did she belong to the ranks of those among her fellow-patriots who deemed it an unpardonable
crime to recognise and appreciate the good qualities possessed by them.
A love of fair-play characterised her, even as a child, and it is certain that the cruel circumstances of the war
developed this sense of justice to an abnormal extent, often bringing upon her, in later years, misunderstanding and
distrust from those who should have been her friends.
It is June 28th, a glorious, cloudless summer's morn.
Speeding swiftly, almost silently, cutting its way through the calm, blue waters of the English Channel, a passengerboat is fast approaching Holland's shores.
The hour is early, and of the few figures moving on the pier, one stands apart, watching intently, as the ship draws
near.
He waves his hat, he has recognised the figure of the girl who stands on deck and waves her handkerchief in response
to his greeting.
His strong hand clasps hers; and now the discreet reader need not avert his eyes—no need here to "draw the veil"—
for Hansie had written from London to this tall, broad-shouldered man:
"What is left of me is coming to you now, but we must meet as friendly acquaintances, until we are both certain of
ourselves."
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (150 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[369]
[370]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
How long this "friendly acquaintance" lasted it is difficult to say, for there is a difference of opinion on the point.
She says, not less than sixty minutes.
He asserts, not more than thirty-five!
The exquisite serenity of her father's native land, especially on such a perfect day in midsummer, had never seemed to
her so sweet.
Here, indeed, she felt that peace could come to her at last.
But not yet—not yet.
Strong emotions of a different kind awaited her, the meeting of beloved friends and relatives, after seemingly endless
years of pain, proving no less trying than the introduction to a large circle of future relatives and friends.
Hansie had to be "lionised" as heroine of the war, and this was done in a whole-hearted, generous way which was a
constant source of wonder to her.
She was "carried on the hands," as the Dutch saying goes, by all who had the remotest claim on her.
Functions were arranged for her, receptions held, to which white-haired women and stately venerable men came from
far to shake her hand, because she was a daughter of the Transvaal, nothing more—not because of what she had done
and endured, for this was known to only one or two.
Old friends from South Africa there were in scores, and for the time the State of Holland was transformed into a
colony of Boers, which seemed complete when the Boer leaders, Botha, de Wet, and de la Rey, arrived with their
staffs. Then it seemed as if the people of Holland lost their heads entirely, and scenes such as those which took place
daily in the streets are never to be forgotten by those who witnessed them.
All this, though wonderful, was not the best thing for our heroine, who was "living on her nerves," though in a
different way, as surely as she did during those cruel years of war.
Added to this she was frequently tried beyond endurance by the questions:
"Why did the Boers give in? How could the Boers give in and lose their independence?"
One conversation in particular was burnt into her brain.
"Was it the Concentration Camps?"
"No," the answer came slowly, "no, it was not the Concentration Camps. The high mortality was past, the weakest
had been taken, and there was no cause for anxiety for those remaining in the Camps. Their rations had been
increased and improved—there was no more of that first awful suffering."
"What was it, then? The arming of the natives?"
The answer came more slowly:
"No, it was not the arming of the natives. Their forces were more scattered, for they were chiefly employed in
guarding the railway lines, in protecting stock and guarding block-houses. Though their addition to the British ranks
undoubtedly weakened our strength to some extent, their inborn respect for the Boer would have prevented them from
ever rendering valuable services to the English. How we laughed, my sister and I, when, on the railway journey from
Pretoria to Cape Town, we saw the line patrolled by hundreds of these natives, with gun in hand, stark naked except
for a loin-cloth and a bandolier! So much waste of ammunition! No, the arming of the natives would have been the
last thing to induce the Boers to surrender."
"Then it seems to me incomprehensible! surely death were preferable to defeat!"
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (151 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[371]
[372]
[373]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
"Yes, a thousand times; but you forget the National Scouts—the Judas-Boers. They broke our strength. Not by their
skill in the use of arms, not by their knowledge of our country and our methods—no!"
"They broke our strength by breaking our ideals, by crushing our enthusiasm, by robbing us of our inspiration, our
faith, our hope——"
With averted eyes, and seemingly groping for one last ray of light, the man continued:
"But where were your heroes—your heroes of Magersfontein, Spion Kop, and Colenso?"
"Where were our heroes?" the girl echoed bitterly. "In their graves—in our hospitals—in captivity! Ever foremost in
the field—one—by one—they fell—— 'But the remnant that is escaped of the house of Israel shall again take root
downward and bear fruit upward.'
"Although, under the shadow of this great national calamity, we cannot see it now, there is hope for our sad South
Africa. It is too soon to speak of a united race, but the time will surely come when, in the inter-marriage of our
children and our children's children, will be formed a nation great and strong and purified."
Through all those weeks our heroine never slept. It seems incredible that the frail form of a girl should be endowed
with so great a power of endurance, and that the human mind can stand the strain of smiling self-control by day,
abandonment of grief by night.
Those nearest to her, divining something of what she was passing through, lavished countless proofs of tender
sympathy on her, innumerable acts of loving care for her personal comfort, and well-thought-out plans for drawing
her away from herself into the charmed circle of the B—— Labouchere house.
And when her marriage-day drew near she turned away with a superficial glance at the array of costly presents, to
devour once again the cables from South Africa, the telegrams from her Generals, the letter and the photograph of her
beloved President, inscribed in his illegible hand, "For services rendered during the late war."
Last, but not least, there came to her official-looking documents from Het Loo, the personal congratulations of the
Queen, the Prince Consort, and the Queen-mother—and the ancient blood of Holland coursed more swiftly through
her veins as she thought of Wilhelmina, the dauntless young Queen of the Netherlands, now her Queen.
In all the ranks of the "Petticoat Commando" there was not one woman who had dared more, risked more, than the
brave Queen of Holland when she dispatched her good man-of-war to bear away from the shores of Africa the hunted
President of the South African Republic, to the refuge of her hospitable land.
Flowers, flowers everywhere, first in baskets, then in cartloads, then in waggon-loads, they were deposited at the
doors until they overflowed from the reception-rooms into the halls and staircases, and even the verandahs—
chrysanthemums and roses in riotous profusion, nestling violets, rarest orchids, bright carnations, heavy with the
richest perfume.
Each flower had a separate message for the bride. They understood, and they enveloped her with their unspoken
sympathy.
Some there were adorned with her beloved, her most tragic "Vierkleur," and over them she lingered long, breathing a
prayer to merciful Heaven to still her beating heart for ever.
Not in the wild beauty of the Swiss scenery did she find rest, not by the calm lakes of sapphire blue in which she saw
reflected the rugged mountains, soul-satisfying in their majestic grandeur, not in the soundless, the mysterious regions
of the eternal snows—but in the north of Holland, where she found herself when autumn fell, Hansie slept.
Languid and more languid she became; drooping visibly, she sank into oblivion in that northern village home,
conscious only in her waking hours of the cold, the driving sleet, the howling wind, the ceaseless drip, drip of the
swaying trees.
As the long winter months crept by, her sleep became more and more profound, less haunted by the hideous
nightmares of the past, and though she at first rebelled, ashamed of her growing weakness, she was soon forced to
yield to the resistless demands of outraged nature.
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (152 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
[374]
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
In this she was supported by her husband, who, unknown to her, was acting on the advice of the famous nervespecialist who had watched her unobserved.
"Let her sleep, if need be for a year, and in the end you will find her normal and restored, of that I am convinced," he
had said; and in these words her husband found his greatest comfort, as he tucked his little dormouse in and tip-toed
from the darkened room.
Hansie lost count of time, but there were two days in the week of which she was quite sure—the day on which the
South African mail reached her and the day on which it was dispatched. In between she slept, as we have seen, but
when she woke she always knew that her enfranchised spirit had been to her native land.
A full year had gone by, fifteen months, and when the first breath of winter once more touched the land she gradually
became aware of voices calling to her, insistent, imperative voices from across the seas.
"I must go," she said. "What am I doing here? South Africa is calling. My people want me there. You and I must go.
There is a great work for us both." And he, no less ardent and enthusiastic, yielded to her prayers, bade farewell to
home and fatherland, sailed away with her to the unknown.
"In all the world," she said, "there is no pain to be compared with the pain of being born a patriot; but a patriot in exile
—may Heaven protect me from the tragedy of such a fate!"
[375]
CONCLUSION
ToC
[376]
The veil is lifted for one last brief glimpse.
Ten years have gone by since the declaration of peace, ten years each more wonderful than the last, full to
overflowing of life's rich experience of joy and grief.
By some strange turn in the hand of Destiny, our heroine finds herself, after many vicissitudes, an inhabitant of the
Golden City—that Golden City which had wrecked her youth and very nearly wrecked her life.
For years it has seemed incredible to her that she should have been destined for the position she now holds, a position
of so much trust, so difficult, so critical.
A plaything in the hand of Fate, she thought at first, when looking from her balcony she saw the Golden City, with its
extensive suburbs stretched out at her feet, and heard the distant, never-ceasing roar of the innumerable mine-batteries
of the Rand. But the resistless hand of Fate was drawing her into the sphere of work for which she longed most
ardently—woman's work, at home, abroad—and the glamour of Johannesburg stole over her in time.
The terms of peace have been fulfilled, responsible government for the Transvaal and Free State, and Hansie thinks
with an intolerable pain of that day at Teneriffe. Had she but known—had she but known—but the cables (she had
called them "lying cables" then, and she was not far wrong) had spoken only of a glorious victory for the English and
unconditional surrender on the part of the Boers. No word about the terms, the only terms on which the Boers would
ever have yielded their independence.
Responsible government has been followed by the Union of the South African provinces.
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (153 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
South Africa is united in name, if not yet in reality, but the time will surely come, as we have said before, when,
under the softening influence of time, a great united race will be born.
Closely pressing around Hansie as she writes are eager little faces, reverent little fingers touching the scattered pages
before her, brave eyes of blue and brown, looking wonderingly into hers.
"Writing a book, mother? About the spies? And the lemon-juice? Oh, mother, what will the English say?"
And the accents falling on her ear are in the expressive sweetness of the South African Dutch, in its most cultured
form.
Hansie ought to be a happy woman. None of the joys of life have been withheld from her, and yet—and yet——
Printed by Hazell, Watson & Viney, Ld., London and Aylesbury.
Typographical errors corrected in text:
Page 100: 'unkemp hair wast' replaced with 'unkempt hair was'
Page 222: rovolver replaced with revolver
***END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE PETTICOAT COMMANDO***
******* This file should be named 20194-h.txt or 20194-h.zip *******
This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
http://www.gutenberg.org/2/0/1/9/20194
Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will be renamed.
Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no one owns a United States copyright in these
works, so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without permission and without
paying copyright royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to copying
and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and
trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you
receive specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the rules is very
easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (154 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do practically ANYTHING with public
domain eBooks. Redistribution is subject to the trademark license, especially commercial redistribution.
*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
http://www.gutenberg.org/license).
Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
electronic works
1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
works. See paragraph 1.E below.
1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
States.
1.E.
1.E.1.
Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (155 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
copied or distributed:
This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
1.E.9.
1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
Gutenberg-tm License.
1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
that
- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (156 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
License. You must require such a user to return or
destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
Project Gutenberg-tm works.
- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
of receipt of the work.
- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
1.F.
1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
your equipment.
1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
DAMAGE.
1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
opportunities to fix the problem.
1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS,' WITH NO OTHER
WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (157 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
Section
2.
Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
people in all walks of life.
Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
and the Foundation web page at http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/pglaf.
Section 3.
Foundation
Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at
809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
[email protected]. Email contact links and up to date contact
information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
page at http://www.gutenberg.org/about/contact
For additional contact information:
Dr. Gregory B. Newby
Chief Executive and Director
[email protected]
Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
Literary Archive Foundation
Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (158 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
status with the IRS.
The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
particular state visit http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/pglaf
While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
approach us with offers to donate.
International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
To donate, please visit: http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate
Section 5.
works.
General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
Each eBook is in a subdirectory of the same number as the eBook's
eBook number, often in several formats including plain vanilla ASCII,
compressed (zipped), HTML and others.
Corrected EDITIONS of our eBooks replace the old file and take over
the old filename and etext number. The replaced older file is renamed.
VERSIONS based on separate sources are treated as new eBooks receiving
new filenames and etext numbers.
Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
http://www.gutenberg.org
This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
EBooks posted prior to November 2003, with eBook numbers BELOW #10000,
are filed in directories based on their release date. If you want to
download any of these eBooks directly, rather than using the regular
search system you may utilize the following addresses and just
download by the etext year.
http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/etext06/
(Or /etext 05, 04, 03, 02, 01, 00, 99,
98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 92, 91 or 90)
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (159 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Petticoat Commando, by Johanna Brandt
EBooks posted since November 2003, with etext numbers OVER #10000, are
filed in a different way. The year of a release date is no longer part
of the directory path. The path is based on the etext number (which is
identical to the filename). The path to the file is made up of single
digits corresponding to all but the last digit in the filename. For
example an eBook of filename 10234 would be found at:
http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/1/0/2/3/10234
or filename 24689 would be found at:
http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/2/4/6/8/24689
An alternative method of locating eBooks:
http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/GUTINDEX.ALL
*** END: FULL LICENSE ***
file:///C|/Documents and Settings/WS/Desktop/JB/20194-h.htm (160 of 160)2007/02/09 11:35:30 AM